HomeMy WebLinkAbout2023-10-17; City Council; ; Approval of Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents and Authorization to Advertise for Bids for the Traffic Calming Plans for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, NuevaCA Review GH
Meeting Date: Oct. 17, 2023
To:
From:
Staff Contact:
Mayor and City Council
Scott Chadwick, City Manager
John Kim, City Traffic Engineer
john.kim@carlsbadca.gov, 442-339-2757
Subject: Approval of Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents and
Authorization to Advertise for Bids for the Traffic Calming Plans for
Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way, Circulo Sequoia
and Celinda Drive
Districts: 1, 2 & 4
Recommended Actions:
Adopt a resolution approving the plans, specifications and contract documents and
authorizing the City Clerk to advertise for bids for implementing the traffic calming plans for
Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way, Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive.
Executive Summary
Traffic safety is a top priority for the City of Carlsbad. To address speeding concerns on
residential streets, the city created the Carlsbad Residential Traffic Management Program. The
program is designed to address traffic-related concerns on residential streets through a variety
of traffic calming tools.
Staff have collaborated with residents on Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive to develop traffic calming plans as outlined in the program.
These plans are to slow traffic down by installing speed cushions, which are smaller than speed
bumps and designed so that drivers can travel over them comfortably at 20 mph. All the traffic
calming plans for these streets – which have met the criteria for neighborhood support as
outlined in the program. A location map is provided as Exhibit 3.
The City Council’s approval is required to implement these plans under the program’s project
approval process. The plan states that, “a duly noticed public meeting will be held by the City
Council to receive the recommendations of the Traffic Safety Commission for Phase II
implementation.”1
1 The Traffic Safety Commission was renamed the Traffic & Mobility Commission in 2019, and the Traffic Safety &
Mobility Commission this year.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 1 of 79
Discussion
Program overview
The Carlsbad Residential Traffic Calming Program, which the City Council adopted in 2001 and
was revised in 2011, is a three-phase program that offers solutions at increasing levels of cost
and complexity, as shown in Exhibit 2.
Phase I: The initial phase of the program focuses on education, enforcement and engineering
strategies:
• Police presence and police enforcement
• Engineering tools such as speed limit signs, warning signs, pavement legends and
temporary speed feedback signs
Phase II: If Phase I tools do not solve the concerns and the minimum critical speed of the street
is 32 mph, staff will meet with residents to design a plan that will address community concerns.
The critical speed of the roadway, which is also known as the “85th percentile speed,” is the
speed at which 85% of the drivers are traveling at or below on a roadway segment. Motorists
traveling above the 85th percentile speed are considered to be exceeding the safe and
reasonable speed for road and traffic conditions.
Traffic calming strategies can include such features as:
• Speed cushions
• Traffic circles
• Narrowing lanes through striping
• Curb extensions
Phase II uses a public input process, including neighborhood meetings, to establish community
consensus on a preferred traffic calming concept plan. A survey is mailed out to quantify
community support of the preferred plan. If community support requirements are satisfied, the
preferred traffic calming plan is presented to the Traffic Safety & Mobility Commission for its
input and recommendation and then to the City Council for project approval. Upon approval by
the City Council, the approved traffic calming plan can be implemented.
Phase III: If the implemented Phase II solutions do not adequately address the reported issues,
residents can request Phase III of the program, which considers further traffic calming
strategies such as:
• Center island narrowing
• Raised intersections
• A lateral shift in lanes
• Realigned intersections
• Forced turn channelization
• Median barriers and traffic diverters
Because of the success of the Phase II measures, Phase III has not yet been requested or
implemented on any street in the city since the traffic calming program was adopted in 2001.
Current traffic calming projects
Staff received concerns from residents about speeding on Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive,
Nueva Castilla Way, Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive. In response to these speeding concerns,
staff initiated the Residential Traffic Management Program’s Phase I process by deploying
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 2 of 79
temporary speed feedback signs on these streets, as shown in Exhibit 3. The temporary speed
feedback signs are typically deployed for a two-week period and serve a dual-purpose: to
collect speed data with the display off and to educate drivers of their traveling speeds with the
display on.
The measured critical speed for each of these streets are summarized in the table below. The
critical speeds measured on these streets meet the minimum 32 mph threshold to be eligible
for Phase II of the program.
Measured critical speed
Street Street limits Critical speed
Victoria Avenue Pontiac Drive to Carlsbad Village Drive 32 mph
Highland Drive Carlsbad Village Drive to Buena Vista Way 32 mph
Nueva Castilla Way La Costa Avenue to Levante Street 38 mph
Circulo Sequoia Avenida Diestro to Avenida Amapola (northern segment) 33 mph (max)
Celinda Drive Carlsbad Village Drive to Chestnut Avenue 33 mph
Special considerations for Circulo Sequoia project limits
Circulo Sequoia is an approximately 1.3-mile looped roadway within the La Costa Oaks
community. It intersects La Costa Avenue, Avenida Amapola and Avenida Diestro. Speed data
collected along three segments of Circulo Sequoia showed the critical speeds on those
segments, as shown below, measured during the Phase I evaluations:
Circulo Sequoia segments
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 3 of 79
Circulo Sequoia critical speeds
Segment Segment limits Critical speed
1 La Costa Avenue to Avenida Amapola 31 mph
2 Avenida Amapola to Avenida Diestro 28 mph
3 Avenida Diestro to La Costa Avenue 33 mph
The critical speed measured for segment 3 of Circulo Sequoia (between Avenida Diestro and La
Costa Avenue) exceeded the 32-mph threshold for Phase II, but the critical speeds on segments
1 and 2 did not. Based on conversations with the La Costa Oaks Homeowners Association board
members and other residents, and considering the speed measurements, staff have agreed to
include segments 1 and 3 as part of the Circulo Sequoia study area, but not Segment 2, because
residents indicated speeding is not a concern in Segment 2. Though Segment 1 (between La
Costa Avenue and Avenida Amapola) also did not meet the minimum critical speed, residents
indicated speeding has been observed due to the grade of the street and asked staff to include
it in the project.
Neighborhood meetings
Neighborhood meetings were conducted for each of these streets with residents within each
project area to discuss potential traffic calming strategies and to receive feedback from
residents on the traffic calming concept plans that staff had developed for consideration. In
collaboration with the meeting attendees, staff developed a preferred traffic calming concept
plan at each of the neighborhood meetings. A summary of the neighborhood meetings
conducted as well as the preferred traffic calming improvements for each of the five streets are
shown below:
Neighborhood meetings
Street Limits Date Preferred traffic
calming improvements
Victoria Avenue Pontiac Drive to
Carlsbad Village Drive Nov. 1, 2022 4 speed cushions
Highland Drive Carlsbad Village Drive to
Buena Vista Way Nov. 10, 2022 3 speed cushions
Nueva Castilla Way La Costa Avenue to Levante
Street Dec. 1, 2022 3 speed cushions
Circulo Sequoia
Camino Junipero to
Chestnut Avenue (northern
segment)
Dec. 8, 2022 11 speed cushions
Celinda Drive Carlsbad Village Drive to
Chestnut Avenue
Dec. 14, 2022 10 speed cushions
Feb. 28, 2023* 5 speed cushions
* Virtual meeting
Additional meeting for Celinda Drive
For Celinda Drive, a preferred traffic calming concept plan consisting of 10 speed cushions was
supported by most of the attendees at the Dec. 14, 2022, meeting. However, after the
neighborhood meeting, multiple residents on Celinda Drive emailed staff via email about their
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 4 of 79
concern that 10 speed cushions on Celinda Drive was excessive and requested that an
alternative plan with fewer speed cushions on Celinda Drive be developed.
In response to these requests and concerns, staff developed an alternate plan with five speed
cushions and presented the two concept plans, the original plan with 10 speed cushions and
the alternate plan with five speed cushions, to the community at a second neighborhood
meeting, which was conducted on a virtual platform on Feb. 28, 2023. At the meeting, residents
provided their feedback on the two traffic calming concept plans. Most of the meeting
attendees said they would be more comfortable with the alternate plan with five speed
cushions. Based on the feedback received at the meeting, staff moved forward with the traffic
calming plan with five speed cushions for Celinda Drive.
Mail survey
After a preferred traffic calming concept plan was identified for each of the five streets, letters
were sent to the residents and property owners that would have the proposed features directly
in front of their homes. This gives residents and property owners another opportunity to
express specific concerns and for staff to adjust the plan, if necessary. Based on the comments
received, staff then finalized the preferred traffic calming plans for the five streets.
The Residential Traffic Management Program requires that most residents and property owners
within the project area support the preferred plan, as determined by responses to a mailed
survey. The survey is considered valid if 50% or more of the residents and non-resident owners
return the completed survey. Positive support for the plan is indicated by 67% or more of the
returned surveys in support of the preferred plan. The survey results for the five streets met
the requirements outlined in the traffic management program, as shown in the table below:
Traffic calming plan survey results
Street
Surveys
sent out
Surveys
returned
Response
rate
Number in
support
Support
rate
Met
support
criteria?
Victoria Avenue 31 23 74% 18 78% Yes
Highland Drive 38 22 59% 21 95% Yes
Nueva Castilla Way 29 19 66% 18 95% Yes
Circulo Sequoia 91 61 67% 46 75% Yes
Celinda Drive 165 96 58% 64 67% Yes
Traffic and Mobility Commission Recommendation
On June 5, 2023, staff presented the results of the traffic calming program process for Victoria
Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way, Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive to the Traffic &
Mobility Commission. After hearing staff’s presentation and public comments, the Traffic &
Mobility Commission voted 6/0/1, with Commissioner Proulx absent, in support of the traffic
calming plans for all five of these streets, as shown in Exhibit 4.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 5 of 79
Fiscal Analysis
Sufficient funding is available in the Traffic Improvement Program, Capital Improvement
Program Project No. 6070, to complete the project. The available funds and estimated
construction costs are shown in the following table:
Traffic Improvement Program
Capital Improvement Program Project No. 6070
Total appropriation to date $3,388,000
Total expenditures and encumbrances to date -$2,364,352
Total available balance $1,023,648
Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive,
Nueva Castilla Way, Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive
Capital Improvement Program Project No. 6070
Construction contract (engineer’s estimate) -$164,000
Construction contingency (estimated) -$24,600
Construction management, inspection and material testing (estimated) -$24,600
Total estimated construction costs -$213,200
Remaining balance $810,448
Additional appropriation needed $0
Carlsbad Municipal Code Sections 3.28.040(C)(5) and 3.28.090(B) authorize the City Manager or
designee to approve change orders in an amount equal to the contingency set at the time of
project award, which for this project is $24,600.
Next Steps
Upon the City Council’s approval, the City Clerk will advertise a request for bids for the project.
Staff will review and evaluate the bids received and will identify the lowest responsive and
responsible bidder.
Staff will then return to the City Council with a recommendation to award a construction
contract to the identified lowest responsive and responsible bidder, which is expected to be in
early 2024. Construction is expected to begin by spring 2024.
Environmental Evaluation
The City Planner has determined that the project is exempt from the California Environmental
Quality Act under CEQA Guidelines Section 15301(c), which covers the repair of existing public
structures and facilities involving negligible or no expansion.
Exhibits
1.City Council resolution
2.Carlsbad Residential Traffic Management Program
3.Location map
4.June 5, 2023, Traffic & Mobility Commission Meeting Minutes
5.Project plans, specifications and contract documents (on file at the Office of the City Clerk)
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 6 of 79
RESOLUTION NO. 2023-263
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD,
CALIFORNIA, APPROVING THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY CLERK TO ADVERTISE FOR BIDS
FOR IMPLEMENTING THE TRAFFIC CALMING PLANS FOR VICTORIA AVENUE,
HIGHLAND DRIVE, NUEVA CASTILLA WAY, AND CIRCULO SEQUOIA
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California has determined that the plans,
specifications and contract documents for traffic calming at Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva
Castilla Way, and Circulo Sequoia, Capital Improvement Program, or CIP, Project No. 6070, or Project,
have been completed to the satisfaction of staff; and
WHEREAS, on May 8, 2001, the City Council adopted Resolution No. 2001-139, approving the
Carlsbad Residential Traffic Management Program, or CRTMP, to provide the policies and guidelines
for traffic management on residential public streets; and
WHEREAS, on May 24, 2011, the City Council adopted Resolution No. 2011-115, amending the
CRTMP; and
WHEREAS, the CRTMP requires the City Council to hold a "duly noticed public meeting ... to
receive recommendations of the Traffic Safety Commission for Phase II implementation"; and
WHEREAS, the Traffic Safety Commission was renamed as the Traffic and Mobility Commission
in 2019; and
WHEREAS, on June 5, 2023, the Traffic and Mobility Commission recommended approval of the
Project; and
WHEREAS, the public input process and mail survey conducted for the Victoria Avenue,
Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way, and Circulo Sequoia traffic calming plans have satisfied the
requirements of the CRTMP; and
WHEREAS, there are sufficient Traffic Improvement Program funds available in the Gas Tax Fund
to complete the Project; and
WHEREAS, the City Planner has determined that the project is exempt from the California
Environmental Quality Act under CEQA Guidelines Section 15301(c), which covers the repair of existing
public structures and facilities involving negligible or no expansion.
Exhibit 1
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 7 of 79
follows:
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, as
1.That the above recitations are true and correct.
2.That the plans, specifications and contract documents for the Traffic Calming at Victoria
Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way, and Circulo Sequoia, CIP Project No. 6070,
are approved and are on file at the City Clerk's Office.
3.That the City Clerk is authorized and directed to publish in accordance with state law, a
Notice to Contractors inviting bids for the construction of the project, in accordance with
the plans, specifications and contract documents referred to in this resolution.
PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED at a Regular Meeting of the City Council of the City of
Carlsbad on the 17th day of October, 2023, by the following vote, to wit:
AYES:
NAYS:
ABSTAIN:
ABSENT:
Bhat-Patel, Burkholder, Luna.
None.
Blackburn, Acosta.
None.
SHERRY FREISINGER, City Clerk
{SEAL)
'''''""'"'''''''
"'''' �
CA 111111 # 0".•···• ... /1(. ,,,,,,
lt-..-....-�·-•. �i'�
l0(�f�,\\ ����!''.�/ i�, 41_'•, .... ! .... • .... �� cf ,,,,,,,, IFO'r-� ,,,�"'
'1111111111\\\'''''''
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 8 of 79
May Ϯ011
ProgramTraffic Management Program
Carlsbad ResidenƟal Traffic Management
Exhibit 2
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 9 of 79
Carlsbad Residential
Traffic Management
Program
May 2011 Revision
Traffic Division
Transportation Department
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 10 of 79
Acknowledgments
May 2011 Program Update
CITY OF CARLSBAD CITY COUNCIL CITY OF CARLSBAD ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
Matt Hall – Mayor Skip Hammann – Transportation Director
Ann J. Kulchin – Mayor Pro Tem John Kim – Traffic Division Manager
Mark Packard Doug Bilse – Traffic Signal Systems Engineer
Keith Blackburn Jim Murray – Associate Engineer
Farrah Douglas
TRAFFIC SAFETY COMMISSION CITY OF CARLSBAD FIRE DEPARTMENT
Gordon P. Cress Mike Davis – Fire Marshal
Jack Cumming Chris Heiser – Fire Division Chief
Steve Gallagher
Guy J. Roney, III CITY OF CARLSBAD POLICE DEPARTMENT
Jairo Valderrama Lt. Marc Reno – Traffic Supervisor
May 2001 Program Development
CITY OF CARLSBAD CITY COUNCIL
Claude A. Lewis – Mayor
Ann J. Kulchin – Mayor Pro Tem
Ramona Finnila
Matt Hall
Julianne Nygaard
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Courtney Heineman – Chairperson
Kip McBane – Vice-Chairperson
Tom Blake
Howard Heffner
John Murphey
Michael Ott
Jim Stachoviak
CITY OF CARLSBAD ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
Lloyd B. Hubbs - Public Works Director
Robert T. Johnson, Jr. – Deputy City Engineer, Transportation
Michele Masterson – Management Assistant
Jim Murray – Associate Engineer
Jannae DeSiena – Senior Office Specialist
CITY OF CARLSBAD POLICE DEPARTMENT
Sgt. Kelly Cain – Traffic Supervisor
MEETING MINUTES
Dianna Scott – Minutes Clerk
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 11 of 79
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ................................................................................................................................... i
INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................................. 1
GOALS ........................................................................................................................................................... 3
PROGRAM STRATEGIES ................................................................................................................................. 3
PROCEDURES ................................................................................................................................................. 4
PROGRAM ELIGIBILITY .................................................................................................................................. 5
PHASE I : EDUCATION AND ENFORCEMENT ................................................................................................. 6
PHASE II : TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................... 8
PHASE III : TRAFFIC CALMING ..................................................................................................................... 11
PHASE III QUALIFICATION CRITERIA SCORING WORKSHEET ....................................................................... 13
TRAFFIC CALMING MEASURES REMOVAL PROCESS ................................................................................... 17
PETITION—REQUEST TO REMOVE TRAFFIC CALMING MEASURE(S) .......................................................... 18
PROGRAM UPDATE PROCEDURES .............................................................................................................. 19
MEASURES NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE ................................................................................................ 21
ACRONYMNS AND GLOSSARY ..................................................................................................................... 22
CITY COUNCIL RESOLUTION ........................................................................................................................ 23
TRAFFIC CALMING TOOL BOX (PHASE I) .................................................................................................. TB-1
TRAFFIC CALMING TOOL BOX (PHASE II) ............................................................................................... TB-10
TRAFFIC CALMING TOOL BOX (PHASE III) .............................................................................................. TB-16
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 12 of 79
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
In all areas of Carlsbad, daily commuter traffic or other types of traffic drive on neighborhood streets.
Speeding and/or excessive volumes may cause residents to become alarmed about safety and quality of
life. When the tranquility and ambiance of the neighborhood is disrupted by drivers speeding or trying
to find short-cuts, concerned citizens contact City officials.
This scenario, repeated each day in some areas of the City, alerted the City Council to the need for a
comprehensive citywide program to minimize excessive speeds and high volumes in neighborhoods.
Similar problems in California and throughout the country have inspired engineering solutions called
traffic calming, which is a method of slowing cars and discouraging cut-through traffic. With traffic
calming in mind, the City Council elected to use a citizen-based approach to develop such a program,
appointing a committee of seven citizens to work with staff in developing solutions for any Carlsbad
neighborhoods seriously affected by traffic problems.
The citizen's committee developed a three-phase approach to addressing traffic problems in Carlsbad
neighborhoods. After reviewing and evaluating programs from many cities, the committee
recommended a program it suitable for Carlsbad and which would achieve the three goals that must be
met if traffic calming is to be successful. The first requirement is support of the residents in any
neighborhood where such calming is needed. Second, the traffic calming measures must meet with
the approval of emergency agencies concerned about response times, as well as the needs of other
utilities whose large vehicles could be adversely affected or damaged by the traffic calming
measures. Finally, the residents must be willing to live with the actual traffic calming measures designed
to slow traffic and cut-through traffic volumes in their neighborhood.
This document represents the first revision to the initial program developed by the Carlsbad Residential
Traffic Management Program Committee. The primary reasons for revising the program were to add
lower cost traffic management tools such as residential stop signs and speed cushions and to establish
benchmark criteria for the funding of future traffic calming projects. The revised program is divided into
the following three phases:
Phase I: application of enforcement and education to resolve non-compliance issues.
Phase II: utilizing engineering-based measures to increase compliance with posted
speed limits and discourage cut through traffic.
Phase III: development and implementation of a comprehensive plan comprised of
traditional traffic calming measures to address traffic issues while enhancing
the residential character of the street.
Ultimately leading to improvement in the quality of life of affected neighborhoods, the Carlsbad
Residential Traffic Management Program is still another way in which the City provides for the health,
safety and welfare of its citizens.
i
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 13 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
1
CARLSBAD
RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
INTRODUCTION
Virtually every day, on many residential streets, Carlsbad residents are faced with the potentially
dangerous intrusion of speeding vehicles and/or cut-through traffic. Carlsbad streets have experienced
escalating traffic impacts due to population and employment growth. As a result, an increasing number
of citizens have expressed concerns to City officials, the Police Department and Engineering staff about
these traffic problems.
Carlsbad residents are not unique in voicing such concerns. Cities throughout the United States have
struggled with the issue of escalating traffic speeds and volumes on residential streets. As a result,
citizens have asked that their neighborhood quality of life be improved through a reduction of vehicle
speeds and volume. Many desire the simple pleasure of being able to walk or ride bicycles through their
neighborhoods without fear of vehicular traffic, a key factor in neighborhood livability.
"Livable" cannot be precisely defined as it relates to community or neighborhood. However, the
residents' expectation that fewer vehicles should be speeding down neighborhood streets is an
indication of their desire to reside in a livable neighborhood. Characteristics of such a desirable
neighborhood include:
a sense of community
a safe place to walk or bicycle
interaction among neighbors
a general feeling of security and safety
the opportunity for residents to enjoy their homes and property
streets that do not penalize drivers traveling at the posted speed limit
"Traffic calming" is a term that has, in recent years, become synonymous with providing the means to
slow vehicles, reduce cut-through traffic volumes and help achieve a livable community. Through the
use of a variety of measures, physical or otherwise, traffic calming helps reduce the undesirable effects
of the motor vehicle in residential neighborhoods.
In response to the concerns of Carlsbad residents, the City Council has established the Carlsbad
Residential Traffic Management Program, referred to as the CRTMP, to address neighborhood concerns
about unwanted traffic. The Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE), an international organization of
transportation professionals, has defined traffic calming as:
"The combination of mainly physical measures that reduces the negative effects of
motor vehicle use, alters driver behavior and improves conditions for non-motorized
street users."
Carlsbad's Residential Traffic Management Program is designed to have significant neighborhood
involvement. Staff plans to work closely with residents to identify problems and their solutions and to
gather the support necessary to ensure the success of any traffic calming plan that may merit adoption.
Communication with the residents at each step is critical and the urgency of plan development will not
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 14 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
2
be allowed to override the need for thorough understanding, commitment and approval by the
neighborhood.
Since neighborhood involvement is the key, the program is designed to solicit and encourage residents'
active participation in identifying concerns, developing reasonable solutions and supporting the final
outcome. In the traffic engineering field, the manner in which this occurs is a process that contains the
elements of the “4E's":
Education
Engineering
Enforcement
Enhancement
By utilizing the "4E" process, which incorporates a comprehensive, integrated involvement of concerned
residents, the challenge of identifying and resolving problems can successfully take place.
The basic elements of the 4E process include:
Education: Providing resource materials and information to residents to inform them about all
aspects of traffic calming.
Engineering: Physical measures and other techniques utilized in the traffic calming program that
are based upon input and concurrence by residents, engineering principles, financial and
environmental considerations.
Enforcement: Police presence and selective enforcement of vehicle code violations.
Enhancement: Using special treatments in the physical measures through design and/or
landscaping features to improve livability, aesthetics, community pride.
This program has been established with and conforms to authority and responsibility given to local
authorities by the California Vehicle Code to protect the health and welfare of its citizens. Additionally, it
meets one of the goals in the Circulation Element of the General Plan that states Carlsbad is a "City with
an integrated transportation network, serving local and regional needs, which accommodates a balance
of different travel modes based upon safety, convenience, attractiveness, costs, environmental and
social impacts".
It is the policy of the State of California that all persons have an equal right to use public streets and that
no agency may restrict the use of streets to only certain individuals. With certain exceptions provided
for in the California Vehicle Code, the specific authority to regulate travel upon streets can only occur in
specific instances related to:
implementation of the Circulation Element of the General Plan
criminal activity
regulating or prohibiting processions or assemblages
streets dividing school grounds to protect students attending such schools or school grounds
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 15 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
3
Requests to implement the CRTMP will ultimately be considered through the process outlined in this
program. Careful consideration will be given to each request to ensure that it meets State law and the
criteria contained in the program.
GOALS
The City Council established the CRTMP as a countermeasure to intrusion by excessive traffic and/or
higher than normal vehicle speeds in the neighborhood and thus, to help improve the quality of life.
With a defined traffic management process and established procedures contained in this document,
Carlsbad residents will have the measures and techniques ("tools") at their disposal to avert many
negative impacts associated with vehicular traffic on residential streets.
The goals of a traffic management program include:
improving the quality of life in the neighborhood
creating safe streets by reducing the collision frequency and severity
reducing negative effects of motorized vehicles
design of features that encourage self-enforcement
PROGRAM STRATEGIES
The City of Carlsbad strives to achieve neighborhood livability through implementation of current
standards and policies. Managing traffic is a key component in this endeavor and one that is vital for
promoting characteristics of livable neighborhoods. Therefore, strategies are needed to identify and
address issues revolving around speeding, excessive volumes and safety concerns on residential streets
when it occurs. These strategies include:
developing recommendations that adhere to State law
satisfactorily addressing legal and liability issues
preserving reasonable emergency vehicle access and response time consistent with response
standards
maintaining reasonable vehicular access
promoting neighborhood safety for pedestrians, bicyclists, motorists and residents
encouraging and incorporating citizen participation in identifying traffic calming measures and
techniques
utilizing City resources and funds efficiently and effectively
utilizing a combination of education, engineering, enforcement and enhancement (4E's)
maintaining, encouraging and enhancing pedestrian, bicycle, transit and alternative modes
of travel
balancing on-street needs (such as parking) with the reasonable and safe function of the street
considering achievable options for funding
According to the ITE resource, “Transportation and Land Development, 2nd Edition”, residential streets
should ideally be designed and constructed to a “residential neighborhood scale” to achieve vehicle
speeds and traffic volumes consistent with typical neighborhood uses. Residential neighborhood scale is
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 16 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
4
typically accomplished by restricting roadway length so that a driver slows, stops, or makes a significant
turning movement every 300-700 feet. Drivers tend to comply with speed limits in residential
neighborhoods when the effective, uninterrupted street length is less than 700 feet.
Complaints related to excessive vehicle speeds often originate on residential streets that have not been
designed to this residential neighborhood scale. The CRTMP attempts to resolve these types of
speeding issues by installing a series of traffic management measures to reduce the effective street
length so that a driver slows, stops, or makes a significant turning movement every 300 to 700 feet.
Traffic management measures are recommended to be spaced, on average, at approximately 500 foot
intervals. The traffic management strategies included in the CRTMP toolbox are designed to work in
concert with one another to limit the effective, uninterrupted length of an existing street to
approximately 500 feet, which should result in a reduction in vehicle speeds and render the route less
attractive to cut-through traffic.
PROCEDURES
The procedures to implement traffic management measures and techniques are described on the
following pages and are referred to as phases. In general, the established procedures are consistent with
the methodology currently used in Carlsbad to address any traffic-related concerns. The procedures
require, and are designed to encourage, substantial neighborhood participation, following the process
used by staff to formulate solutions to problem locations and the methods for proposing those solutions
to the Traffic Safety Commission and City Council for final resolution.
Carlsbad's Residential Traffic Management Program has been developed as a three-phase program,
consisting of the following structure approach:
Phase I : Enforcement and Education
Phase II : Traffic Management
Phase III : Traffic Calming
The program is designed in such a way that residents of each street with identified problems, and with
neighborhood support and commitment, can play a part in the program. The cost, complexity,
effectiveness and impact to residents increase with each phase. Phase I features are generally
considered simple improvements that can be initiated internally and provided by city staff. Phase II
consists of cost-effective traffic management features that may reduce vehicle speeds but may also
penalize those who drive at the legal speed limit. Phase III features are the most effective at traffic
calming but are expensive and may negatively impact parking.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 17 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
5
PROGRAM ELIGIBILITY
Participation in the Carlsbad Residential Traffic Management Program requires the following:
1. The subject street must meet the legal definition of residence district (as defined by the
California Vehicle Code) or designated school zone (as defined by the California Manual on
Uniform Traffic Control Devices).
2. The subject street must have a curb-to-curb width of 40 feet or less.
3. A letter sent by a resident or residents requesting that staff consider a subject street for
inclusion into the CRTMP process.
Any street that does not meet the program eligibility criteria but is nevertheless considered by city staff
to be a candidate for traffic calming will be scheduled for review and possible approval by the Traffic
Safety Commission. If the Commission's review leads to the conclusion that the street merits an
exception, it will be processed through the CRTMP as if program eligibility criteria were met. Any street
recommended by the Traffic Safety Commission as not qualifying for an exception may be requested by
a citizen to be reviewed by the City Council for a final determination. The exception process may be
used for consideration for inclusion into each phase of the program.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 18 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
6
PHASE I: EDUCATION AND ENFORCEMENT
When a resident, or group of residents, from a neighborhood has a traffic-related concern that they
believe should be addressed by the Carlsbad Residential Traffic Management Program and have sent a
letter to the Traffic Division of the Transportation Department, the process will be initiated in the
following manner.
Step 1 Initiate Traffic Request (TR) Procedure
Upon receipt of the correspondence and verification that the subject street satisfies program eligibility
requirements, staff will initiate a Traffic Request (TR) that includes the information contained in the
letter. The TR is an internal logging and tracking system in the Transportation Division used to initiate
action and file correspondence. An engineer will be assigned to investigate and conduct an engineering
study of the street(s).
Step 2 Investigation/Studies
Staff will gather preliminary data about the expressed concern. Field reviews and appropriate traffic
studies will be conducted. They may include:
geometric conditions of the road volume counts
parking availability/restrictions pedestrian counts
location of existing traffic control devices collision analysis
speed surveys other studies as determined appropriate
Phase I strategy will be formulated after the data is collected.
Step 3 Coordination with the Police and Fire Departments
Staff will discuss with the Police Department solutions that can be addressed through enforcement. An
enforcement strategy will be prepared and implemented by the officer in charge of the Traffic Division
of the Police Department. Concurrently, staff will discuss with the Fire Marshal emergency response
route issues and other fire safety issues.
Step 4 Issue Work Order
Implementation of Phase I can be accomplished by city forces. Staff can usually issue work orders for the
installation of signs or striping or implementation of speed feedback signs.
Step 5 Communication with Residents
Information on appropriate traffic calming strategies and techniques proposed to address the identified
concern is shared with the person or group that initiated the request, including information about the
issuance of work orders. Staff also outlines the engineering and enforcement approach that will be
utilized to mitigate neighborhood concerns.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 19 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
7
Step 6 Monitor
Effectiveness of the implemented measures and/or strategies is monitored by Engineering Department
staff and, as appropriate, by the Police Department. The resident or group originating the request is
then informed of the monitoring results.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 20 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
8
PHASE II: TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
If all applicable Phase I options have been completed and do not appear to adequately address the
problem after being in place for an appropriate amount of time as determined by the city staff, Phase II
of the CRTMP may be considered.
Step 1 Written Request
Phase II will be initiated when an affected resident that resides on the street where the concern exists
sends a letter to the Traffic Division of the Transportation Department requesting Phase II consideration.
The letter will be generated by a resident, following discussions with city staff to review what might be
accomplished through Phase II of the program.
Step 2 Phase II Eligibility Determination
Not all residential streets and/or residential areas will qualify to participate in Phase II of the Carlsbad
Residential Traffic Management Program based upon the established process. Eligibility criteria for
Phase II are as follows:
1. Completion of Phase I of the CRTMP; and
2. The 85th percentile speed (critical speed) must be 32 miles per hour or greater as determined
by a speed survey(s).
Both of the eligibility criteria must be met for a street to be considered for further processing through
the CRTMP. However, on a case-by-case basis, city staff may determine exceptions. A street considered
as an exception must be approved by the Traffic Safety Commission.
Step 3 Determine Project Area of Influence (PAOI)
The street or streets significantly impacted by neighborhood concerns or potential solutions, including
all dwelling units or other land uses bordering the subject street or streets, comprise the Project Area of
Influence (PAOI). The PAOI will be established by city staff, with input from the neighborhood
representatives. The establishment of the PAOI by staff shall consider the implementation of measures
on a roadway system as opposed to singular, isolated installations.
Step 4 Phase II Concept Plan
All residents from the PAOI will be invited to a neighborhood meeting hosted by the city. At the
meeting, staff will explain the Phase II process that may lead to installation of the traffic management
measures proposed for their neighborhoods. Discussion will include:
neighborhood concerns
traffic data gathered
results from Phase I
potential Phase II solutions
advantages/disadvantages of specific Phase II features
Phase II approval process
A Fire Department representative will be invited to attend the meeting to explain response needs of the
emergency service providers and any concerns with potential traffic management on the candidate
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 21 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
9
street. Also, a Police Department representative will be invited to attend the meeting to respond to
questions about enforcement issues.
Staff, using the data collected in Phase I, and working with affected residents, will draft a plan of
proposed Phase II measures within the boundaries of the PAOI. Since Phase II measures are limited in
application, they may not be appropriate for a given situation. For example, if a subject street does not
feature intersections, residential STOP signs would not be appropriate. Staff will work with residents to
prepare the Phase II concept plan which will be presented to the neighborhood via mail survey for
support.
The concept plan will be presented to the Traffic Safety Coordinating Committee to allow city staff such
as Fire Department and Police Department representatives to review and comment.
Step 5 Mail Support Survey for Phase II Concept Plan
A mail support survey will be conducted by City staff upon completion of the Phase II concept plan
developed by staff. The purpose of the survey will be to determine if the neighborhood (as defined by
the PAOI) is in favor of the proposed plan.
Residents and non-resident owners within the PAOI are eligible to participate in the mail support survey.
Distribution of the support survey will be conducted by the City through the mail. The survey will be
considered valid if a minimum of 50% of the residents contacted fill out and return the completed
survey. Staff will then analyze the returns to determine if 67% or more of the PAOI community
responding supports the Phase II plan.
If the Phase II concept plan includes measures with vertical deflection such as speed cushions or speed
tables, support for these measures from residents directly affected will be highly desirable. Staff will
work with these residents and will strive to balance the concerns of individual residents with the overall
success of the concept plan as a system of interdependent features. Since the success of Phase II will be
dependent on the spacing of proposed features, the removal of any measure from the concept plan due
to lack of support may have a detrimental effect on the concept as a whole.
If 50% of the surveys are not returned, an outreach program may be initiated by the resident(s). Re-
survey will occur after all steps established in the outreach program are completed. A re-survey will be
valid if 50% or more of the surveys are returned to staff. If the plan is not approved by 67% or more of
the returned surveys, the resident(s) may request that staff develop an alternative plan or abandon their
efforts. A revised Phase II plan will be tested by the support survey process in this step. If the revised
plan fails to garner support of the residents in the PAOI after the second survey, no further surveys will
be conducted by City staff for a minimum of one year.
Step 6 Final Approval by the City Council
The approved Phase II concept plan will be brought forward to the Traffic Safety Commission for
recommendation and to hear public testimony on the matter. A duly noticed public meeting will be held
by the City Council to receive the recommendations of the Traffic Safety Commission for Phase II
implementation. If Council decides that Phase II is acceptable as presented, it will so indicate by
adopting an ordinance authorizing installation of residential STOP signs and/or other proposed
measures and authorizing the appropriation of any necessary funds. The Council may consider other
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 22 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
10
options such as returning to the neighborhood for refinement of the Phase II concept plan or proceeding
to Phase III of the CRTMP.
Step 7 Phase II Implementation
Implementation of Phase II, in most cases, will be performed by city forces via work orders issued by
staff.
Step 8 Phase II Monitoring
Phase II measures that have been installed will be monitored for effectiveness during the first year
following completion of the installation. Staff will analyze traffic data results, accident history, observed
deficiencies and/or impacts of the Phase II measures, comments, and suggestions or complaints
received.
If some residents of the neighborhood believe that the impacts and results of Phase II do not meet their
expectations, they may request removal of the permanent measures. The request for removal must
follow the Traffic Calming Measures Removal Process and be submitted at least one year from date of
Phase II installation.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 23 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
11
PHASE III: TRAFFIC CALMING
If applicable Phase II options have been evaluated and do not appear to adequately address the problem
as described previously, Phase III of the CRTMP may be considered. Phase III of the CRTMP is designed
to allow traditional traffic calming measures to be used in areas where Phase II options have not
adequately resolved the traffic issues. Due to the potential fiscal impacts of Phase III and probable
impacts to parking capacity and limit access to properties, residents will be required to first utilize Phase
II measures before requesting to proceed to Phase III. Phase III measures will be limited to locations
where re-routed traffic will only impact higher classified roadways. Residents have the option to bypass
Phase II only if funding is privately secured and all Phase III criteria are satisfied.
Step 1 Written Request
Phase III will be initiated when the affected residents send a letter to the Traffic Division of the
Transportation Department requesting Phase III consideration. The letter will be generated by the
residents following discussions with city staff, study of Police Department results of Phase II, and
anticipation of what might be accomplished through further utilization of the CRTMP process. The Phase
III process will require an evaluation of a qualification criteria as well a neighborhood-initiated support
petition.
Step 2 Project Scoring and Qualification Criteria
Candidate streets will be evaluated on the following factors and associated points for the purpose of
establishing a project score for funding considerations. Streets with a score exceeding 50 points will be
eligible for Phase III.
Criteria and points assigned are as follows:
1. Travel Speed (maximum 40 points):
6 points for each mile per hour the 85th percentile speed is over 32 miles per hour.
2. Traffic Volumes (maximum 30 points):
Typical weekday ADT divided by 100 and rounded to the nearest whole number or the weekday
peak hour volume divided by 10 and rounded to the nearest whole number.
3. Collision History (maximum 15 points):
Five points will be assigned for each correctable collision on a street, including intersections, within
the past five years. A correctable collision is one that might have been prevented by the
installation of a traffic control device or traffic calming measure.
4. Sidewalks (maximum 5 points):
5 points if no sidewalk or pedestrian pathway exists on either side of the street.
5 points if no sidewalk or pedestrian pathway exists along at least one side of the street.
5. School Proximity (5 points maximum):
5 points if school grounds abut the candidate street.
3 points if the PAOI is within 500 feet of school grounds.
1 point if the PAOI is located within 1,000 feet of school grounds.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 24 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
12
6. Pedestrian Crossings (5 points maximum):
5 points if a school crosswalk (yellow crosswalk) is located on a street in the PAOI.
5 points if a major or midblock crosswalk is located on a street in the PAOI. A major crosswalk is
defined as having 10 or more pedestrians crossing per hour during any eight hours of a typical
weekday.
A maximum total of 100 points may be given for the street under consideration, using the Traffic
Management Program Priority Scoring Worksheet. A minimum score of 51 points is required for the
subject street to qualify for Phase III.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 25 of 79
13
Carlsbad Residential Traffic Management Program
Phase III Qualification Criteria
Scoring Worksheet
This worksheet will be completed by City of Carlsbad staff. It will be used to assign points to a street for Phase III
qualification and prioritization of a potential specific neighborhood traffic calming project.
Name of neighborhood (street location):
Points
1. Travel Speed (40 pts. max.)
For each mile per hour the 85th percentile speed is over 32 miles per hour, 6 points will be
assigned.
Critical Speed:
2. Traffic Volumes (30 pts. max.)
Total weekday ADT divided by 100, rounded to nearest whole number
or weekday peak hour volume divided by 10, rounded to nearest whole number (use higher
number)
Volume: Date Counted:
3. Collision History (15 pts. max.)
Five points for each correctable collision during the past 5 years
Number of collisions:
4. Sidewalks (5 pts. max.)
No sidewalk or pedestrian pathways exists on either side of the street = 5 points
No sidewalk or pedestrian pathway exists along at least one side of the street = 5 points
5. School Proximity (5 pts. max.)
School grounds abut candidate street = 5 points
PAOI is located within 500 feet of school grounds = 3 points
PAOI is located within 1,000 feet of school grounds = 1 point
6. Pedestrian Crossings (5 pts. max.)
School crosswalk (yellow crosswalk) is located on a street in the
PAOI = 5 points
Major or midblock crosswalk is located on a street in the PAOI = 5 points
Total Score:
___________________________________________
Evaluator Date
A MINIMUM SCORE OF 51 POINTS IS REQUIRED TO QUALIFY FOR PHASE III.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 26 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
14
Step 3 Neighborhood Support Petition
If the subject street meets the Phase III Qualification Criteria, concerned residents will need to establish
resident support for continuation of the Phase III process. The support petition is initiated by the
neighborhood representative and serves as the mechanism to establish that residents’ support the City's
consideration of a Phase III traffic calming project. Documentation of support for consideration of a
future project is indicated by a simple majority (50% plus one signature) of those eligible individuals
located within the PAOI that sign the petition. The petition form will be developed by staff but it will be
the responsibility of residents to circulate the petition and submit the results.
Step 4 Project Funding
Upon satisfaction of Steps 2 and 3 of the Phase III process, the subject street may be considered for
funding as a future project through the Capital Improvement Program (CIP) process. If more than one
CRTMP project is submitted in a given fiscal cycle, priority will be established by the Phase III
Qualification Criteria scoring. Many different fiscal factors must be considered to establish if and to
what level funds will be allocated for projects on the priority list. Staff will recommend a funding level
and the City Council will consider and adopt the annual budget before the fiscal year ending on June 30.
As an alternative to the City funding the design and construction of Phase III improvements, residents
may choose to collect funds themselves in any manner they choose, including the formation of an
assessment district. This private funding must be for 100% of the project cost including design,
construction, inspection, administration and contingency costs associated with the project. Private
funds must be deposited with the city prior to proceeding to Step 4.
Phase III will not proceed until funding source is identified and funds are secured.
Step 5 Kick-off Meeting with the Neighborhood
All individuals from the PAOI will be invited to a neighborhood kick-off meeting hosted by the City. At
the meeting, staff will explain to those in attendance the Phase III process that may lead to installation
of the traffic calming measures proposed for their neighborhoods. Discussion will include:
neighborhood concerns
traffic data gathered
results from Phase I and II
potential solutions
traffic calming plan development process
before and after traffic study process
A Fire Department representative will attend the meeting to explain response needs of the emergency
service providers and any concerns the Fire Department has with potential traffic calming on the
candidate street. Also, a Police Department representative will attend the meeting to respond to
questions about enforcement issues.
Step 6 Develop the Conceptual Neighborhood Traffic Calming Plan
By meeting and working closely with the residents, staff will be able to assist in:
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 27 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
15
assessing neighborhood needs
identifying alternatives
developing initial plans or solutions
finalizing the comprehensive plan based upon
o sound engineering principles
o neighborhood input
o state-of-the-art traffic calming practices
Throughout design development of the conceptual plan, all residents within the PAOI will be provided
updates and will be encouraged to offer input. The residents will be actively involved in all aspects of
developing the comprehensive neighborhood traffic calming plan and will be expected to commit the
time and effort needed to develop a successful plan. Directly affected residents and property owners
will be notified and involved with the development of the conceptual plan.
The length of time needed to develop the conceptual plan is dependent upon the complexity of the
issues, the level of neighborhood involvement and support, project cost and the willingness of the
residents to aggressively pursue plan development. The series of meetings leading to completion of a
final conceptual plan for presentation to the neighborhood could take six months or longer.
Step 7 Mail Support Survey for Final Conceptual Plan
A mail support survey will be conducted by city staff upon completion of the conceptual plan developed
by residents and staff and evidence of a generally favorable consensus on the plan by interested
residents. The purpose of the survey will be to determine if the neighborhood (PAOI) is in favor of the
proposed plan by a super majority (67% or more).
Residents and non-resident owners within the PAOI will be included in the survey, essentially following
the eligibility procedures addressed in Phase II. If necessary, and as determined by city staff based upon
the proposed conceptual traffic calming plan, additional properties may be included or excluded by
expanding or reducing the boundaries of the PAOI. The revised PAOI will become the new PAOI for
purposes of the survey and other communications with residents affected by the proposed traffic
calming project.
Distribution of the support survey will be conducted by the City through the mail. The survey will be
considered valid if a minimum of 50% of those contacted fill out and return the survey. Staff will then
analyze the returns to determine if 67% or more of the PAOI community responding supports
proceeding to the final plans, specifications and estimates (PS&E) stage and for the installation of
temporary features. Staff will notify by mail all individuals within the PAOI of the survey results and the
next steps in the process.
If 50% of the surveys are not returned, an outreach program must be developed by the residents with
the assistance of staff. Re-survey will occur after all steps established in the outreach program are
completed.
A re-survey will be valid if 50% or more of the surveys are returned to staff. If the plan is not approved
by 67% or more of the returned surveys, the residents may choose to develop an alternative plan or
abandon their efforts. A revised conceptual plan, after an appropriate outreach program, will be tested
by the support survey process in this step. If a conceptual plan fails to garner support of the residents in
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 28 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
16
the PAOI after the second survey, no further surveys will be conducted by city staff for a minimum of
one year.
If neighborhood support for the Phase III traffic calming concept plan is established, staff can proceed to
Step 8.
Step 8 Environmental Review
Upon confirming the neighborhood support for the Phase III concept plan and funds have been
identified, allocated and approved, staff will initiate environmental review of the proposed project
through the City of Carlsbad Planning Department. Generally, traffic calming improvements proposed
within the existing street right-of-way are found to be exempt from detailed environmental review.
Step 9 Complete Final Design
Final design of the traffic calming plan can be started by staff concurrent with processing the
environmental document. However, the final plan cannot be completed beyond the 30% stage until
environmental certification is received and funding for the project is secured. Depending upon the
complexity of the final plan, a consultant may be hired by the city. After completion of the final design,
staff will initiate installation of temporary measures to simulate the effect of the proposed permanent
traffic calming measures. The Police and Fire Departments will have considerable input during the final
design.
Step 10 Final Approval by the City Council
The approved Phase III design plan will be brought forward to the Traffic Safety Commission for
recommendation and to hear public testimony on the matter. A duly noticed public meeting will be held
by the City Council to receive the recommendations of the Traffic Safety Commission for the final traffic
calming project and to hear public testimony on the matter. If Council decides the project is acceptable,
it will so indicate by adopting a resolution authorizing advertising for construction bids, thus taking the
first step toward installation of the project. If, on the other hand, the Council does not support the
proposal, staff may be directed to abandon the plan, or to return to the neighborhood for refinement of
the plan, or to take no further action.
Step 11 Project Construction
Construction of the approved project, in most cases, will be performed by a licensed contractor selected
through the city's formal construction bidding process. After a contractor is selected by the city,
individuals within the PAOI will be notified of the construction schedule.
Step 12 Project Monitoring
Traffic calming projects that have been constructed will be monitored for effectiveness during the first
year following completion of the installation and also during the second year after the installation.
If residents of the neighborhood believe that the traffic calming measures, impacts and results do not
meet their expectations, they may request removal of the permanent measures. The request for
removal must follow the Traffic Calming Measures Removal Process and be submitted at least one year
from date of Phase III installation.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 29 of 79
17
Traffic Calming Measures Removal Process (Phase II and III)
Individuals within a neighborhood may determine that one or more traffic calming measures should be
removed. If so, a petition favoring removal and signed by 80% of the eligible individuals within the PAOI
or expanded PAOI, if applicable, must be sent to staff. Eligibility criteria for signing the petition will be
the same as for previously indicated voting procedures (one signature per household or property). A
sample petition is provided on the next page for use by the neighborhood contact person to collect
signatures.
Staff will review the petition, determine if the 80% threshold is met and notify all residents and non-
resident owners within the PAOI of the results. No removal petition will be accepted by staff during the
test period when temporary measures are being reviewed.
If the petition has 80% or more valid signatures, it will be submitted to the Traffic Safety Commission for
consideration. All individuals within the PAOI will be notified in writing of the meeting and will have the
opportunity to address the Commission with their concerns. The Traffic Safety Commission
recommendation, whether to deny or sustain the removal petition, will be forwarded to the City
Council.
All residents and non-resident owners within the neighborhood PAOI will be notified by mail of the date
when the City Council will consider their request for removal of the traffic calming measure(s). Each
interested resident will have the opportunity to address the City Council. A final decision will be made by
the City Council based upon staff input, Traffic Safety Commission recommendations and citizen
comments. As appropriate, staff will initiate action on the City Council's decision. All residents and non-
resident owners within the PAOI will be notified of the City Council decision by mail.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 30 of 79
18
PETITION
REQUEST TO REMOVE TRAFFIC CALMING MEASURE(S)
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
CONTACT PERSON: DATE:
CONTACT PERSON ADDRESS:
CONTACT PERSON TELEPHONE:
The undersigned state they that they are requesting that the City of Carlsbad consider removing the
traffic calming measure(s) installed on ________________________________(street name).
The measure or measures to be removed are: ______________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________.
The undersigned further state they have read the Travel Calming Removal Process section contained in
the Carlsbad Residential Traffic Management Program.
Name (please print) Address (please print) Telephone Signature
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
(attach additional sheets as necessary)
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 31 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
19
PROGRAM UPDATE PROCEDURES
It is intended that the Carlsbad Residential Traffic Management Program be dynamic and subject to
change. Traffic calming measures, techniques and/or methodologies continue to evolve. What was once
in favor and popular to implement may have been subsequently found by agencies to be undesirable,
unworkable or unacceptable to the neighborhood.
Revisions to the Carlsbad Residential Traffic Management Program (CRTMP) are expected. When
revisions are suggested, a formal review and approval process of the revision(s) will be followed.
Steps in the revision/update process are as follows:
Step 1 Initiation of Revision
A change or revision may be initiated by the City Council, staff or a citizen. It is suggested that the
requested revision be made in writing, with the reasons for or intent of the revision clearly stated. A
compelling reason to initiate the update process or to change the process must be offered to be
favorably received.
Step 2 Review by Staff
Suggested revisions will be thoroughly researched and reviewed by staff to determine if they are
appropriate for inclusion in the Carlsbad Residential Traffic Management Program. Other City
departments will also be consulted and, as necessary, comments from stakeholders will be solicited.
Changes to traffic calming measures, procedures or methodologies will only be considered by the Traffic
Safety Commission once a year, unless such measures, procedures or methodologies are determined to
be illegal.
Step 3 Response to Initiator
Staff will respond in writing to the individual proposing the revisions, commenting on their suitability or
requesting additional information as needed. Revisions deemed unacceptable by staff will not be
processed further. Revisions recommended by staff for further consideration will be scheduled for
discussion at a Traffic Safety Commission meeting. Only those suggested revisions that significantly
enhance the overall Carlsbad Residential Traffic Management Program will be considered for acceptance
and submitted to the Traffic Safety Commission.
Step 4 Review by the Traffic Safety Commission
All revisions proposed during any 12-month period will be reviewed by the Traffic Safety Commission at
the end of such period. The recommendations of the TSC on all such proposed revisions will be
forwarded to the City Council. The TSC review meetings will be duly noticed and open to the public for
their input on revisions or changes.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 32 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
20
Step 5 Review and Approval by the City Council
In a public meeting, the City Council will consider the recommendations of the Traffic Safety
Commission. Staff may be directed by the Council either to implement the revisions to the program and
the supporting documents or to take no action on the requested revision. Noticing procedures for the
Council meeting will be the same as for the Traffic Safety Commission meeting and all interested
residents will be encouraged to attend the Council meeting to make their opinions known.
Proposed revisions will not interfere with or delay the processing of a neighborhood traffic calming
program in progress. A neighborhood that has started development of its traffic calming program will
continue the process without change.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 33 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
21
Measures Not Recommended for Use
Several traffic management measures were evaluated and determined to be unsuitable for use in
Carlsbad. Listed following are measures not recommended for installation on public streets and,
therefore, not proposed for consideration as part of a neighborhood traffic calming project.
Rumble Strip
A rumble strip is an alteration to the paved street surface by various techniques to draw the driver's
attention to a roadway condition. This measure is not acceptable in a residential neighborhood due to
the noise and vibration created when a vehicle is driven over the rumble strip.
One-Way Street
A one-way street may encourage increased speeds and may result in additional traffic volumes on a
nearby street due to diverted traffic. On a residential street, confusion and wrong-way travel may result
as a one-way street is an atypical encounter for drivers when leaving a single-family residence.
Miscellaneous Non-Standard Devices
Signs and/or striping not recognized by the State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans)
as an official traffic control device shall not be used in the public right-of-way. These signs typically
include CHILDREN AT PLAY, SLOW and others. Non-official signs are of the novelty type, many have
messages that are misinterpreted by drivers, have no legal meaning and their use can expose the City to
tort liability. These types of signs do not command the attention or respect of drivers that are repeat
users of the street. Using signs that are not officially approved may give a false sense of security to
residents. Additionally, the signs raise expectations that some degree of protection is provided through
their use when, in reality, this is not the case.
Cul-de-Sacs and Road Closures
Streets have been designed and constructed to facilitate multiple points of egress for the residents and
multiple ways for an emergency vehicle to respond to an incident. Basic circulation patterns are
intended to remain. Streets will not be truncated through the construction of a barrier to cause a road
closure or by converting the end of the street into a cul-de-sac through construction of a turnaround.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 34 of 79
CARLSBAD RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
22
ACRONYMS AND GLOSSARY
California Vehicle Code A document published by the Department of Motor Vehicles
containing laws relating to the use of streets and the operation
of vehicles thereon.
Circulation Element Comprehensive plan in Carlsbad for the safe and efficient
movement of people and goods.
Critical Speed (85th percentile) The speed at which 85% of the vehicles are traveling at or below.
General Plan A document required by law that contains the overall goals,
objectives and policies for development of the City.
ITE Institute of Transportation Engineers
Midblock Any point located between two successive intersections.
NTCC Neighborhood Traffic Calming Committee
PAOI Project Area of Influence
PS&E Plans, specifications and estimates used to construct projects.
Traffic Calming The combination of mainly physical measures that reduces the
negative effects of motor vehicle use, alters driver behavior and
improves conditions for non-motorized street users—ITE
definition.
CRTMP Carlsbad Residential Traffic Management Program
Toolbox Traffic calming measures ("tools") used to reduce vehicle speeds
and/or minimize volumes on residential streets.
TR Traffic Request. Used by transportation staff to log, file and
track project requests.
TSC Traffic Safety Commission
Warrants Established, objective criteria used to evaluate traffic conditions.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 35 of 79
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 36 of 79
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 37 of 79
TB-1
TRAFFIC CALMING TOOLBOX
Traffic control devices are those official signs and striping placed in the public right-of-way and
recognized by the public such as STOP signs, curve warning signs, centerline striping, etc. These
devices have been officially approved by the State of California Department of Transportation
(Caltrans) pursuant to legislative authority provide for in the California Vehicle Code.
Traffic calming measures, however, have evolved to include features that may not be officially
approved through legislative action by the State of California. Commonly referred to as “tools”,
the traffic calming measures or features available for use in Carlsbad are available in this
program’s “toolbox”.
Each tool listed is unique and has a specific purpose for addressing residential street traffic
concerns that require some form of traffic calming. Each tool has its own set of advantages and
disadvantages and a range of costs. More than just a structural feature on a street, traffic
calming tools also encompass education, enforcement, engineering and enhancement.
The following pages identify tools that have been endorsed and available for use in Carlsbad.
They were chosen for:
Appropriateness to address traffic concerns in Carlsbad.
Acceptability to stakeholders including the Fire and Police Departments.
Suitability for use in residential neighborhoods.
Each traffic calming measure is briefly described, application for usage listed, and possible
advantages and disadvantages outlined. Estimated costs have been provided when the cost of
the measure was able to be determined.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 38 of 79
TB-2 Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 39 of 79
TB-3
Phase I
Education
Description:
Conversations, meetings, e-mails,
letters and handouts to residents
regarding neighborhood traffic and
pedestrian safety issues.
Application:
Traffic education is intended to make
residents aware of local residential
speed limits and other neighborhood
traffic and safety concerns.
Advantages:
Allows residents to express views
and obtain answers.
Identifies issues of concern and
solutions.
Disadvantages:
Effectiveness may be limited.
Potentially time consuming.
Limited audience.
Special Considerations:
Meetings need to stay focused on specific traffic issues.
Cost:
Varies (staff time and published materials).
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 40 of 79
TB-4
Phase I
Police Presence
Description:
Police vehicles drive through or stop for a few
minutes on residential streets to observe
driver behavior.
Application:
Police presence is used to make a visual
showing in residential neighborhoods to help
discourage speeding.
Advantages:
Shows an enforcement presence.
May help slow vehicle speeds.
Disadvantages:
Presence without enforcement has
limited effectiveness.
Limited police resources.
Special Considerations:
Typically only effective when officer is present.
Used on residential streets with complaints of speeding.
Cost:
N/A
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 41 of 79
TB-5
Phase I
Police Enforcement
Description:
The Police Department deploys motorcycle or
automobile officers to perform targeted
enforcement on residential streets.
Application:
Targeted police enforcement used to make
drivers aware of local speed limits and to
reduce speeds by issuing citations.
Advantages:
Effective, visible enforcement.
Driver awareness increased.
Can be used on short notice.
Can reduce speeds temporarily.
Disadvantages:
Temporary measure.
Requires long-term use to be effective.
Limited police resources.
Special Considerations:
Typically only used on residential streets with documented speeding problems.
Typically only effective while officer is actually monitoring speeds.
Benefits are short-term without regular periodic enforcement.
Expensive.
Cost:
N/A
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 42 of 79
TB-6
Phase I
Speed Feedback Signs
Description:
A portable device equipped with a
radar unit that detects, displays and
records the speed of passing vehicles.
The sign can be set to display the speed
on its screen or show a blank screen for
data collection only.
Application:
May help discourage speeding on
neighborhood streets through
education (when set on display mode)
by showing drivers their current speed.
Advantages:
Effective educational tool.
Good public relations tool.
Encourages speed compliance.
Can reduce speeds temporarily.
Disadvantages:
Not an enforcement tool.
Ineffective on multi-lane roadways.
Less effective on high volume streets.
Limited Police Department resources to install
Special Considerations:
Can be installed on a street light standard where a resident indicates there is a speeding problem.
Typically only effective in reducing speeds when the sign is present and set on display mode.
Some motorists may speed up to try to register a high speed (when on display mode).
Recommend for temporary use only.
Cost:
$5,000 each unit
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 43 of 79
TB-7
Phase I
Speed Limit Signs
Description:
25 mile per hour speed limit signs are installed
on neighborhood residential streets that meet
the legal definition of a RESIDENCE DISTRICT.
Application: Speed limit signing encourages
slower vehicle speeds along residential
streets. Signs are only installed along streets
where speeding is a problem.
Advantages:
Clearly indicates prima facie speed limit.
Usually popular with residents.
Low cost of installation.
Disadvantages:
Not effective by themselves.
May add to sign clutter.
Increased cost of sign maintenance.
Special Considerations:
Typically only installed on streets where speeding is a documented problem.
Requires police enforcement to be effective.
Cost:
$200 per sign.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 44 of 79
TB-8
Phase I
Speed Limit Pavement Legends
Description:
Painting of speed limit legends on the
roadway adjacent to speed limit signs.
Application:
Speed limit pavement legends increase driver
awareness of the speed limit to help reduce
speeding.
Advantages:
Supplement to speed limit signs.
May help reduce speeds.
Usually popular with residents.
Disadvantages:
Not effective or legal by themselves.
Increase in maintenance cost.
Special Considerations:
Should only be installed on streets where speeding is a documented problem.
Cost:
$350 per legend.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 45 of 79
TB-9
Phase I
Warning Signs
Description:
Standard warning signs give drivers advanced
notice of roadway conditions.
Application:
Warning signs advise motorists to reduce their
speed.
Advantages:
Informs motorists of roadway conditions.
Low cost of installation.
Disadvantages:
May add to sign clutter.
Increased cost of sign maintenance.
Not a regulatory sign.
Special Considerations:
Advisory only, cannot be enforced.
Cost:
$200 per sign.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 46 of 79
TB-10
Phase I
Neighborhood Speed Monitoring Program
Description:
Resident writes down the license plate
number of vehicle(s) observed to be speeding
noting date, time & location. Information is
called in to the Traffic Division of the Police
Department. The Police Department sends a
letter to the registered vehicle owner
informing them their vehicle was observed to
be speeding on the stated street on the
specified date, time & location. The vehicle
owner is informed that residents are very
concerned about speeding & are requested to
observe the 25 mph residential speed limit.
Application:
The Neighborhood Speed Monitoring Program
helps to discourage speeding through
neighborhood & Police Department
involvement, awareness & neighborhood peer
pressure.
Advantages:
Encourages speed compliance.
Creates neighborhood involvement
and awareness.
Disadvantages:
Not an enforcement tool.
Requires Police Department resources
to send letters.
Cost:
police Department staff time to send out letters.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 47 of 79
TB-11
Phase II
Residential STOP Signs
Description:
Residential stop signs may be considered
for installation under special
circumstances for speed reduction at
intersections on residence district streets.
Application:
The installation of residential stop signs at
intersections reduces the uncontrolled
length of a street, which may help to
reduce vehicle speeds on the street.
Advantages:
May help reduce vehicle speeds
within 150-200 feet of intersection.
Favored by many residents.
Low cost of installation.
Disadvantages:
Non-enforcement may lead to a general non-
compliance of stop signs.
May divert traffic to other streets.
Emergency response times slightly impacted.
Increased maintenance costs
May lead to increased noise/air pollution
Not as effective as horizontal deflective
measures such as traffic circles.
Special Considerations:
To control vehicle speeds, the recommended spacing of this traffic calming measure on a residential
street is typically between 300 to 700 feet.
Requires stop limit line and stop legend to be painted on the street which may lead to sign clutter.
Requires stop limit line and stop legend to be painted on the street.
Cost:
$2,000 (two approaches) - $4,000 (four approaches).
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 48 of 79
TB-12
Phase II
Speed Table
Description:
Speed tables are constructed 3 to
4 inches above the elevation of
the street. They feature ramps on
the approaches and a flat top,
typically about the length of a
passenger car.
Application:
Speed tables help reduce vehicle
speeds at mid-block locations.
Advantages:
Reduces vehicle speeds.
Access not affected.
Generally results in a gentler
ride as compared to speed
lumps.
Disadvantages:
May increase noise.
Emergency response times affected.
Increased maintenance costs.
Perception of reducing property values.
May not be as aesthetically pleasing as chicanes.
Special Considerations:
Requires special signing and markings which may lead to sign clutter.
Careful attention required for drainage issues and other design issues.
Works well in combination with curb extensions and curb radius reductions.
At existing crosswalk locations, a crosswalk may be painted on the proposed speed table.
Fire Department and Police Department Evaluation:
Fire Department and Police Department shall have final approval of speed table locations and spacing.
Cost:
$8,000 - $14,000 each (prefabricated).
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 49 of 79
TB-13
Phase II
Speed Cushions
Description:
Prefabricated rubber or field
formed asphalt approximately 3
inches in height and 7-12 feet in
length installed in a series across
a roadway. Transverse cuts
across the cushion allow some
emergency vehicles to pass
without vertical deflection.
Application:
Reduce vehicle speeds without
significantly impacting some
emergency vehicle response
time.
Advantages:
Reduces vehicle speeds.
May reduce vehicle volumes.
Disadvantages:
May increase noise.
Aesthetics.
May divert traffic to other streets.
Perception of reducing property values.
Increased maintenance costs.
Some emergency vehicles impacted by slowing response
times.
Special Considerations:
Requires special signing and markings.
To control vehicle speeds, the spacing must be carefully evaluated.
Fire Department and Police Department Evaluation:
Fire Department and Police Department shall have final approval of speed lump locations and spacing.
Cost:
$4,000 - $6,000 each (prefabricated).
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 50 of 79
TB-14
Phase II
High Visibility Crosswalks
Description:
High visibility crosswalks established by
painting stripes between the crosswalk's
outer boundary stripes.
Application:
High visibility crosswalks increase crosswalk
visibility to drivers.
Advantages:
More visible to the driver than
traditional crosswalks.
Disadvantages:
May give false sense of security to
pedestrians.
Higher maintenance costs.
Special Considerations:
Should only considered at controlled intersections where painted crosswalks already exist.
Pedestrians may place too high a reliance on its ability to control driver behavior.
Can be used at high pedestrian volume crossing locations.
Cost:
$1500 to $7,000 each.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 51 of 79
TB-15
Phase II
Narrowing Lanes (Striping)
Description:
Striping used to narrow traffic
lanes. The "extra" pavement width
can be used to create or add to
bicycle and/or parking lanes. Lane
striping can also be used to visually
simulate the hardscape features
that define the horizontal traffic
calming measures found in Phase
III.
Application:
Narrowing lanes with striping used
to help slow vehicle speeds.
Horizontal measures can be
simulated with striping but are not
as effective as Phase III traffic
calming measures that use
hardscape to deflect traffic.
Advantages:
Can be quickly implemented in
some circumstances.
May reduce travel speeds.
May improve safety.
Disadvantages:
Not effective as stand-alone measure.
May lead to loss of parking.
Increases regular maintenance.
Some residents may oppose striping on neighborhood
streets.
Increases resurfacing costs.
Special Considerations:
Narrowed travel lanes create "friction" to help slow vehicle speeds.
Can be installed quickly.
Designated bicycle lanes and/or parking lanes can be created.
Adds centerline and edgeline striping to neighborhood streets.
Cost:
$0.75 per linear foot.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 52 of 79
TB-16
Phase II
Neighborhood Signs
Description:
Neighborhood signs involve the use of special
signs such as "ENTERING A TRAFFIC CALMED
NEIGHBORHOOD" to increase motorist
awareness.
Application:
Neighborhood signs help reduce speeding on
residential streets.
Advantages:
May increase driver awareness.
May cause drivers to slow down.
Low cost of installation.
Disadvantages:
May have no lasting effect.
Can create false sense of security.
Adds to sign clutter.
Increased cost of sign maintenance.
Not a standard MUTCD sign.
Special Considerations:
Installed at entry points to a neighborhood.
Cost:
$$200 per sign.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 53 of 79
TB-17
Phase III
Turn Restrictions via Signs
Description:
Standard "No Left Turn", "No Right Turn",
or "Do Not Enter" signs used to prevent
undesired turning movements onto
residential streets.
Application:
Turn restriction signing used to reduce
cut-through traffic on residential streets.
Advantages:
Redirects traffic to main streets.
Reduces cut-through traffic.
Low cost.
Disadvantages:
May divert traffic to other streets.
Inconvenient to residents.
Enforcement required.
Adds to sign clutter.
Violation rates can be high without
enforcement.
Special Considerations:
Installed at entry points of a neighborhood to prevent traffic from entering.
Has little or no effect on speeds for through vehicles.
With active enforcement, violation rates can be reduced.
Cost:
$200 per sign.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 54 of 79
TB-18
Phase III
Textured Pavement
Description:
Textured pavement is installed in the roadway
typically to provide an entry statement to the
neighborhood.
Application:
Used as a visual cue for drivers to slow down.
Advantages:
Aesthetic/visual enhancement.
Provides entry statement to traffic calmed
area.
Disadvantages:
Increase in maintenance.
Increase in noise.
Expensive.
Special Considerations:
Textured pavement has minimal influence on drivers routine behavior.
Overall speeds and volumes are usually only minimally influenced.
Cost:
$10 per square foot.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 55 of 79
TB-19
Phase III
Entry Treatment
Description:
Entry treatments consist of raised landscaped
median islands and textured pavement features
and are located at entries to neighborhoods.
Application:
Entry treatments help reduce speed. They provide
visual cues to drivers they are entering a
residential area or that surrounding land uses are
changing.
Advantages:
May reduce vehicle speeds.
Creates an identify for the
neighborhood.
May reduce cut-through traffic.
Opportunity for landscaping.
Disadvantages:
Increase in noise.
May require removal of parking.
Can impede truck movements.
Creates physical obstruction.
Increase in maintenance.
Special Considerations:
Entry treatments have minimal influence on drivers routine behavior.
Overall speeds and volumes are usually only minimally affected.
Entry treatments make drivers more aware of the neighborhood environment.
Care should be taken not to restrict pedestrian visibility at adjacent crosswalk.
Cost:
$21,000 to $35,000 per approach.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 56 of 79
TB-20
Phase III
Center Island Narrowing
Description:
Center island narrowing is the construction
of a raised island in the center of a wide
street.
Application:
Center islands are installed on wide streets
to help lower speeds and/or to prohibit left-
turning movements. They also provide a
mid-point refuge area for pedestrians.
Advantages:
Reduces vehicle speeds.
Can reduce vehicle conflicts.
Reduces pedestrian crossing width.
Landscaping opportunity.
Disadvantages:
May require parking removal.
May reduce driveway access.
May impact emergency vehicles.
May divert traffic to other streets.
Special Considerations:
When used to block side street access, may divert traffic.
May visually enhance the street with landscaping.
Bicyclists prefer not to have travel way narrowed.
Cost:
$14,000 to $28,000 each.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 57 of 79
TB-21
Phase III
Curb Radius Reduction
Description:
Removal of existing larger radius curb returns
at an intersection and construction of smaller
radius curb returns.
Application:
Curb radius reductions slow vehicle turning
speeds and shorten pedestrian crossing
distance.
Advantages:
Shorter pedestrian crossing width.
Slower vehicle turning speeds.
Opportunity for landscaping.
Disadvantages:
Impacts large vehicle turns.
Special Considerations:
Careful attention needs to be given to drainage issues and turning radii.
Cost:
$12,000 to $18,000 (four-leg intersection)
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 58 of 79
TB-22
Phase III
Traffic Circle
Description:
Traffic circles are raised circular islands
installed in an existing intersection. Traffic
circles require drivers to slow down to
maneuver around the circle.
Application:
Traffic circles provide speed control.
Advantages:
Effectively reduces vehicle speeds.
Reduces collision potential.
Better side-street access.
Opportunity for landscaping.
Disadvantages:
May increase bicycle/automobile conflicts.
Can increase emergency vehicle response time.
Can restrict large vehicle access.
Expensive.
Some left-turning vehicles must negotiate
circle clockwise.
Special Considerations:
Traffic circles are best used in a series or with other devices.
About 30 feet of curbside parking must be prohibited in advance of circle.
Requires the installation of signs and pavement markings.
Traffic circles are less effective at T-intersections.
Fire Department and Police Department Evaluation:
Fire Department and Police Department shall have final approval of traffic circle locations.
Cost:
$20,000 to $35,000 per intersection.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 59 of 79
TB-23
Phase III
Raised Intersection
Description:
A raised intersection is a flat, raised area
covering an entire intersection. There are
ramps on all approaches. The plateau is
generally about 4" high. Typically, the
raised intersection is finished with
textured pavement.
Application:
Raised intersections reduce vehicle speeds
and provide for safer pedestrian crossings.
Advantages:
Effectively reduces vehicle speeds.
Enhances pedestrian safety.
Can be aesthetically pleasing.
Disadvantages:
Expensive to construct and maintain.
Requires drainage modifications.
Affects emergency vehicle response time.
May require bollards around corners.
Special Considerations:
Makes intersections more pedestrian-friendly.
Special signing is required.
Fire Department and Police Department Evaluation:
This measure is one of the least acceptable to the Fire Department and the Police Department
and its use requires extensive evaluation of the specific location and impacts to emergency
response times.
Cost:
$48,000 to $110,000 per intersection.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 60 of 79
TB-24
Phase III
Mid-Block Choker
Description:
Mid-block chokers are curb extensions
that narrow a street by extending
the curbs towards the center of the
roadway. The remaining street cross-
section consists of two narrow lanes.
Application:
Reduces speeds by narrowing the roadway
so two vehicles can pass slowly in opposite
directions.
Advantages:
Effectively reduces vehicle speeds.
Shorter pedestrian crossing width.
Improves sight distance.
Opportunity for landscaping.
Disadvantages:
May require parking removal.
May create hazard for bicyclists.
May create drainage issues.
May impede truck movements.
May impact driveway access.
Special Considerations:
Preferred by many emergency response agencies to other measures.
Provide excellent opportunities for landscaping.
Cost:
$14,000 per location
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 61 of 79
TB-25
Phase III
Lateral Shift
Description:
A lateral shift is the construction of curb
extensions into the roadway that creates a
horizontal deflection drivers must
negotiate.
Application:
A lateral shift helps reduce vehicle speeds.
Advantages:
Effectively reduces vehicle speeds.
Low impact on emergency vehicles.
Opportunity for landscaping.
Disadvantages:
Loss of parking.
Increased maintenance.
May impact driveways.
May be expensive.
Special Considerations:
Most effective when traffic volumes are approximately equal in both directions.
May increase conflicts with pedestrians and bicyclists.
Cost:
$14,000 to $28,000 per location.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 62 of 79
TB-26
Phase III
Chicane
Description:
A chicane is a series of two or more
staggered curb extensions on alternating
sides of a roadway. The horizontal
deflection causes motorists to reduce
speed.
Application:
Chicanes help reduce vehicle speeds.
Advantages:
Effectively reduces vehicle speeds.
Low impact on emergency vehicles.
Opportunity for landscaping.
Disadvantages:
Loss of parking.
Increased maintenance.
May impact driveways.
May be expensive.
Special Considerations:
May require removal of substantial amounts of on-street parking.
Most effective when traffic volumes are approximately equal in both directions.
May increase conflicts with pedestrians and bicyclists.
Provide landscaping opportunities.
Most residents would have their driveways affected.
Cost:
$40,000 to $80,000 per location.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 63 of 79
TB-27
Phase III
Intersection Bulb-Out
Description:
Intersection bulb-outs narrow the street
by extending the curbs toward the center
of the roadway.
Application:
Used to narrow the roadway and to create
shorter pedestrian crossings. They also
influence driver behavior by changing the
appearance of the street.
Advantages:
Improve pedestrian visibility.
Shorter pedestrian crossing width.
May reduce vehicle speeds.
Opportunity for landscaping.
Disadvantages:
May require parking removal.
May create hazard for bicyclists.
May create drainage issues.
Impacts large vehicle turns.
Special Considerations:
Intersection bulb-outs at transit stops enhance service.
May require landscape maintenance to preserve sight distances.
Fire Department Evaluation:
Intersection Bulb-Outs shall be restricted to only one of the two intersecting streets.
Cost:
$14,000 to $28,000 (four-leg intersection).
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 64 of 79
TB-28
Phase III
Realigned Intersection
Description:
"T" intersections are realigned/modified
by constructing horizontal deflection
which forces previous straight-through
movements to make slower turning
movements.
Application:
Realigned intersections help reduce
vehicle speeds.
Advantages:
Reduces vehicle speeds.
No significant impact on emergency
and transit service.
May discourage through traffic.
Opportunity for landscaping.
Disadvantages:
Removal of parking required.
Increased maintenance.
May divert traffic to other streets.
Special Considerations:
Reduces vehicle speeds near intersection.
May change STOP sign configuration and affect emergency response times.
Careful attention needs to be made to drainage issues.
Cost:
$14,000 to $28,000 each intersection.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 65 of 79
TB-29
Phase III
Forced Turn Channelization
Description:
Forced turn channelization are raised
median islands that restrict specific
movements at an intersection.
Application:
Forced turn channelization reduces traffic
volumes/cut-through traffic.
Advantages:
Reduces cut-through traffic.
More self-enforcing than signs.
Shorter pedestrian crossing distances.
Disadvantages:
May divert traffic to other streets.
Can increase trip lengths.
Special Considerations:
Has little or no effect on speeds for through vehicles.
In emergency situations, emergency vehicles can gain access.
May increase emergency response times.
Cost:
$7,000 to $14,000 per approach.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 66 of 79
TB-30
Phase III
Median Barrier
Description:
Median barriers are raised islands constructed
through intersections that prevent left turns
and side street through movements.
Application:
Median barriers reduce cut-through traffic.
Advantages:
Redirects traffic to other streets.
Reduces cut-through traffic.
Provides pedestrian refuge area.
Opportunity for landscaping.
Disadvantages:
Redirects traffic to other streets.
Increases trip lengths.
May impact emergency response.
Creates physical obstruction.
Special Considerations:
Should not be used on critical emergency response routes.
Landscaping needs to be carefully designed to not restrict visibility for motorists, bicyclists and
pedestrians.
Fire Department and Police Department Evaluation:
This measure is one of the least acceptable to the Fire Department and Police Department; its use
requires extensive evaluation of the specific location and impacts to emergency response times.
Cost:
$14,000 to $28,000 each.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 67 of 79
TB-31
Phase III
Semi-Diverter
Description:
Semi-diverters are curb extensions that
restrict movements into a street. They are
constructed to approximately the center of
the street, obstructing one direction of traffic.
A one-way segment is created at the
intersection, while two-way traffic is
maintained for the rest of the block.
Application:
Semi-diverters reduce traffic volume.
Advantages:
Reduces cut-through traffic.
More self-enforcing than signs.
Reduces pedestrian crossing widths.
Opportunity for landscaping.
Disadvantages:
May divert traffic to other streets.
May increase trip lengths.
May require the removal of parking.
Increased maintenance.
Special Considerations:
Restricts access into street while allowing residents access within block.
Potential use must consider how residents will gain access.
In emergency situations, emergency vehicles can gain access.
May increase emergency response times.
Fire Department and Police Department Evaluation:
This measure is one of the least acceptable to the Fire Department and Police Department; its use
requires extensive evaluation of the specific location and impacts to emergency response times.
Cost:
$20,000 to $28,000 each.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 68 of 79
TB-32
Phase III
Partial Diverter
Description:
Partial diverters are raised areas placed
diagonally across a four-legged
intersection (3/4 closure). They prohibit
through movements by creating two "L"
shaped intersections, with one leg having
a right turn.
Application:
Partial diverters help reduce cut-through
traffic. They also minimally decrease
speeds near the intersection.
Advantages:
Reduces cut-through traffic.
Minimal impact to emergency access.
Reduces collision potential.
Opportunity for landscaping.
Disadvantages:
Redirects traffic to other streets.
May increase trip lengths.
Special Considerations:
Problem(s) may be shifted to other streets unless a comprehensive area plan is developed.
Less impact to circulation than a full street closure.
Can be attractively landscaped.
Fire Department and Police Department Evaluation:
This measure is one of the least acceptable to the Fire Department and Police Department; its
use requires extensive evaluation of the specific location and impacts to emergency response
times.
Cost:
$20,000 to $48,000 each.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 69 of 79
TB-33
Phase III
Diagonal Diverter
Description:
Diagonal diverters are raised areas placed
diagonally across a four-legged intersection.
They prohibit through movements by creating
two "L" shaped intersections.
Application:
Diagonal diverters reduce traffic volumes.
They also minimally decrease speeds near the
intersection.
Advantages:
Reduces cut-through traffic.
Self-enforcing.
Reduces vehicle conflicts.
Opportunity for landscaping.
Disadvantages:
Increases out of direction travel.
Increases trip lengths.
Impedes emergency vehicles.
Special Considerations:
Can be designed to allow emergency vehicle access.
Can be designed to allow pedestrian and bicycle access.
Problem(s) may be shifted to other streets unless a comprehensive area plan is developed.
Less impact to circulation than a full street closure.
Fire Department and Police Department Evaluation:
This measure is one of the least acceptable to the Fire Department and Police Department; its use
requires extensive evaluation of the specific location and impacts to emergency response times.
Cost:
$25,000 to $52,000 each.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 70 of 79
1
3
LOCATION MAP
52
3
4
Exhibit 3
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 71 of 79
June 5, 2023 Traffic & Mobility Regular Meeting Page 1
Council Chambers
1200 Carlsbad Village Drive
Carlsbad, CA 92008
June 5, 2023, 4 p.m.
CALL TO ORDER: 4 p.m.
ROLL CALL: Coelho, Fowler, Penseyres, Newlands, Garcia, and Kohl.
Proulx – Absent.
PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE: Chair Coelho led the Pledge of Allegiance.
APPROVAL OF MINUTES:
Minutes of the Regular Meeting held on May 1, 2023
Motion by Commissioner Kohl, seconded by Vice-Chair Fowler to approve the minutes of the
Regular Meeting held on May 1, 2023, as presented. Motion carried, 5/0/1/1 (Newlands –
Abstain, Proulx – Absent).
PUBLIC COMMENT:
Jan Neff-Sinclair spoke regarding the Carlsbad budget and shared disappointment at the
elimination of some of the TGIF concerts. She also shared concern over raising the sales tax.
CONSENT CALENDAR:
Motion by Commissioner Newlands, seconded by Commissioner Kohl to approve Consent Item
No. 1. Motion carried, 6/0/0/1 (Proulx – Absent).
1.SEMIANNUAL TRANSPORTATION REPORT – Receive the Semiannual Transportation Report.
(Staff Contact: Tom Frank, Public Works Department).
This item was pulled for discussion by Commissioner Penseyres.
2.2023 SLURRY SEAL PROJECT NO. 6001-23SS – Support staff’s recommendation to the City
Council to approve the plans for the 2023 Slurry Seal Project, Capital Improvement Project
No. 6001-23SS, as a part of the Pavement Management Program. (Staff Contact: Eric Zielke
and Hossein Ajideh, Public Works Department).
CONSENT CALENDAR ITEM #2 PULLED FOR DISCUSSION:
This item was pulled for discussion by Commissioner Penseyres.
2.2023 SLURRY SEAL PROJECT NO. 6001-23SS – Support staff’s recommendation to the City
Council to approve the plans for the 2023 Slurry Seal Project, Capital Improvement Project
No. 6001-23SS, as a part of the Pavement Management Program. (Staff Contact: Eric Zielke
and Hossein Ajideh, Public Works Department).
Exhibit 4
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 72 of 79
June 5, 2023 Traffic & Mobility Regular Meeting Page 2
In response to Commissioner Penseyres’ concern about the width of the bike lane being six
inches too narrow to provide a minimum two foot door side buffer along with the five foot
bike lane to avoid failing the Multimodal Level of Service, City Traffic Engineer Kim responded
that the city started practicing a 10.5 width for lanes adjacent to raised medians but
considering that Paseo Del Norte is relatively low speed, staff is willing to reduce the vehicle
lane width to 10 feet and add the half foot to the bike lane to get the two foot door side
buffer and a five foot bike lane.
In response to Commissioner Penseyres’ suggestion about extending the bike lane on Paseo
Del Norte back another 50 feet to help the cyclists merge before the left-hand curve, City
Traffic Engineer Kim responded that they could accommodate a bike lane in the gore area of
Cannon Road which would reduce the move to the left that makes cyclists uncomfortable and
then the dashed green would not have to be extended.
Motion by Commissioner Penseyres, seconded by Commissioner Newlands to recommend to
the City Council to approve Consent Item No. 2 with the following amendments:
1) On Paseo Del Norte from Car Country Drive to Cannon Road to change vehicle lane
widths to 10-feet to accommodate a five-foot bike lane with a two foot “door side”
buffer between the bike lane and parking lane; and
2) Northbound on Paseo Del Norte at Cannon Road, the gore/hatched area between the
left-turn lane and right-turn lane will be removed and the bike lane will be extended
to the stop bar at the intersection; and
3) Tamarack Avenue from Knollwood Drive to Saddle Drive will be modified to reflect
existing conditions with bike lane and door zone buffer.
Motion carried, 6/0/0/1 (Proulx – Absent).
DEPARTMENTAL REPORTS:
3. POLICE REPORT REGARDING TRAFFIC & MOBILITY-RELATED MATTERS DURING THE MONTH
OF APRIL 2023, INCLUDING NOTABLE NEWS FOR THE MONTH OF MAY – Receive a
presentation from a representative of the City of Carlsbad’s Police Department that will
provide an overview of traffic and mobility-related police matters during the month of April
2023, including notable news for the month of May. (Staff Contact: Alonso DeVelasco, Police
Department).
Staff’s Recommendation: Receive the presentation.
Lieutenant DeVelasco presented the report and reviewed a PowerPoint presentation (on file
in the Office of the City Clerk).
The Commission received the report.
In response to Commissioner Penseyres inquiry about whether the Police Department
investigates hit and runs from previous months and whether the Commission can see these
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 73 of 79
June 5, 2023 Traffic & Mobility Regular Meeting Page 3
investigation updates, Lieutenant DeVelasco responded that traffic investigators are tasked
with following up with these cases and then he can get the updates and report on the
percentages and closures.
4.SOUTH CARLSBAD BOULEVARD CLIMATE ADAPTATION PROJECT, PREFERRED OPTION FOR
THE 30% DESIGN – Receive a report on traffic study results for the South Carlsbad Boulevard
Climate Adaptation Project and make a recommendation to the City Council on the preferred
design option to complete the grant requirements. (Staff Contact: Tom Frank and Katie
Hentrich, Public Works Department).
Staff’s Recommendation: Receive the report and make a recommendation.
The Commission received the report.
Kris Wright spoke against reducing Carlsbad Boulevard from Palomar Airport Road south to
the border to 10.5-foot vehicle lane in each direction and keeping highway 101 as is, with four
lanes.
Jan Neff-Sinclair spoke in favor of keeping the coast highway a two-lane road wherever
possible.
Karen Pearson spoke in favor of the roundabout and option number two, and possible speed
limit reduction.
Bill Fenner spoke about reducing the speed limit on Carlsbad Boulevard to lower than 50 miles
per hour. He spoke in support of the roundabout and lane reduction.
Motion by Commissioner Kohl, seconded by Commissioner Penseyres to recommend to the
City Council to adopt Option 2 - two vehicle lanes with roundabouts, as the preferred design
option. Motion carried, 6/0/1 (Proulx – Absent).
5.FISCAL YEAR 2023-24 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM OVERVIEW OF TRANSPORTATION
PORJECTS – Receive an informational report on transportation projects included in the
proposed fiscal year 2023-24 Capital Improvement Program budget. (Staff Contact: Tom
Frank and Craddock Stropes, Public Works Department).
Staff’s Recommendation: Receive the report.
The Commission received the report.
6.TRAFFIC CALMING PLANS FOR VICTORIA AVENUE, HIGHLAND DRIVE, NUEVA CASTILLA WAY,
CIRCULO SEQUOIA AND CELINDA DRIVE – Receive the presentation based on the findings
contained in this report and the requirements of the Carlsbad Residential Traffic
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 74 of 79
June 5, 2023 Traffic & Mobility Regular Meeting Page 4
Management Program, and support staff’s recommendation for the proposed traffic calming
plans on Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way, Circulo Sequoia and Celinda
Drive. (Staff Contact: Lindy Pham and Miriam Jim, Public Works Department).
Staff’s Recommendation: Receive the presentation and support staff’s recommendation.
The Commission received the report.
Christine Marshall spoke regarding the survey results for Celinda Drive and stated that the
results did not meet the 67% minimum requirement.
Gary Nessim spoke in favor of the proposed traffic calming plans.
Meghan Novy spoke in support of the speed humps on Celinda Drive.
Kevin Valles spoke in support of the speed humps on Celinda Drive.
In response to Commissioner Penseyres’ question about the Celinda Drive survey not being
valid since the support rate did not meet the 67% requirement and since some surveys were
accepted after the due date, City Traffic Engineer Kim responded that all support rates are
rounded to nearest whole number and that 66.67% can be considered equivalent to 67%. He
further added that the due dates given on the survey are to encourage residents to return
the survey in a timely manner and that surveys are accepted in the period between the due
date and the scheduled Traffic & Mobility Commission date.
Motion by Commissioner Kohl, seconded by Commissioner Penseyres to support staff’s
recommendation for the proposed traffic calming plans on Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive,
Nueva Castilla Way, Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive. Motion carried, 6/0/1 (Proulx –
Absent).
7. TYLER STREET COMPLETE STREETS STUDY – Receive a presentation and provide input
regarding the Tyler Street Complete Streets Study. (Staff Contact: Nathan Schmidt and Nick
Gorman, Public Works Department).
Staff’s Recommendation: Receive the presentation and provide input.
The Commission received the report and provided input.
Jeanine spoke about the parking and shared her concern about adding bicycle lanes and lack
of parking for residents.
Jen Neff-Sinclair spoke her concern about the proposed improvements on Tyler Street.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 75 of 79
June 5, 2023 Traffic & Mobility Regular Meeting Page 5
Gary Nessim spoke about his desire to see wider sidewalks added in the Carlsbad Village. He
also shared the need for lighting on Tyler Street.
8. SUSTAINABLE MOBILITY IMPLEMENTATION PLAN & MULTIMODAL TRANSPORTATION
IMPACT FEE STUDY: REVIEW OF PRIORITY PROJECTS – Receive an update and provide input
on the project prioritization of Sustainable Mobility Plan implementation plan. (Staff Contact:
Nathan Schmidt, Public Works Department).
Staff’s Recommendation: Receive the update and provide input.
The Commission received the report and provided input.
In response to Commissioner Penseyres comment on prioritizing the section of Avenida
Encinas north of the train station exit that is extremely narrow, Transportation Planning and
Mobility Manager Schmidt responded that the section on Avenida Encinas is part of the
approved Capital Improvement Program (CIP # 6004 - Avenida Encinas Coastal Rail Trail and
Pedestrian Improvements) and it will be addressed with new bike lanes in both directions of
travel on Avenida Encinas.
9. FISCAL YEAR 2023-24 – TRAFFIC AND MOBILITY COMMISSION WORKPLAN – Review and
approve the final Fiscal Year 2023-24 Traffic and Mobility Commission Workplan and appoint
a commissioner to represent the Traffic and Mobility Commission at the City Council meeting
where the Work Plan will be presented for City Council consideration. (Staff Contact: Nathan
Schmidt, Public Works Department).
Staff’s Recommendation: Approve the Work Plan and appoint one commissioner to
represent the Traffic & Mobility Commission at a City Council meeting.
The Commission received the report.
In response to Commissioner Kohl’s comment that the Commission would like to change the
name to Traffic, Mobility and Safety Commission, Transportation Planning and Mobility
Manager Schmidt responded that he would make that change in his notes.
In response to Chair Coelho’s comment that the minutes reflect the name change request to
show as Traffic, Safety and Mobility Commission, Transportation Planning and Mobility
Manager Schmidt responded that the Commission could discuss and make a
recommendation to change the name at this time.
Motion by Vice-Chair Fowler, seconded by Commissioner Newlands to change the name of
the Traffic and Mobility Commission to Traffic and Mobility Safety Commission. Motion failed,
3/3/1 (Proulx – Absent).
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 76 of 79
June 5, 2023 Traffic & Mobility Regular Meeting Page 6
In response to Chair Coelho’s request to add the Annual Presentation of the Budget to the
Work Plan, Transportation Planning and Mobility Manager Schmidt responded that he would
add it to the Traffic & Mobility Commission workplan.
Motion by Chair Coelho, seconded by Commissioner Kohl to recommend to the City Council
to approve the Fiscal Year 2023-24 Traffic & Mobility Commission Workplan with the addition
of the Annual Budget Presentation. Motion carried, 6/0/1 (Proulx – Absent).
Motion by Commissioner Garcia, seconded by Vice-Chair Fowler to appoint Commissioner
Kohl as representative of the Traffic & Mobility Commission at the July 25, 2023, City Council
Meeting. Motion carried, 5/0/1/1 (Kohl – Abstain, Proulx – Absent).
Motion by Commissioner Penseyres, seconded by Commissioner Newlands to appoint Chair
Coelho as the back-up representative of the Traffic & Mobility Commission at the July 25,
2023, City Council Meeting. Motion carried, 6/0/1 (Proulx – Absent).
CITY TRAFFIC ENGINEER COMMENTS:
City Traffic Engineer Kim explained that staff will bring forward another group of streets for traffic
calming at the next meeting in August.
COMMISSION COMMENTARY AND REQUESTS FOR CONSIDERATION OF MATTERS:
In response to Commissioner Kohl’s question about the red-light time at Fire Station No. 2 and
whether they could put some sort of indication that there is a call-in process, and also about
using the Opticom to put the intersection into Preempt instead of using the door mechanism,
City Traffic Engineer Kim responded that he believes the preemption is not by the door
mechanism but by the fire station operators, he further added that staff will take a look at this
and see if there is a way to notify the public of a call-in progress and about shortening the red-
light delay.
Commissioner Penseyres mentioned a Strong Towns grant that a resident of oceanside received
to do a study of the intersection of Basswood and Valley where there was a recent fatality. He
further added that this person will be using a radar detector to conduct speed surveys on both
of those streets and the results showed that the maximum speed measured on Basswood Avenue
was between 66 and 67 miles per hour.
In response to Vice-Chair Fowler’s question regarding the traffic signal on El Camino Real and
Arenal and how it operates with the Fire Station, City Traffic Engineer Kim responded that he
would let his traffic signal staff know that it would be helpful to bring this information to the
Traffic & Mobility Commission when the agenda is light.
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 77 of 79
June 5, 2023 Traffic & Mobility Regular Meeting Page 7
ADJOURNMENT: Chair Coelho adjourned the Traffic & Mobility Commission Regular Meeting on June 5, 2023, at 7:44 p.m.
___________________________
Eliane Paiva
Secretary
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 78 of 79
Exhibit 5
Plans, specifications and contract documents
(on file in the Office of the Office of the City Clerk)
Oct. 17, 2023 Item #3 Page 79 of 79
CITY OF CARLSBAD
CARLSBAD, CA
CITY COUNCIL
KEITH BLACKBURN - MAYOR
PRIYA BHAT-PATEL - MAYOR PRO TEM
MELANIE BURKHOLDER - COUNCIL MEMBER
CAROLYN LUNA - COUNCIL MEMBER
TERESA ACOSTA - COUNCIL MEMBER
SCOTT CHADWICK
CITY MANAGER
PAZ GOMEZ
DEPUTY CITY MANAGER - PUBLIC WORKS
VICINITY MAP
TRAFFIC CALMING FOR VICTORIA AVE, HIGHLAND DR, NUEVA
CASTILLA WAY, CIRCULO SEQUOIA AND CELINDA DR
CONSTRUCTION PLANS
FOR
SHEET INDEX
SHEET NUMBER SHEET TITLE "AS BUILT"
DATE
INSPECTOR DATE
REVIEWED BY:
TR
A
F
F
I
C
Exhibit 5
"AS BUILT"
DATE
INSPECTOR DATE
REVIEWED BY:
TR
A
F
F
I
C
“”“”“”
“”
”“”
”
HU
M
P
HU
M
P
HU
M
P
HU
M
P
HU
M
P
HU
M
P
"AS BUILT"
DATE
INSPECTOR DATE
REVIEWED BY:
TR
A
F
F
I
C
HUM
P
H
U
M
P
H
U
M
P
H
U
M
P
HU
M
P
H
U
M
P
H
U
M
P
HUM
P
"AS BUILT"
DATE
INSPECTOR DATE
REVIEWED BY:
TR
A
F
F
I
C
HU
M
P
H
U
M
P
"AS BUILT"
DATE
INSPECTOR DATE
REVIEWED BY:
TR
A
F
F
I
C
STOP
2
5
ST
O
P
ST
O
P
ST
O
P
STOP
2
5
25
STOP
STOP
STOP
STOP
HU
M
P
HU
M
P
H
U
M
P
HU
M
P
HU
M
P
H
U
M
P
H
U
M
P
HU
M
P
"AS BUILT"
DATE
INSPECTOR DATE
REVIEWED BY:
TR
A
F
F
I
C
25
HUM
P
HU
M
P
HU
M
P
HU
M
P
HU
M
P
HUM
P
"AS BUILT"
DATE
INSPECTOR DATE
REVIEWED BY:
TR
A
F
F
I
C
STOP
25
HUMP
HU
M
P
HU
M
P
HU
M
P
HU
M
P
HUM
P
25
25
25
HUMP
HUM
P
HU
M
P
HU
M
P
HU
M
P
25
25
"AS BUILT"
DATE
INSPECTOR DATE
REVIEWED BY:
TR
A
F
F
I
C
2
5
STOP
STOP
25
25
HUMP
HUM
P
HUM
P
HU
M
P
HU
M
P
H
U
M
P
H
U
M
P
H
U
M
P
25
25
HUM
P
H
U
M
P
H
U
M
P
H
U
M
P
HU
M
P
"AS BUILT"
DATE
INSPECTOR DATE
REVIEWED BY:
TR
A
F
F
I
C
00 01 01 TITLE PAGE Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
CITY OF CARLSBAD
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR:
Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla
Way, Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive
Project No. 6070
PWS24-2308TRAN
1635 Faraday Ave, Carlsbad, CA 92008
Email: PWContractAdmin@carlsbadca.gov
TABLE OF CONTENTS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Table of Contents
SECTION 1 .................................................................................................................................... 1
00 11 10 NOTICE INVITING BIDS .................................................................................................. 1
1. RECEIPT OF BIDS. ................................................................................................................. 1
2. DESCRIPTION OF WORK. ...................................................................................................... 1
3. COMPLETION OF WORK. ..................................................................................................... 1
4. OPENING AND AWARD OF BIDS. ......................................................................................... 1
5. PERIOD FOR AWARD. ........................................................................................................... 1
6. BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS..................................................................................................... 2
7. PRE-BID CONFERENCE. ........................................................................................................ 2
8. OBTAINING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ................................................................................ 2
9. BID GUARANTEE AND BONDS. ............................................................................................ 2
10. PREVAILING WAGE RATES AND LABOR COMPLIANCE. ..................................................... 3
11. PROJECT ADMINISTRATION/QUESTIONS. ......................................................................... 3
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS .......................................................................................... 4
1. SECURING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. .................................................................................. 4
2. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ...................................................... 4
3. INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS. ........................................................ 4
4. QUESTIONS. ......................................................................................................................... 5
5. PRE-BID CONFERENCE. ........................................................................................................ 5
6. ADDENDA. ............................................................................................................................ 6
7. ALTERNATE BIDS. ................................................................................................................. 6
8. COMPLETION OF BID FORMS. ............................................................................................. 6
TABLE OF CONTENTS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
9. GOVERNING GENERAL PROVISIONS. ................................................................................... 7
10. MODIFICATIONS OF BIDS. .................................................................................................. 7
11. BID GUARANTEE. ............................................................................................................... 8
12. LABOR & MATERIAL BOND AND PERFORMANCE & WARRANTY BOND REQUIREMENTS. 8
13. SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITY. ............................................................................................ 9
14. OPTIONAL ESCROW FOR SECURITY DEPOSIT. ................................................................... 9
15. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. ............................................................................................ 9
16. LICENSING REQUIREMENTS. ............................................................................................ 10
17. SUBCONTRACTORS. ......................................................................................................... 11
18. BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM. ........................................................... 12
19. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT. .......................................................................................... 12
20. IRAN CONTRACTING ACT OF 2010. .................................................................................. 12
21. PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION. ..................................... 12
22. PREVAILING WAGES. ........................................................................................................ 13
23. DEBARMENT OF CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS. ............................................ 13
24. SIGNING OF BIDS. ............................................................................................................ 14
25. SUBMISSION OF SEALED BIDS. ........................................................................................ 14
26. OPENING OF BIDS. ........................................................................................................... 15
27. WITHDRAWAL OF BID. ..................................................................................................... 15
28. BIDDERS INTERESTED IN MORE THAN ONE BID. ............................................................. 15
29. SALES AND OTHER APPLICABLE TAXES, PERMITS, LICENSES, AND FEES. ........................ 15
30. PERMIT AND INSPECTION FEE ALLOWANCE. .................................................................. 16
TABLE OF CONTENTS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
31. BASIS OF AWARD; BALANCED BID. .................................................................................. 16
32. AWARD PROCESS. ............................................................................................................ 16
33. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. ............................................................................................. 17
34. BUSINESS LICENSE. .......................................................................................................... 17
35. PARTICIPATION OF MINORITY AND WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES. .............................. 17
36. USE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS. ........................................................................................ 17
37. STATUTORY REFERENCES. ............................................................................................... 17
00 41 00 BID FORM .................................................................................................................... 18
1. BID SCHEDULE. ............................................................................................................... 19
2. TOTAL BID PRICE. ........................................................................................................... 19
3. RECITALS. ....................................................................................................................... 20
00 43 10 BID BOND FORM ......................................................................................................... 26
00 43 20 BID SECURITY............................................................................................................... 28
00 43 30 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM ........................................................................ 29
00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM ....................................................... 31
1. INFORMATION ABOUT BIDDER. ..................................................................................... 31
2. LIST OF CURRENT PROJECTS (BACKLOG) ....................................................................... 33
3. VERIFICATION AND EXECUTION ..................................................................................... 37
00 45 10 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ....................................................................................... 38
00 45 15 IRAN CONTRACTING ACT CERTIFICATION ................................................................... 39
00 45 20 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION .................................. 40
00 45 25 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ....................................................................................... 41
TABLE OF CONTENTS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
00 45 30 STATEMENT REGARDING DEBARMENT ...................................................................... 42
00 45 35 DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD .......................................................................... 43
00 52 00 CONTRACT ................................................................................................................... 45
00 61 10 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND ................................................................................... 49
00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND .................................................... 52
00 61 30 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT ............................................................................... 56
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS ....................................................... 59
INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................... 59
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS .................................................. 146
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................... 146
PART 2 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ................................................................................... 146
PART 3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS ..................................................................................... 156
PART 4 EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS ...................................................................................... 160
SECTION 2 ................................................................................................................................ 163
01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK ................................................................................................ 163
PART 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 163
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................... 163
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) .......................................................................................... 163
01 11 20 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ............................................................................... 164
PART 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 164
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................... 169
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) .......................................................................................... 169
TABLE OF CONTENTS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION ....................................................... 170
PART 1 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE .......................................................... 170
01 32 00 SUBMITTALS .............................................................................................................. 171
PART 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 171
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................... 174
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) .......................................................................................... 174
01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE .................................................................... 175
PART 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 175
PART 2 EXECUTION .............................................................................................................. 185
01 41 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................... 191
PART 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 191
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................... 194
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) .......................................................................................... 194
01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS.................................................................. 195
PART 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 195
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................... 195
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) .......................................................................................... 195
00 11 10 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 1 of 195
SECTION 1
00 11 10 NOTICE INVITING BIDS
1. RECEIPT OF BIDS.
The City of Carlsbad (“Agency”) will accept Bids via electronic format via the City of Carlsbad
Electronic Bidding Site up to and no later than <insert Date and Time> through the online bidding
portal (Contracting & Purchasing | Carlsbad, CA (carlsbadca.gov)) for the construction of the
Work entitled:
Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way, Circulo Sequoia and
Celinda Drive
PWS24-2308TRAN
Project No. 6070
2. DESCRIPTION OF WORK.
The Work includes the provision of all equipment, labor, materials, tools, services,
transportation, permits, utilities, and all other items necessary to complete the construction of
the following, as specified and shown in the Construction Documents:
Installation of asphalt speed cushions and associated signage and striping on Victoria Avenue,
Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way, Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive as specified.
The Work Site is located in the City of Carlsbad, in the County of San Diego, California.
3. COMPLETION OF WORK.
The Contract Time is established as sixty (60) Working Days. The Contract Time shall begin 5
Working Days from the date of receipt of the Notice to Proceed.
The Engineers’ estimate for this Project is $164,000.
4. OPENING AND AWARD OF BIDS.
Agency shall consider awarding the Contract for the Project to the lowest, responsive,
responsible Bidder as determined by the Agency from the base Bid alone. The Agency has the
right to reject any or all Bids or to waive any irregularities or informalities in any Bids or in the
Bidding process.
5. PERIOD FOR AWARD.
A period of ninety (90) Calendar Days from the time of Bid opening may be required to award the
Contract. No Bidder may withdraw its Bid or Bid Guarantee during this period. Bidders shall
assume full responsibility for their Bid Price during this period and shall make certain that such
delay does not restrict the Bid Guarantee.
00 11 10 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 2 of 195
6. BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS.
Bidders shall be licensed contractors pursuant to Business and Professions Code Sections 7000 et
seq. under the classification of A: General Engineering as of the date of submittal of the Bid
Documents and shall maintain such license until final acceptance of the Work. Additional
qualifications are included in the Contract Documents.
7. PRE-BID CONFERENCE.
The Agency will not conduct a Pre-Bid Conference.
8. OBTAINING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
Bidders may obtain a copy of the Contract Documents from Agency’s website (Contracting &
Purchasing | Carlsbad, CA (carlsbadca.gov)). To the extent required by Public Contract Code
Section 20103.7, upon request from a contractor plan room service, the Agency shall provide an
electronic copy of the Contract Documents at no charge to the contractor plan room. It is the
responsibility of each prospective Bidder to download and print all Bid Documents for review and
to verify the completeness of Bid Documents before submitting a Bid. All Addenda will be posted
on the online bidding portal. It is the responsibility of each prospective Bidder to check the online
bidding portal on a daily basis through the close of the bidding period for any applicable Addenda.
The Agency does not assume any liability or responsibility for any defective or incomplete
copying, excerpting, scanning, faxing, downloading or printing of the Bid Documents. Information
on the online bidding portal may change without notice to prospective Bidders. The Contract
Documents shall supersede any information posted or transmitted by the online bidding portal.
No time extensions or other consideration will be given for non-receipt or other circumstance
associated with the review or acquisition of Contract Documents. Bids must be submitted on the
Agency’s Bid Forms in the Contract Documents.
9. BID GUARANTEE AND BONDS.
Each Bid shall be accompanied by cash, a certified or cashier’s check or Bid Bond secured from a
surety company satisfactory to the Agency, the amount of which shall not be less than 10% of
the submitted Total Bid Price, made payable to the Agency as bid security. The bid security shall
be provided as a guarantee that within 10 Working Days after the Agency provides the successful
bidder the Notice of Award, the successful Bidder will enter into a contract and provide the
necessary bonds and certificates of insurance. The bid security will be declared forfeited if the
successful Bidder fails to comply within these 10 Working Days. No interest will be paid on funds
deposited with the Agency.
All Bidders must upload Bidder’s Bond to the online bidding portal. The original Bid Bond for the
3 apparent low Bidders must be submitted to the city within 2 Business Days of Bid opening.
The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Faithful Performance Bond and a Labor and
Material Bond each in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Price. Each bond shall be in the
forms set forth in the Contract Documents, shall be secured from a surety company that meets
all State of California bonding requirements, as defined in Code of Civil Procedure Section
00 11 10 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 3 of 195
995.120, and that is a California admitted surety insurer. Pursuant to Public Contract Code
Section 22300, the successful Bidder may substitute certain securities for funds withheld by
Agency to ensure its performance under the Contract.
10. PREVAILING WAGE RATES AND LABOR COMPLIANCE.
This Project is subject to prevailing wages and labor compliance per the Labor Code. To this end,
Bidder shall sign and submit with its Bid the California Department of Industrial Relations (DIR)
Public Works Contractor Registration Certification on the form 00 45 00 provided. Failure to
submit this form may render the bid non-responsive. In addition, each Bidder shall provide the
registration number for each listed Subcontractor in the space provided in the Proposed
Subcontractors form. In bidding this Project, it shall be the Bidder’s sole responsibility to evaluate
and include the cost of complying with all labor compliance requirements under this Contract
and applicable law in its Bid. A copy of the prevailing wage rates may be obtained via the internet
at: www.dir.ca.gov/dlsr/.
11. PROJECT ADMINISTRATION/QUESTIONS.
Requests for Information (RFI) or interpretations of Bid Documents during the bid period shall be
submitted via Online Q&A in the online bidding portal.
The cutoff date and time to submit questions or substitution request regarding this Project via
Online Q&A in the online bidding portal is ENTER DATE, at TIME. No questions will be entertained
after that date.
The answers to questions submitted during the bidding period will be published in an addendum
and provide to those bidding on the Project no later than DATE.
For further information, see the online bidding portal.
END OF SECTION
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 4 of 195
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. SECURING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
Bids must be submitted to the Agency on the Bid Forms which are a part of the Contract
Documents for the Project. The Contract Documents may be obtained from the Agency’s online
bidding portal (Contracting & Purchasing | Carlsbad, CA (carlsbadca.gov)). Prospective bidders
are encouraged to communicate with the Agency well in advance of the date and time bids are
due to the Agency (“Bid Submission Deadline”) to determine the availability of Contract
Documents.
The Agency may also make the Contract Documents available for review at one or more plan
rooms. Prospective Bidders who choose to review the Contract Documents at a plan room must
contact the Agency to obtain the required Contract Documents if they decide to submit a Bid for
the Project.
Addenda will be posted on the online bidding portal. Failure to acknowledge all Addenda may
make a Bid nonresponsive and ineligible for award of the Contract. Bidders are advised to verify
the issuance of all Addenda and receipt of them 1 Working Day prior to bidding. Failure to
acknowledge all Addenda may make a Bid nonresponsive and ineligible for award of the Contract.
2. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
At its own expense and before submitting its Bid, each Bidder shall visit the Site of the proposed
Work and fully acquaint itself with the conditions relating to the construction and labor required
so that the Bidder may fully understand the Work, including but not limited to, difficulties and
restrictions attending the execution of the Work under the Contract. Each Bidder shall carefully
examine the Drawings, and shall read the Specifications, Contract Documents, and all other
referenced documents. Each Bidder shall also determine the local conditions which may in any
way affect the performance of the Work, including local tax structure, contractors’ licensing
requirements, availability of required insurance, the prevailing wages and other relevant cost
factors. Each Bidder shall also familiarize itself with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances,
rules, regulations and codes affecting the performance of the Work, including the cost of permits
and licenses required for the Work, and shall make such surveys and investigations, including
investigations of subsurface or latent physical conditions at the Site or where Work is to be
performed as may be required. Bidders are responsible for consulting the standards referenced
in the Contract. The failure or omission of any Bidder to receive or examine any contract
documents, forms, instruments, addenda, or other documents, or to visit the Site and acquaint
itself with conditions there existing shall in no way relieve any Bidder from any obligation with
respect to its Bid or to the Contract and no relief for error or omission will be given except as
required under California law. The submission of a Bid shall be taken as conclusive evidence of
compliance with this Section.
3. INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS.
Prospective Bidders unclear as to the true meaning of any part of the Drawings, Specifications or
other parts of the Contract Documents, or discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings and
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 5 of 195
Specifications, may promptly submit a written request for information, interpretation,
clarification, or correction (“RFI”) to the Bid Administrator, the Agencies designated
representative for soliciting and conducting bids on the Agencies online ebidding portal. (defined
below). The Agency may not respond to RFIs submitted past the Q&A Submission Deadline. The
Bidder submitting the RFI is responsible for prompt delivery to the Bid Administrator.
Responses to RFIs will be made only by duly issued written Addenda. The Agency shall not provide
verbal responses to RFIs. Copies of written Addenda will be posted on the online bidding portal
for each prospective Bidder who has downloaded a set of Contract Documents. The Agency will
not be responsible for any other explanation or interpretations of the Drawings, Specifications or
other parts of the Contract Documents. If any Prospective Bidder becomes aware of any errors
or omissions in any part of the Contract Documents, the Prospective Bidder must promptly notify
the Agency of such error or omission.
Before award of the Contract, no addition to, modification of, or interpretation of any provision
in the Contract Documents will be given by any agent, employee or contractor of the Agency
except as otherwise specified in these Instructions to Bidders. No bidder may rely on verbal
directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the Agency except as specified in these
Instructions to Bidders.
4. QUESTIONS.
Questions regarding this Project must be submitted through the online ebidding portal.
Questions shall be definite and certain, and shall reference applicable drawing sheets, notes,
details or specification sections. The deadline to submit questions is identified in the Notice
Inviting Bids. Questions received after the deadline may not be answered. Responses to
questions submitted during the bidding period will be published in an Addendum and provided
to those bidding on the Project no later than the date specified in the Notice Inviting Bids.
Except for the Agency’s Bid Administrator, no other members of the Agency’s staff or Board
should be contacted about this procurement during the bidding process. All inquiries and
comments from Prospective Bidders regarding a proposed Bid must be communicated in writing,
unless otherwise instructed by the Agency. The Agency may, in its sole discretion, disqualify any
Prospective Bidder who engages in any prohibited communications.
5. PRE-BID CONFERENCE.
The Notice Inviting Bids shall state whether a Pre-Bid Conference will be held and, if so, whether
attendance is mandatory. Bids will not be accepted from any bidder who did not attend a
Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference. The Conference will commence at the specified start time and
the Site visit will begin at the conclusion of the Conference. Prospective Bidders who arrive late
and who do not sign the “Sign-In” or attendance sheet, may be disqualified from the bidding
process.
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 6 of 195
Representatives of the Agency and its consultants, if any, will be present to the extent possible.
Questions asked by Bidders at the Pre-Bid Conference not specifically addressed within the
Contract Documents shall be answered in writing and shall be sent to all Bidders present at the
Pre-Bid Conference.
A Pre-Bid Conference may include a Project Site visit. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is
required of all Job Walk attendees. Attendees are required to wear closed toe shoes, long pants,
no sleeveless shirts, safety glasses (may be prescription with side shields if in process areas),
safety vests and hard hats. Only those possessing such attire will be allowed on the Job Site. The
Agency will not provide personal protective equipment to Job Walk attendees.
6. ADDENDA.
The Agency may revise the Contract Documents before the Bid Submission Deadline. Revisions,
if any, shall be made by written Addenda. All Addenda will be posted on the online bidding portal.
All Addenda issued by the Agency shall be acknowledged by the Bidder on the online bidding
portal and made part of the Contract Documents. The Bidder shall acknowledge the Addenda
before submitting its Bid. Bidders are responsible for the receipt of all Addenda. The Agency may
reject a Bid if the Bidder fails to acknowledge all Addenda.
Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 4104.5, if the Agency issues an Addendum which
includes material changes to the Project less than 72 hours before the Bid Submission Deadline,
the Agency will extend the Bid Submission Deadline by no less than 72 hours. The Agency may
determine, in its sole discretion, whether an Addendum warrants postponement of the Bid
Submission Deadline.
7. ALTERNATE BIDS.
If alternate Bid items are called for in the Notice Inviting Bids and the Contract Documents, the
time required for completion of the Work for the alternate Bid items is factored into the Contract
duration and no additional Contract time will be awarded. The Agency may elect to include one
or more of the alternate Bid items, or to otherwise remove certain work from the Project scope
of work. Accordingly, each Bidder must ensure that each Bid item contains a proportionate share
of profit, overhead, and other costs or expenses which will be incurred by the Bidder.
If the Agency utilizes alternate Bid items as described above, the Notice Inviting Bids will prescribe
predetermined criteria for the Bid package selection or a selection process in which price
information and Bidder identities are not revealed to the Agency before the Bid Submission
Deadline.
8. COMPLETION OF BID FORMS.
Bids shall only be prepared using the Bid Forms which are included in the Contract Documents.
The use of substitute Bid Forms other than legible and correct photocopies of those provided by
the Agency are prohibited. Bids shall be executed by an authorized signatory as described in these
Instructions to Bidders. In addition, Bidders shall fill in all blank spaces (including inserting “N/A”
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 7 of 195
where applicable), and initial all interlineations, alterations, or erasures to the Bid Forms. Bidders
shall neither delete, modify, nor supplement the printed matter on the Bid Forms nor make
substitutions thereon. Use of black or blue ink, indelible pencil, or a typewriter is required.
Deviations from these instructions may result in the Bid being deemed non-responsive.
The following documents must be completed and properly executed including notarization,
where indicated, and submitted as a part of the complete Bid Package:
1. Bid Form (00 41 00)
2. Bid Bond (00 43 10) or Bid Security (00 43 20) with check/cash
3. Proposed Subcontractors Form (00 43 30)
4. Bidder Information and Experience Form (00 43 40)
5. Non-Collusion Affidavit (00 45 10)
6. Iran Contracting Act Certification (00 45 15)
7. Public Works Contractor Registration Certification (00 45 20)
8. Certificate of Insurance (00 45 25)
9. Statement Regarding Debarment (00 45 30)
10. Disclosure of Discipline Record (00 45 35)
11. Acknowledgement of ALL Addenda on the online bidding portal.
12. Optional Escrow Agreement, as applicable (00 61 30)
All Bids shall be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in
the Bid, multiplied by the unit price as submitted by the Bidder.
When paper copies are submitted, all prices must be written in ink or typewritten. Changes or
corrections may be crossed out and typed or written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a
person authorized to sign for the Contractor.
9. GOVERNING GENERAL PROVISIONS.
The Specifications contained in the Agency Supplemental General Provisions (00 73 00) take
precedence over the specification language contained in the Standard Specifications for Public
Works Construction, “the Greenbook” latest edition and all errata. The Supplemental General
Provisions address the unique conditions in the City of Carlsbad that are not addressed in the
Greenbook. Therefore, if there is a conflict between the two, the Supplemental Provisions shall
control over the Greenbook.
The Greenbook may be purchased at Bidder’s/Contractor’s local technical bookstore, online or
directly from the publisher. The Supplemental Provisions are available only for download from
the online bidding portal with Contract Documents. The Agency does not provide hard copies.
10. MODIFICATIONS OF BIDS.
Each Bidder shall submit its Bid in strict conformity with the requirements of the Contract
Documents. Unauthorized additions, modifications, revisions, conditions, limitations, exclusions,
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 8 of 195
or provisions attached to a Bid may render it non-responsive and may cause its rejection. Bidders
shall not delete, modify, or supplement the printed matter on the Bid Forms, or make
substitutions thereon. Oral, telephonic, and electronic modifications will not be considered.
11. BID GUARANTEE.
Each Bid shall be accompanied by: (a) a cashier’s check; or (b) a certified check made payable to
Agency; or, (c) a Bid Bond secured from a surety company satisfactory to the Board, the amount
of which shall not be less than 10% of the total bid price, made payable to Agency as bid security.
Personal sureties and unregistered surety companies are unacceptable. The surety insurer shall
be a California admitted surety insurer, as defined in Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.120.
The bid security shall be provided as a guarantee that within 10 Working Days after the Agency
provides the successful Bidder the Notice of Award, the successful Bidder will enter into a
contract and provide the necessary bonds and certificates of insurance. The bid security may be
declared forfeited if the successful Bidder fails to enter into a contract and provide the necessary
bonds and certificates of insurance. Any Bid received that does not comply with these Bid
Guarantee instructions may be rejected as non-responsive, and Agency may enter into a contract
with the next lowest, responsive, responsible Bidder, or may call for new Bids. No interest shall
be paid on funds deposited with the Agency. Copies of Bid Bonds submitted to the Agency shall
have the same force and effect as the original.
The Bidder’s security of the second and third next lowest responsive Bidders may be withheld
until the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful
Bidders shall be returned to them, or deemed void, within 10 Working Days after the Contract is
awarded.
The proceeds of the Bidder’s security may also become property of the Agency if the Bidder
withdraws its Bid within 15 Calendar Days after the Bid opening date, unless otherwise required
by law, including Public Contract Code Section 5100 et. seq., and notwithstanding the award of
the Contract to another Bidder.
The Bidder shall submit Bid Bond (00 43 10) or Bid Security (00 43 20) with properly certified
check with the Bid Package.
12. LABOR & MATERIAL BOND AND PERFORMANCE & WARRANTY BOND
REQUIREMENTS.
The successful Bidder shall furnish Agency with a Labor and Material Payment Bond and a
Performance and Warranty Bond, each in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract price. Each
bond shall be secured from a surety company that meets all State of California bonding
requirements, as defined in Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.120 and is admitted by the State
of California, and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the
amount of the bond. The Agency shall not accept personal sureties and unregistered surety
companies. Each bond shall be accompanied, upon the request of Agency, with all documents
required by Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.660 to the extent required by law. All bonding
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 9 of 195
and insurance requirements shall be completed and submitted to Agency within 10 Working Days
from the date the Agency provides the successful Bidder with the Notice of Award.
These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this Project and shall extend
in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency until they are released as stated in the
Contract. The Bonds are to be accompanied by an original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked
appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person
who executed the bond to do so.
13. SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITY.
The Contract Documents call for monthly progress payments based upon the percentage of the
Work completed. The Agency will retain a percentage of each progress payment as provided by
the Contract Documents. At the request and expense of the successful Bidder, the Agency will
substitute securities for the amount so retained in accordance with Public Contract Code Section
22300.
14. OPTIONAL ESCROW FOR SECURITY DEPOSIT.
Pursuant to applicable provisions of law (i.e., Public Contract Code Section 10263), appropriate
securities may be substituted for any obligation required by these instructions or for any monies
withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the Contract. Public Contract Code Section
10263 requires monies or securities to be deposited with the Agency or a state or federally
chartered bank in California as the escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to
cover negligent acts and omissions of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions
under this section in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract.
15. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS.
Before commencing the Work, the successful Bidder shall purchase and maintain insurance as
set forth in the Agency General Conditions. If the Bid is accepted, and if requested by the Agency,
Contractor shall provide Agency or preferred vendor copies of the insurer’s most recent annual
statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Insurance
Code Section 900 et seq. within 10 Calendar Days of the insurer’s receipt of a request to submit
the statements.
In accordance with the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700, Contractor shall secure the
payment of compensation to its employees. Contractor shall sign and file with the Agency the
following certificate before performing the Work under the Contract:
I am aware of the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700, which require every
employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake
self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply
with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of the
Contract.
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 10 of 195
The form of such, Certificate of Insurance (00 45 25), shall be submitted as a part of the Bid
Package.
Insurance must be placed with insurers that:
1. Have a rating in the most recent Best’s Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII, or
2. Appear on the List of Approved Surplus Line Insurers, (“LASLI”) with a Best’s Key Rating
Guide of at least A: X.
3. Are admitted to conduct the business of insurance in the State of California by the
Insurance Commissioner.
4. Otherwise comply with all other aspects of City Council Policy No. 70.
Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this Contract must:
1. Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies.
2. Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the Contract, used onsite or offsite, whether
owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled.
Workers’ compensation insurance required under this Contract must be offered by a company
meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best’s rating condition may be waived.
The Agency does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the
requirement for workers’ compensation insurance.
The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any
additional cost of the insurance shall be included in the Bid price.
The award of the Contract by the Board is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the
required bonds and insurance, as described in the Contract Documents, within 10 Working Days
of bid opening. If the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the Agency may award
the Contract to the second or third lowest Bidder and the bid security of the lowest Bidder may
be forfeited.
16. LICENSING REQUIREMENTS.
Pursuant to Business and Professions Code Section 7028.15 and Public Contract Code Section
3300, all Bidders must possess proper licenses for performance of the Contract. Subcontractors
must possess the appropriate licenses for each specialty subcontracted. Pursuant to Business and
Professions Code Section 7028.5, the Agency shall consider any Bid submitted by a contractor
not currently licensed in accordance with California law and pursuant to the requirements found
in the Contract Documents to be nonresponsive, and the Agency shall reject the Bid. The Agency
shall have the right to request, and Bidders shall provide within 10 Calendar Days, evidence
satisfactory to the Agency of all valid license(s) currently held by that Bidder and each of the
Bidder’s Subcontractors, before awarding the Contract.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Contract, if the Work involves federal funds, the
Contractor shall be properly licensed by the time the Contract is awarded, pursuant to the
provisions of Public Contract Code Section 20103.5.
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 11 of 195
17. SUBCONTRACTORS.
Bidder shall set forth the name, address of the place of business, and contractor license number
of each Subcontractor who will perform work, labor, furnish materials or render services to the
bidder on the Contract. This requirement includes each Subcontractor licensed by the State of
California who, under subcontract to Bidder, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the
Work described in the Drawings and Specifications in an amount in excess of one-half of one
percent (0.5%) of the total Bid price. Additionally, the Bidder shall indicate the portion of the
Work to be done by each Subcontractor in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 4104.
Bidder shall submit Proposed Subcontractors Form (00 43 30) with the Bid Package.
This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the Bidder
proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct
information may result in rejection of the Bid as non-responsive. Any Bid that proposes
performance of more than 50 percent of the Work by Subcontractors or performance by forces
other than the Bidder’s own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of
work that may be so designated on the Proposed Subcontractors Form (00 43 30) “Contractor’s
Bid” will not be included in computing the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the
Bidder.
Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of Work are not Subcontractors. The value
of materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of Work, as shown on the
plans, shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor, as the case may be, that the
Bidder proposes as installer of the materials. The value of material incorporated in any
Subcontractor-installed Bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the
Work that the Bidder proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing the item.
When the Bidder proposes to use a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 100 percent of
a Bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Proposed Subcontractor Form (00
43 30). The explanation sheet shall clearly apprise the Agency of the specific facts that show the
Bidder proposes to perform no less than fifty percent (50%) of the Work with its own forces.
Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the Contract shall be
determined by the Board in conformance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. The
decision of the Board shall be final.
Contractor is prohibited from performing any Work on this Project with a Subcontractor who is
ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.1 or
1777.7.
Bidders shall make copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the required
information to Subcontractors. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall
be entered in the location provided on each type of form so duplicated.
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 12 of 195
18. BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM.
Each Bidder shall complete the provided questionnaire and shall submit the questionnaire along
with its Bid. Failure to provide all information requested within the questionnaire along with the
Bid may cause the Bid to be rejected as non-responsive. The Agency may reject any Bid if an
investigation of the information submitted does not satisfy the Agency that the Bidder is qualified
to properly carry out the terms of the Contract.
The Bidder shall submit Bidder Information and Experience Form (00 43 40) with the Bid Package.
19. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT.
Bidders on all public works contracts are required to submit an affidavit of non-collusion with
their Bid. This form (00 45 10 Non-Collusion Affidavit) is included with the Bid Package and must
be signed and dated under penalty of perjury.
20. IRAN CONTRACTING ACT OF 2010.
In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 2200 et seq., the Agency requires that any
person that submits a bid or proposal or otherwise proposes to enter into or renew a contract
with the Agency with respect to goods or services of $1,000,000 or more, certify at the time the
bid is submitted or the contract is renewed, that the person is not identified on a list created
pursuant to subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 2203 as a person engaging in
investment activities in Iran described in subdivision (a) of Public Contract Code Section 2202.5,
or as a person described in subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 2202.5, as applicable.
The form of such Iran Contracting Certificate is included with the Bid Package and must be signed
and dated under penalty of perjury.
21. PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION.
Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1773, the Agency has obtained the prevailing rate of per diem
wages and the prevailing wage rate for holiday and overtime work applicable in San Diego County
from the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations for each craft, classification, or type
of worker needed to execute this Contract. A copy of these prevailing wage rates may be
obtained via the internet at www.dir.ca.gov/dlsr/.
In addition, a copy of the prevailing rate of per diem wages is available at the Agency and shall
be made available to interested parties upon request. The successful Bidder shall post a copy of
the prevailing wage rates at each job site. It shall be mandatory upon the Bidder to whom the
Contract is awarded, and upon any Subcontractors, to comply with all Labor Code provisions,
which include but are not limited to the payment of not less than the specified prevailing wage
rates to all workers employed by them in the execution of the Contract, employment of
apprentices, hours of labor and debarment of contractors and subcontractors.
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 13 of 195
Pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, all contractors and subcontractors that wish
to bid on, be listed in a bid, or enter into a contract to perform public work must be registered
with the Department of Industrial Relations. No bid will be accepted nor any contract entered
into without proof of the contractor’s and subcontractors’ current registration with the
Department of Industrial Relations to perform public work. If awarded the Contract, the Bidder
and its Subcontractors, of any tier, shall maintain active registration with the Department of
Industrial Relations for the duration of the Project.
This Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of
Industrial Relations. In bidding on this Project, it shall be the Bidder’s sole responsibility to
evaluate and include the cost of complying with all labor compliance requirements under the
Contract and applicable law in its Bid.
To this end, Bidder shall sign and submit with its Bid the Public Works Contractor Registration
Certification on the form provided, attesting to the facts contained in the registration certificate.
Failure to submit this certificate may render the Bid non-responsive. In addition, each Bidder shall
provide the registration number for each listed Subcontractor in the space provided in the
Proposed Subcontractors Form (00 43 30).
22. PREVAILING WAGES.
Pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1720, et. seq. and 1770, et. seq., Contractor shall pay prevailing
wages for all Work performed under the Contract. The Agency has obtained from the Director of
the Department of Industrial Relations the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the
locality in which the Work will be performed for each craft or type of worker needed to execute
the Contract. These rates are available at the Agency or may be obtained online at
http://www.dir.ca.gov. Bidders are advised that a copy of these rates must be posted by the
successful Bidder at the job site(s).
23. DEBARMENT OF CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS.
In accordance with the provisions of the Labor Code, contractors or subcontractors may not
perform work on a public works project with a subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work
on a public project pursuant to Labor Code Section 1777.1 or 1777.7. Any contract on a public
works project executed between a contractor and a debarred subcontractor is void as a matter
of law. A debarred subcontractor may not receive any public money for performing work as a
subcontractor on a public works contract. Any public money that is paid to a debarred
subcontractor by the Contractor for the Project shall be returned to the Agency. The Contractor
shall be responsible for the payment of wages to workers of a debarred Subcontractor who has
been allowed to work on the Project.
The Agency may disqualify a Contractor or Subcontractor from participating in bidding when a
Contractor or Subcontractor has been debarred by the Agency or another jurisdiction in the State
of California as an irresponsible bidder.
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 14 of 195
24. SIGNING OF BIDS.
All Bids submitted shall be executed by the Bidder or its authorized representative. Bidders may
be asked to provide evidence in the form of an authenticated resolution of its Board of Directors
or a Power of Attorney evidencing the capacity of the person signing the Bid to bind the Bidder
to each Bid and to any Contract arising therefrom.
If a Bidder is a joint venture or partnership, it may be asked to submit an authenticated Power of
Attorney executed by each joint venturer or partner appointing and designating one of the joint
venturers or partners as a management sponsor to execute the Bid on behalf of Bidder. Only that
joint venturer or partner shall execute the Bid. The Power of Attorney shall also: (1) authorize
that particular joint venturer or partner to act for and bind Bidder in all matters relating to the
Bid; and (2) provide that each venturer or partner shall be jointly and severally liable for any and
all of the duties and obligations that the Bidder assumes under the Bid and under any Contract
arising therefrom. The Bid shall be executed by the designated joint venturer or partner on behalf
of the joint venture or partnership in its legal name.
25. SUBMISSION OF SEALED BIDS.
Once the Bid and supporting documents have been completed and signed as set forth in these
Instructions to Bidders, they shall be uploaded, along with other required materials, to the online
bidding portal before the deadline for submitting bids.
At the time of Bid submission, whether in the form of a cashier’s check, a properly certified check
or an approved corporate surety bond payable to the Agency, Bidders must upload an electronic
Portable Document Format (PDF) copy of the Bid Guarantee to the online bidding portal. The first
3 apparent low Bidders must provide the Agency with the original Bid Guarantee within 2
Business Days after the Bid opening date.
Failure to submit the electronic version of the Bid Guarantee at time of bid submission shall cause
the bid to be rejected and deemed non-responsive. Failure to provide the original within 2
business days may deem the bidder non-responsive.
Original Bid Bond shall be submitted to:
Public Works Contract Administration
Attention: Graham Jordan, Contract Administrator
1635 Faraday Avenue
Carlsbad, California, 92008
No oral or telephonic Bids will be considered. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Sections 1600
and 1601, only where expressly permitted in these Instructions to Bidders and the Notice Inviting
Bids may Bidders submit their Bids via electronic transmission (the online bidding portal). Bids
received after the Bid Submission Deadline will not be accepted. Agency may reject any Bid not
strictly complying with Agency’s designated methods for delivery.
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 15 of 195
26. OPENING OF BIDS.
Bids submitted on the online bidding portal will be reviewed by the Agency. Once the Bid
Submission Deadline has passed, Bidders, proposers, the general public, and Agency staff are
able to immediately see the results online. Agency shall consider award of the Contract to the
lowest, responsive, responsible Bidder as determined by the Agency consistent with Section 32
below. In case of a discrepancy between the line item entries submitted in the online bidding
portal and the Bid Form, the online bidding portal shall prevail. In the event of any discrepancies,
written numbers (e.g., fifty, hundred) will govern over numerical numbers (e.g., 50, 100) on the
Bid Form.
In the event of any discrepancies, written numbers (e.g., fifty, hundred) will govern over
numerical numbers (e.g., 50, 100) on the Price Proposal Form. Also, the sum of all lump sum line
items will govern over the “Total Proposed Lump Sum Price” line item. The Agency may reject
any or all Bids or waive any irregularities or informalities in any Bids or in the Bidding process.
The Bid and the terms of the Contract Documents constitute an irrevocable offer that shall
remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 Calendar Days from the Bid Submission Deadline
and such additional time as may be mutually agreed upon by the Agency and the Bidder.
27. WITHDRAWAL OF BID.
Any Bid may be withdrawn via written letter, incurring no penalty, at any time before the
scheduled closing time for receipt of Bids. Requests to withdraw Bids shall be worded to not
reveal the amount of the original Bid. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted until the Bid
Submission Deadline, provided that resubmitted Bids are in conformance with these Instructions
to Bidders.
Bids may be withdrawn after bid opening only by providing written notice to Agency within five
(5) Working Days of the bid opening and in compliance with Public Contract Code Section 5100
et seq., or as otherwise may be allowed with the consent of the Agency.
28. BIDDERS INTERESTED IN MORE THAN ONE BID.
No Bidder shall be allowed to make, file or be interested in more than 1 Bid for the same work
unless alternate Bids are specifically called for. If the Notice Inviting Bids provides for alternate
Bids, a person, firm or corporation that has submitted a sub-proposal to a Bidder, or that has
quoted prices of materials to a Bidder, is not disqualified from submitting a sub-proposal or
quoting prices to other Bidders. No person, firm, corporation, or other entity may submit a sub-
proposal to a Bidder, or quote prices of materials to a Bidder, when also submitting a prime Bid
on the same Project.
29. SALES AND OTHER APPLICABLE TAXES, PERMITS, LICENSES, AND FEES.
Contractor and its Subcontractors performing work under the Contract will be required to pay
California sales tax and other applicable taxes, and to pay for permits, licenses and fees required
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 16 of 195
by the agencies with authority in the jurisdiction in which the Work will be located, unless
otherwise expressly provided by the Contract Documents.
30. PERMIT AND INSPECTION FEE ALLOWANCE.
Notwithstanding anything contained in these Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form contains an
allowance for the Contractor’s cost of acquiring traffic control permits and for construction
inspection fees that may be charged to the Contractor by the Agency. The allowance is included
within the Bid Form to eliminate the need by Bidders to research or estimate the costs of traffic
control permits and construction inspection fees before submitting a Bid. The allowance is
specifically intended to account for the costs of traffic control permits and construction
inspection fees charged by the Agency. No other costs payable by Contractor to the Agency are
included within the allowance.
If such cost is not contained or specified in the Bid Form, the Contractor shall include the costs in
the other Bid items on the Bid Form.
31. BASIS OF AWARD; BALANCED BID.
The Agency shall award the Contract to the lowest responsible Bidder submitting a responsive
Bid. The lowest Bid will be determined on the basis of the total Bid price. In the event of any
discrepancies, written numbers (e.g., fifty, hundred) will govern over numerical numbers (e.g.,
50, 100) on the Price Proposal Form. Also, the sum of all lump sum line items will govern over the
“Total Proposed Lump Sum Price” line item.
The Agency may reject any Bid which, in its opinion when compared to other Bids received or to
the Agency’s internal estimates, does not accurately reflect the cost to perform the Work. The
Agency may reject as non-responsive any Bid which unevenly weights or allocates costs, including
but not limited to overhead and profit to 1 or more particular Bid items or otherwise violates
Public Contract Code Section 9203.
32. AWARD PROCESS.
Once all Bids are opened and reviewed to determine the lowest responsive and responsible
Bidder, the Board may award the Contract. Once notified by Agency staff, the apparent successful
Bidder should begin to prepare the following documents: (1) the Labor and Materials Bond; (2)
the Performance and Warranty Bond; and (3) the required insurance certificates and
endorsements. Once the Agency notifies the Bidder of the award, the Bidder will have 10 Working
Days from the date of this notification to execute the Contract and supply the Agency with all of
the required documents and certifications or the Bidder may forfeit the Bid security and the
Agency may pursue award of the Contract to the next lowest, responsive, responsible Bidder.
Once the Agency receives all properly drafted and executed documents and certifications from
the Bidder, the Agency shall issue a Notice to Proceed to that Bidder.
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 17 of 195
33. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT.
As required in these Instructions to Bidders, the Bidder to whom an award is made shall execute
the Contract in the amount determined by the Contract Documents. The Agency may require
appropriate evidence that the persons executing the Contract are duly empowered to do so. The
Contract and bond forms to be executed by the successful Bidder are included within these
Specifications and shall not be detached.
34. BUSINESS LICENSE.
The prime Contractor and all Subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of
Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the Contract.
35. PARTICIPATION OF MINORITY AND WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES.
The Agency encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses.
36. USE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS.
The Agency encourages Bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contractors to utilize
recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the Agency’s
Engineer.
37. STATUTORY REFERENCES.
All references in these Instructions to Bidders (00 21 10) to any statute, rule or regulation are to
the statute, rule or regulation as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to
time by the corresponding legislative or regulatory body.
END OF SECTION
00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 18 of 195
00 41 00 BID FORM
NAME OF PROJECT: Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive
CONTRACT NO.: 6070
NAME OF BIDDER:
AGENCY: City of Carlsbad
1635 Faraday Ave
Carlsbad, CA 92008
The undersigned declares that we have carefully examined the location of the proposed Work,
and have read and examined the Contract Documents, including all Plans, Specifications, and
Addenda, if any, for the above-mentioned Project. The undersigned has acknowledged receipt,
understanding, and full consideration of ANY and ALL Addenda to the Contract Documents via
the online bidding portal.
We propose to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and services, and to
discharge all duties and obligations necessary and required to perform and complete the Project,
as described and in strict conformity with the Drawings, and these Specifications for TOTAL BID
PRICE.
Attached is the required Bid Bond (00 43 10) or Bid Security (00 43 20) in the amount of
not less than 10% of the Total Bid Price.
Attached is the completed Proposed Subcontractors form (00 43 30).
Attached is the completed Bidder Information and Experience form (00 45 40)
Attached is the fully executed Non-collusion Affidavit (00 45 10).
Attached is the completed Iran Contracting Act Certification form (00 45 15).
Attached is the completed Public Works Contractor Registration Certification form (00 45
20).
Attached is the completed Certificate of Insurance form (00 45 25).
Attached is the Statement of Regarding Debarment form (00 45 30)
Attached is the Disclosure of Discipline Record (00 45 35)
Attached is the Optional Escrow Agreement (if applicable) (00 61 30)
00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 19 of 195
1. BID SCHEDULE.
Section ItemDesc Unit of Measure Quantity Unit Price Total
A-1 Mobilization LS 1
A-2 Traffic & Pedestrian Control LS 1
A-3 Asphalt Concrete Cushions Tons 151
A-4 Cold Milling SF 7700
A-5 Signing and Striping LS 1
The costs for any Work shown or required in the Contract Documents, but not specifically
identified as a line item are to be included in the related line items and no additional
compensation shall be due to Contractor for the performance of the Work.
The estimated quantities for Unit Price items are for purposes of comparing Bids only and the
Agency makes no representation that the actual quantities of Work performed will not vary from
the estimates. Final payment shall be determined by the Engineer from measured quantities of
Work performed based upon the Unit Price.
2. TOTAL BID PRICE.
The undersigned agrees that this Bid Form constitutes a firm offer to the Agency which cannot
be withdrawn for ninety (90) Calendar Days from and after the Bid opening, or until a Contract
for the Work is fully executed by the Agency and the lowest responsible Bidder, whichever is
later.
The Undersigned has carefully checked all the above figures and understands that the Agency
will not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this
Bid.
The TOTAL BID PRICE on Bid Schedule total of Unit Prices:
Total Bid Price in Numbers:
Total Bid Price in Written Form:
In case of discrepancy between the written price, the numerical price, or the price as
submitted via the online bidding portal, the online bidding portal price shall prevail.
00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 20 of 195
3. RECITALS.
The successful Bidder agrees to sign the Contract and furnish the necessary bonds and certificates
of insurance within 10 Working Days after the Agency issues the Notice of Award to the successful
Bidder.
The Undersigned agrees that in case of failure to execute the required Contract with necessary
bonds and insurance policies within this time period, the Agency may pursue awarding the
Contract to the next lowest responsible Bidder and the Bid Security of the lowest Bidder may be
forfeited.
Upon receipt of the signed Contract and other required documents, the Agency will proceed to
execute the Contract and issue a purchase order and the Notice to Proceed. The time of
completion shall commence on the date of the Notice to Proceed, unless otherwise specified.
The undersigned agrees to begin the Work within 10 Working Days of the date of the Notice to
Proceed, unless otherwise specified.
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700, which requires every
employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance
in accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before
commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract and continue to comply until the
Contract is complete.
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of Labor Code Section 1770 et seq. relative to the
general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract
and agrees to comply with its provisions.
The Undersigned Bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to
do business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California and that this
statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an affidavit. The following are the
Bidder’s applicable license number(s), with their expiration date(s) and class of license(s):
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
If the Bidder is a joint venture, each member of the joint venture must include the required
licensing information.
A Bid submitted to the Agency by a Contractor who is not licensed as a Contractor pursuant to
the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by
the Agency. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no Bid submitted shall be
invalidated by the failure of the Bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However,
at the time the Contract is awarded, the Contractor shall be properly licensed.
00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 21 of 195
The Undersigned Bidder represents as follows:
1. That no elected or appointed official, officer, agent, or employee of the Agency is
personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be
paid under it; that no representation, oral or in writing, of the Agency, its officers, agents,
or employees has induced Bidder to enter into this Contract, excepting only those
contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part of this Contract by its
terms; and
2. That this Bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a
Bid for the same Work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud.
Accompanying this Bid is _________________________________ (Cash, Certified Check,
Bidder’s Bond or Cashier's Check) for 10% of the amount Bid, payable to Agency as Bid Security
and which is given as a guarantee that the undersigned will enter into a Contract and provide the
necessary bonds and certificates of insurance if awarded the Contract.
Organized under the laws of the State of ________________________.
an individual
a partnership
a corporation
(Signatures continued on next page)
00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 22 of 195
IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE:
I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that all of the
information submitted in connection with this Bid and all of the representations made in this Bid
are true and correct.
1 Name under which
business is
conducted
______________________________________________________
2 Signature (given and
surname) of
proprietor
Printed/Typed Name
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
3 Place of Business
(Full Address: street,
number, city, state,
zip)
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
4 Telephone Number ______________________________________________________
5 Email ______________________________________________________
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED
00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 23 of 195
IF A PARTNERSHIP, SIGN HERE:
I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that all of the
information submitted in connection with this Bid and all of the representations made in this Bid
are true and correct.
1 Name under which
business is
conducted
______________________________________________________
2 Signature (given and
surname and role)
(Note: Signature
must be made by a
general partner)
Printed/Typed Name
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
3 Place of Business
(Full Address: street,
number, city, state,
zip)
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
4 Telephone Number ______________________________________________________
5 Email ______________________________________________________
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED
00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 24 of 195
IF A CORPORATION, SIGN HERE:
I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that all of the
information submitted in connection with this Bid and all of the representations made in this Bid
are true and correct.
1 Name under which
business is
conducted
______________________________________________________
2 Signature (given and
surname and Title)
(Note: Signature
must be made by a
someone who can
bind the
corporation)
Printed/Typed Name
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
3 Place of Business
(Full Address: street,
number, city, state,
zip)
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
4 Telephone Number ______________________________________________________
5 Email ______________________________________________________
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED
00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 25 of 195
List below names of president, vice president, CFO, secretary and assistant secretary, if a
corporation; if a partnership, list names of all general partners, and managing partners:
Approved as to form this ___________________day of _____________________ 20_______.
______________________________________________
Attorney for Agency
END OF SECTION
00 43 10 BID BOND FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 26 of 195
00 43 10 BID BOND FORM
(Note: This form is not required when other form of Bidder’s Security, e.g. cash, certified check
or cashier’s check, accompanies Bid. In that case, use form 00 43 20 Bid Security)
NAME OF PROJECT: Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive
CONTRACT NO.: 6070
NAME OF BIDDER:
The makers of this bond are, _________________________________________ as Principal, and
____________________________________________________, as Surety, and are held and
firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad (“Agency”) in the penal sum of 10% OF THE TOTAL BID
PRICE of the Principal submitted to the Agency for the Work described below, for the payment
of which sum in lawful money of the United States, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves,
our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these
presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that whereas the Principal has submitted the
accompanying Bid dated .
If the Principal does not withdraw its Bid within the time specified in the Contract Documents;
and if the Principal provides all required documents to the Agency and is awarded the Contract;
then this obligation shall be null and void. Otherwise, this bond will remain in full force and effect.
Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the Contract Documents shall affect its obligation under this bond, and
Surety waives notice of any such changes.
In the event a lawsuit is brought upon this bond by the Agency and judgment is recovered, the
Surety shall pay all litigation expenses incurred by the Agency in such suit, including reasonable
attorneys’ fees, court costs, expert witness fees and expenses.
///
///
///
///
///
00 43 10 BID BOND FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 27 of 195
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above-bound parties have executed this instrument under their
several seals this_____________ day of _____________________________, 20______, the
name and corporate seal of each corporation.
PRINCIPAL:
___________________________________
(Name of Principal)
By:
___________________________________
(sign here)
___________________________________
(Print name here)
___________________________________
(Title and Organization of Signatory)
Executed by SURETY
this ______day of ________________, 20____
SURETY:
_____________________________________
(name of Surety)
_____________________________________
(address of Surety)
_____________________________________
(telephone number of Surety)
By:
_____________________________________
(signature of Attorney-in-Fact)
_____________________________________
(printed name of Attorney-in-Fact)
Required Attachments:
Corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.
Proper execution by PRINCIPAL.
Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by SURETY.
President or vice-president and CFO, secretary or assistant secretary must sign for
corporations. If only 1 officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by
the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind
the corporation.
END OF SECTION
00 43 20 BID SECURITY Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 28 of 195
00 43 20 BID SECURITY
(Note: This form is required when cash, certified check or cashier’s check, accompanies Bid. If
Bid Bond is being provided, use form 00 43 10 Bid Bond)
NAME OF PROJECT: Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive
NAME OF BIDDER:
Accompanying this proposal is a Certified / Cashier’s check payable to the order of the City of
Carlsbad (“Agency”), in the sum of __________________________________________________
dollars ($___________________), this amount being 10% of the total amount of the Bid. The
proceeds of this check shall become the property of the Agency, provided this proposal shall be
accepted by the Agency through action of its legally constituted contracting authorities and the
Undersigned shall fail to execute a Contract and furnish the required Performance, Warranty and
Payment Bonds and proof of insurance coverage within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check
shall be returned to the Undersigned. The proceeds of this check shall also become the property
of the Agency if the Undersigned shall withdraw his or her Bid within the period of 15 Calendar
Days after the date set for the opening of the Bid, unless otherwise required by law, and
notwithstanding the award of the Contract to another Bidder.
_______________________________________
BIDDER
Required Attachments:
Certified Check or Cashier’s Check
END OF SECTION
00 43 30 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 29 of 195
00 43 30 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM
NAME OF PROJECT: Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive
NAME OF BIDDER:
In compliance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act (Public Contract Code
Section 4100 et seq.), Bidder shall set forth below: (a) the name and the location of the place of
business, (b) the California contractor license number, (c) the DIR public works contractor
registration number, and (d) the portion of the Work which will be done by each Subcontractor
who will perform work or labor or render service to the Bidder in or about the construction of
the Work or improvement to be performed under this Contract in an amount in excess of one-
half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder’s Total Bid Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the
Work involves the construction of streets and highways, then the Bidder shall list each
Subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the Bidder in or about the
Work in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder’s Total Bid Price or
$10,000, whichever is greater. No additional time shall be granted to provide the below
requested information.
If a Bidder fails to specify a Subcontractor or if a Contractor specifies more than one
Subcontractor for the same portion of Work, then the Bidder shall be deemed to have agreed
that it is fully qualified to perform that portion of Work and that it shall perform that portion
itself. No changes in the Subcontractor’s listed Work will be made without the prior approval of
the Agency.
Attach additional pages as required.
(Signature of Bidder)
00 43 30 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 30 of 195
Name of
Subcontractor
Location of
Business
CSLB
Contractor
License
No./ Exp
Date
DIR
Registration
Number /
Exp. Date
Type of Work
to be done by
Subcontractor
% of
Work
Amount of
Work by
Subcontractor
in Dollars*
Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 4104, subdivision (a)(3)(A), receipt of the information
preceded by an asterisk (*) may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for
submitting bids contained in the “Notice Inviting Bids”.
END OF SECTION
00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 31 of 195
00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM
NAME OF PROJECT: Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive
CONTRACT NO.: 6070
NAME OF BIDDER:
1. INFORMATION ABOUT BIDDER.
(Indicate not applicable (“N/A”) where appropriate.)
NOTE: Where Bidder is a joint venture, pages shall be duplicated, and information provided for
all parties to the joint venture.
1. Type, if Entity:
2. Bidder Address:
a. Facsimile Number
b. Telephone Number
c. Email Address
3. How many years has Bidder’s organization been in business as a contractor?
4. How many years has Bidder’s organization been in business under its present name?
a. Under what other or former names has Bidder’s organization operated?
5. If Bidder’s organization is a corporation, answer the following:
a. Date of Incorporation:
b. State of Incorporation:
c. President’s Name:
d. Vice-President’s Name(s):
e. Secretary’s Name:
f. Treasurer’s Name:
g. CFO’s Name:
00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 32 of 195
6. If an individual or a partnership, answer the following:
a. Date of Organization:
b. Name and address of all partners (state whether general or limited partnership):
7. If other than a corporation or partnership, describe organization and name principals:
8. List other states in which Bidder’s organization is legally qualified to do business.
9. What type of work does the Bidder normally perform with its own forces?
10. Has Bidder ever failed to complete any work awarded to it? If so, note when, where, and why:
11. Within the last 5 years, has any officer or partner of Bidder’s organization ever been an officer
or partner of another organization when it failed to complete a contract? If so, attach a
separate sheet of explanation:
12. List Trade References:
13. List Bank References (Bank and Branch Address):
14. Name of Bonding Company and Name and Address of Agent:
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 33 of 195
2. LIST OF CURRENT PROJECTS (BACKLOG)
[**Duplicate or attach additional pages if needed for listing current projects.**]
Project Name
Sub or Prime?
Description of Bidder’s Work Client Name Completion
Date
Cost of
Bidder’s
Work
00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 34 of 195
LIST OF COMPLETED PROJECTS (LAST 3 YEARS)
[**Duplicate or attach additional pages if needed for listing completed projects. **]
Please include only those projects which are similar enough to demonstrate Bidder’s ability to
perform the required Work.
Project Name
Sub or Prime?
Description of Bidder’s Work Client Name Completion
Date
Cost of
Bidder’s
Work
00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 35 of 195
EXPERIENCE AND TECHNICAL QUALIFICATIONS QUESTIONNAIRE
Personnel:
The Bidder shall identify the key personnel to be assigned to this Project in a management,
construction supervision or engineering capacity. Add additional pages to identify ALL key
personnel. Bidder may submit a 2-page resume of each key personnel mentioned above.
Bidder agrees that personnel named in this Bid will remain on this Project until completion of all
relevant Work, unless substituted by personnel of equivalent experience and qualifications
approved in advance by the Agency.
Job Title
Name
% time on this
Project
Specialized
Education
Years of
construction
experience
relevant to the
Project
Summarize the
experience
00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 36 of 195
Additional Bidder’s Statements:
If the Bidder feels that there is additional information which has not been included in the
questionnaire above, and which would contribute to the qualification review, it may add that
information in a statement here or on an attached sheet, appropriately marked:
00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 37 of 195
3. VERIFICATION AND EXECUTION
These Bid Forms shall be executed only by a duly authorized official of the Bidder:
I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing
information is true and correct:
Name of Bidder:
Signature:
Name:
Title:
Date:
END OF SECTION
00 45 10 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 38 of 195
00 45 10 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID
NAME OF PROJECT: Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive
NAME OF BIDDER:
Consistent with Public Contract Code Section 7106, the undersigned declares:
I am the __________________________ of ______________________________________, the
party making the foregoing Bid.
The Bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership,
company, association, organization, or corporation. The Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham.
The Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to put in a false or
sham bid. The Bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with
any Bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The Bidder has not in
any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with
anyone to fix the Bid Price of the Bidder or any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost
element of the Bid Price, or of that of any other Bidder. All statements contained in the Bid are
true. The Bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her Bid Price or any breakdown
of it, or the contents of it, or divulged information or data relative to it, to any corporation,
partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent of
these, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or
entity for such purpose.
Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a Bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint
venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, represents
that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the
Bidder.
I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing
is true and correct and that this declaration is executed ________________ 20 ____ at
_______________ [city], _____ [state].
Signature
Name _________________________________
Title
END OF SECTION
00 45 15 IRAN CONTRACTING ACT CERTIFICATION Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 39 of 195
00 45 15 IRAN CONTRACTING ACT CERTIFICATION
NAME OF PROJECT: Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive
NAME OF BIDDER:
As required by Public Contract Code Section 2204, the Contractor certifies subject to penalty of
perjury that the option checked below relating to the Contractor’s status in regard to the Iran
Contracting Act of 2010 (Public Contract Code Section 2200 et seq.) is true and correct:
The Contractor is not:
1) identified on the current list of persons and entities engaged in investment activities
in Iran prepared by the California Department of General Services in accordance with
subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 2203; or
2) a financial instruction that extends, for 45 days or more, credit in the amount of
$20,000,000 or more to any other person or entity identified on the current list of
persons and entities engaging in investment activities in Iran prepared by the
California Department of General Services in accordance with subdivision (b) of Public
Contract Code Section 2203, if that person or entity uses or will use the credit to
provide goods or services in the energy sector in Iran.
The Agency has exempted the Contractor from the requirements of the Iran Contracting Act
of 2010 after making a public finding that, absent the exemption, the Agency will be unable
to obtain the goods and/or services to be provided pursuant to the Contract.
The amount of the Contract payable to the Contractor for the Project does not exceed
$1,000,000.
Signature: Date:
Name: Title:
Note: In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 2205, false certification of this form shall
be reported to the California Attorney General and may result in civil penalties equal to the
greater of $250,000 or twice the Contract amount, termination of the Contract and/or ineligibility
to bid on contracts for 3 years.
END OF SECTION
00 45 20 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 40 of 195
00 45 20 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION
NAME OF PROJECT: Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive
NAME OF BIDDER:
Pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, all Contractors and Subcontractors that
wish to Bid on, be listed in a Bid proposal, or enter into a Contract to perform public work must
be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations. See Public Works (ca.gov) for
additional information.
No Bid will be accepted, nor any Contract entered into without proof of the Contractor’s and
Subcontractors’ current registration with the Department of Industrial Relations to perform
public work.
Bidder certifies that it is aware of the registration requirements set forth in Labor Code Sections
1725.5 and 1771.1 and is currently registered as a Contractor with the Department of Industrial
Relations.
Name of Bidder:
DIR Registration Number:
DIR Registration Expiration:
Bidder further certifies:
1. Bidder shall maintain a current DIR registration for the duration of the Project.
2. Bidder shall include the requirements of Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1 in its
Contract with Subcontractors and ensure that all Subcontractors are registered at the
time of Bid opening and maintain registration status for the duration of the Project.
3. Failure to submit this form or comply with any of the above requirements may result in
a finding that the Bid is non-responsive.
Signature: Date:
Name: Title:
END OF SECTION
00 45 25 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 41 of 195
00 45 25 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
NAME OF PROJECT: Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive
NAME OF BIDDER:
Bidder must attach either of the following to this page.
Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements for each of:
a. Comprehensive General Liability
b. Automobile Liability
c. Workers Compensation
d. Employer’s Liability
Statement with an insurance carrier’s notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and
upon payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder the required
policies of insurance for Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers
Compensation and Employer’s Liability in conformance and the required Certificates of
insurance to the Agency.
END OF SECTION
00 45 30 STATEMENT REGARDING DEBARMENT Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 42 of 195
00 45 30 STATEMENT REGARDING DEBARMENT
NAME OF PROJECT: Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive
NAME OF BIDDER:
1. Have you or any of your Subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible Bidder by
another public agency in the State of California?
YES
NO
2. If yes, what was/were the name(s) of the public agency(ies) and what was/were the period(s)
of debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than 2
debarments.
__________________________________
party debarred
__________________________________
public agency
__________________________________
period of debarment
___________________________________
party debarred
___________________________________
public agency
___________________________________
period of debarment
BY CONTRACTOR:
By: __________________________________
(sign here)
___________________________________
(print name/title)
Page _____ of _____ pages of this Statement Regarding Debarment form
END OF SECTION
00 45 35 DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 43 of 195
00 45 35 DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD
NAME OF PROJECT: Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive
NAME OF BIDDER:
Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors’ State License
Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint
regarding a latent act or omission is filed within 4 years of the date of the alleged violation. A
complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within
10 years of the date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a Contractor may be
referred to the Registrar, Contractors’ State License Board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento,
California 95826.
1. Have you ever had your contractor’s license suspended or revoked by the California
Contractors’ State license Board 2 or more times within an 8-year period?
YES
NO
2. Has the suspension or revocation of your contractor’s license ever been stayed?
YES
NO
N/A
3. Have any Subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their
contractor’s license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors’ State License Board
2 or more times within an 8-year period?
YES
NO
4. Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any Subcontractors that you propose to
perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed?
YES
NO
N/A
00 45 35 DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 44 of 195
5. If the answer to either of 1 or 3 above is “yes,” fully identify, in each and every case, the party
disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, the nature of the
violation and disciplinary action taken.
(If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.)
6. If the answer to either of 2 or 4 above is “yes,” fully identify, in each and every case, the party
whose discipline was stayed, the date of and the violation that the disciplinary action pertains
to, the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action
was stayed.
(If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.)
BY CONTRACTOR:
By: __________________________________
(sign here)
_____________________________________
(print name and title)
END OF SECTION
00 52 00 CONTRACT Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 45 of 195
00 52 00 CONTRACT
This Project No. 6070 (“Contract”) is made and entered into this ____________ day of
________________________________, 2023, by and between the City of Carlsbad, California, a
California municipal corporation (“Agency”) and ____________________________________
(“Contractor”), whose principal place of business is
_______________________________________________________.
The parties agree:
1. SCOPE OF WORK.
The Contractor shall perform all Work within the time stipulated in the Contract, and shall
provide all labor, materials, equipment, tools, utility services, and transportation to complete all
the Work required in strict compliance with the Contract Documents for the following Project:
NAME OF PROJECT: Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive
The Contractor and its surety shall be liable to the Agency for any damages arising as a result of
the Contractor’s failure to comply with the obligation described in this Section 1.
2. TIME OF COMPLETION.
Time is of the essence in the performance of the Work. The Work shall be commenced on the
date stated in the Agency’s Notice to Proceed. The Contractor shall complete all Work required
by the Contract Documents within sixty (60) Working Days from the commencement date stated
in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor agrees the time for completion set forth above is adequate
and reasonable to complete the Work.
3. CONTRACT PRICE.
The Agency shall pay to the Contractor as full compensation for the performance of the Contract,
subject to any additions or deductions made in accordance with the Contract Documents, and
including all applicable taxes and costs, the sum of ___________________________________
Dollars ($ _____________________________). Payment shall be made as set forth in the General
Conditions.
The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress payments on the last
working day of each month. The Agency shall withhold retention as required by Public Contract
Code Section 9203.
4. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
In accordance with Government Code Section 53069.85, it is agreed that the Contractor will pay
the Agency the sum set forth in Section 00 73 00 Supplemental General Provisions for each and
every Calendar Day of delay beyond the time of completion prescribed in this Contract as
Liquidated Damages and not as a penalty or forfeiture. If this sum is not paid, the Contractor
agrees the Agency may deduct that amount from any money due or that may become due the
00 52 00 CONTRACT Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 46 of 195
Contractor under the Contract. This Section does not exclude recovery of other damages
specified in the Contract Documents.
5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
The “Contract Documents” include the following:
● 00 11 10 Notice Inviting Bids
● 00 21 10 Instructions to Bidders
● 00 41 00 Bid Form
● 00 42 10 Bid Bond or 00 43 20 Bid Security
● 00 43 30 Proposed Subcontractors
● 00 43 40 Bidder Information and Experience
● 00 45 10 Non-Collusion Affidavit
● 00 45 15 Iran Contracting Act Certification
● 00 45 20 Public Works Contractor Registration Certification
● 00 45 30 Statement of Regarding Debarment
● 00 45 35 Disclosure of Discipline Record
● 00 52 10 Contract
● 00 61 10 Labor and Materials Bond
● 00 61 20 Faithful Performance and Warranty Bond
● 00 61 30 Optional Escrow Agreement (if applicable)
● 00 73 00 Supplemental General Provisions
● Technical Specifications for the Project
● All Addenda
● Plans and Drawings
● Permits
● 00 74 00 Supplemental Technical Provisions
● “Standard Specifications and Drawings,” as last revised
● Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction “Greenbook,” latest edition and
including all errata
o Part 1 General Provisions
o Part 2 to Part 8 (Construction Materials, Construction Methods, Existing
Improvements, Pipeline System Rehabilitation, Temporary Traffic Control, Street
Lighting and Traffic Signal Systems, Landscaping and Irrigation)
● Standard Plans for Public Works Construction, latest edition and including all errata
● Applicable Local Agency Standards and Specifications, as last revised
● Approved and fully executed change orders
● Any other documents contained in or incorporated by reference into the Contract
Documents
The Contractor shall complete the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. The
requirements of the various sections or documents comprising the Contract Documents are
intended to be complementary. Work required by 1 of the Contract Documents and not by others
00 52 00 CONTRACT Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 47 of 195
shall be done as if required by all. This Contract shall supersede any prior agreement of the
parties.
6. PROVISIONS REQUIRED BY LAW AND CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE.
Every provision of law required to be included in these Contract Documents shall be deemed to
be included in these Contract Documents. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of
applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, including, but not limited to, the
provisions of the Labor Code and Public Contract Code which are applicable to the Work.
7. INDEMNIFICATION.
Contractor shall provide indemnification and defense as set forth in the 00 73 00 Agency
Supplemental General Provisions.
8. PREVAILING WAGES.
Contractor shall be required to pay the prevailing rate of wages in accordance with the Labor
Code which such rates may be obtained online at http://www.dir.ca.gov and which must be
posted at the job site.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
00 52 00 CONTRACT Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 48 of 195
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED
(CORPORATE SEAL)
CONTRACTOR City of Carlsbad, California, a California
municipal corporation
By: By:
(sign here)
GEOFF PATNOE, Assistant City Manager, as
authorized by the City Manager
(print name/title)
ATTEST:
By:
(sign here)
for SHERRY FREISINGER, City Clerk
(print name/title)
If required by the Agency, proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by contractor must be
attached. If a corporation, the Contract must be signed by 1 corporate officer from each of the
following 2 groups.
Group A Group B
Chairman, Secretary,
President, or Assistant Secretary,
Vice-President CFO or Assistant Treasurer
Otherwise, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant
secretary under corporate seal empowering the officer(s) signing to bind the corporation.
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
CINDIE K. McMAHON, City Attorney
BY: _____________________________
Deputy City Attorney
END OF SECTION
00 61 10 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: August 2023
Page 49 of 195
00 61 10 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT:
WHEREAS, the City of Carlsbad (“Agency”) has awarded to ____________________________
(“Principal,”) a Contract for the Work described as follows:
Contract No. PWS24-2308TRAN
Project No. 6070
Name of Project: Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive
(the “Project”) in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract
Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are
incorporated by this reference; and
WHEREAS, Principal is required to furnish a bond in connection with the Contract providing that
if Principal or any of its Subcontractors fail to pay (1) for any materials, provisions, provender,
equipment, or other supplies used in, upon, for or about the performance of the Work contracted
to be done, (2) for any Work or labor of any kind performed under the Contract, (3) for amounts
due under the Unemployment Insurance Code for any Work or labor of any kind performed under
the Contract, or (4) for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the
Employment Development Department under Unemployment Insurance Code Section 13020 or
to the Franchise Tax Board under Revenue and Taxation Code Section 18663 from the wages of
employees of Principal and its Subcontractors with respect to the Work or labor, the Surety on
this bond will pay for the same to the extent set forth below.
NOW THEREFORE, we, Principal and ________________________________, as Surety, are held
and firmly bound unto the Agency in the penal sum of _____________________________ Dollars
($___________), for the payment of which sum being an amount equal to 100% of the total
amount payable under the terms of the Contract by the Agency, and for which payment well and
truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or
assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if Principal, or its Subcontractors, heirs,
executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall fail to pay any of the persons named in Civil
Code Section 9100; fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, equipment, or other
supplies, used in, upon, for or about the performance of the Work contracted to be done; fail to
pay for any Work or labor of any kind performed under the Contract; fail to pay amounts due
under the Unemployment Insurance Code for any Work or labor of any kind performed under
the Contract; or fail to pay for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to
the Employment Development Department or Franchise Tax Board from the wages of employees
of Principal or its Subcontractors pursuant to Unemployment Insurance Code Section 13020 or
Revenue and Taxation Code Section 18663, with respect to the Work or labor, then the Surety
will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the penal sum specified above, and also, in
00 61 10 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: August 2023
Page 50 of 195
case suit is brought upon this bond, all litigation expenses incurred by the Agency in the suit,
including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expert witness fees and investigation expenses
to be fixed by the court consistent with Civil Code Section 9554.
This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in Civil Code Section 9100 so as
to give a right of action to such persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond. The
Surety stipulates and agrees that this bond shall not be exonerated or released from the
obligation of this bond by:
1. Any change, extension of time for performance, addition, alteration or modification in,
to, or of any Contract, Plans, Specifications, or agreement pertaining or relating to any
scheme or Work of improvement described above, or the furnishing of labor, materials,
or equipment pertaining or relating to any scheme or Work of improvement described
above.
2. Any change or modification of any terms of payment or extension of the time for any
payment pertaining or relating to any scheme or Work of improvement described above.
3. Any rescission or attempted rescission or attempted rescission of the Contract,
agreement or bond.
4. Any conditions precedent or subsequent in the bond attempting to limit the right of
recovery of claimants otherwise entitled to recover under any such Contract or
agreement or under the bond.
5. Any fraud practiced by any person other than the claimant seeking to recover on the
bond.
The Surety also stipulates and agrees that this bond shall be construed most strongly against the
Surety and in favor of all persons for whose benefit such bond is given, and under no
circumstances shall Surety be released from liability to those for whose benefit this bond has
been given by reason of any breach of contract between the Agency and Principal or on the part
of any obligee named in this bond. Finally, the Surety waives notice of any such change, extension
of time, addition, alteration or modification mentioned in this bond, including but not limited to
the provisions of Civil Code Sections 2819 and 2845.
If Principal is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate
the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
This payment surety bond may be approved as to form by the Agency in counterpart, and the
counterparts shall all constitute a single, original instrument.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
00 61 10 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: August 2023
Page 51 of 195
Executed by PRINCIPAL this _________
day of _______________________, 20____.
PRINCIPAL:
____________________________________
(name of Contractor)
By: _________________________________
(sign here)
____________________________________
(print name here)
____________________________________
(title and organization of signatory)
Executed by SURETY this ____________ day
of _______________________, 20____.
SURETY:
____________________________________
(name of Surety)
____________________________________
(address of Surety)
____________________________________
(telephone number of Surety)
By:
____________________________________
(signature of Attorney-in-Fact)
____________________________________
(printed name of Attorney-in-Fact)
(attach corporate resolution showing current
power of attorney)
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If
only 1 officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or
assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
CINDIE K. McMAHON, City Attorney
BY: _____________________________
Deputy City Attorney
END OF SECTION
00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: August 2023
Page 52 of 195
00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT:
WHEREAS, the City of Carlsbad (“Agency”) has awarded to ________________ (“Principal,”) a
Contract for the Work described as follows:
Contract No. PWS24-2308TRAN
Project No. 6070
Name of Project: Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive
(the “Project”) in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract
Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are
incorporated by this reference; and
WHEREAS, the Work to be performed by the Principal is more particularly set forth in the Contract
Documents for the Project dated ____________, (“Contract Documents”), the terms and
conditions of which are incorporated by reference; and
WHEREAS, the Principal is required by the Contract Documents to perform the terms of them
and to furnish a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of the Contract Documents.
NOW THEREFORE, we, Principal and ________________________________, as Surety, are held
and firmly bound unto the Agency in the penal sum of _____________________________ Dollars
($___________), for the payment of which sum being an amount equal to 100% of the total
amount payable under the terms of the Contract by the Agency, and for which payment well and
truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or
assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that, if Principal, its heirs, executors,
administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly
keep and perform the covenants, conditions and agreements in the Contract Documents and any
alteration of the Contract Documents made as provided in the Contract Documents, on its part,
to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner specified in the Contract Documents,
and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning; and shall indemnify and save
harmless the Agency, its Board, members of the Board, officers, directors, managers, employees,
agents, and authorized volunteers, as stipulated in the Contract Documents, then this obligation
shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect.
As a part of the obligation secured by this bond and in addition to the face amount specified in
this bond, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable
attorneys’ fees, incurred by Agency in enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and
included in any judgment rendered.
00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: August 2023
Page 53 of 195
As a condition precedent to the satisfactory completion of the Work unless otherwise provided
for in the Contract Documents, the above obligation shall hold good for a period of 1 year after
the acceptance of the Work by the Agency. During this 1-year period, if Contractor fails to make
full, complete, and satisfactory repair and replacements and totally protect the Agency from loss
or damage resulting from or caused by defective materials or faulty workmanship in connection
with Contractor’s Work on the Project, the obligations of Surety under this bond shall continue
so long as any obligation of Principal remains to the Agency. Nothing in this bond shall limit the
Agency’s rights or the Principal’s or Surety’s obligations under the Contract, law or equity,
including, but not limited to, Code of Civil Procedure Section 337.15.
Whenever Principal shall be, and is declared by the Agency to be, in default under the Contract
Documents, the Surety shall remedy the default pursuant to the Contract Documents, or shall
promptly, at the Agency’s option:
1. Take over and complete the Project in accordance with all terms and conditions in the
Contract Documents;
2. Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Project in accordance with all terms and conditions
in the Contract Documents and upon determination by Surety of the lowest responsive
and responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder, the Surety and the
Agency, and make available as Work progresses sufficient funds to pay the cost of
completion of the Project, less the balance of the Contract Price, including other costs and
damages for which Surety may be liable. The term “balance of the Contract Price” as used
in this paragraph shall mean the total amount payable to Principal by the Agency under
the Contract and any modification to the Contract, less any amount previously paid by
the Agency to the Principal and any other set offs pursuant to the Contract Documents.
Or
3. Permit the Agency to complete the Project in any manner consistent with Applicable Law
and make available as Work progresses sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion of
the Project, less the balance of the Contract Price, including other costs and damages for
which Surety may be liable. The term “balance of the Contract Price” as used in this
paragraph shall mean the total amount payable to Principal by the Agency under the
Contract and any modification to the Contract, less any amount previously paid by the
Agency to the Principal and any other set offs pursuant to the Contract Documents.
Surety expressly agrees that the Agency may reject any contractor or subcontractor which may
be proposed by Surety in fulfillment of its obligations in the event of default by the Principal.
Surety shall not utilize Principal in completing the Project, nor shall Surety accept a bid from
Principal for completion of the Project, if the Agency, when declaring the Principal in default,
notifies Surety of the Agency’s objection to Principal’s further participation in the completion of
the Project.
00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: August 2023
Page 54 of 195
The Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration
or addition to the terms of the Contract Documents or to the Project to be performed under the
Contract Documents shall in any way affect Surety’s obligations on this bond, and Surety waives
notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract
Documents or to the Project.
If Principal is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate
the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
This faithful performance and warranty surety bond may be approved as to form by the City
Attorney/General Counsel for the Agency in counterpart, and the counterparts shall all constitute
a single, original instrument.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: August 2023
Page 55 of 195
Executed by PRINCIPAL this _________ day of
________________________, 20___.
PRINCIPAL:
____________________________________
(name of Contractor)
By:_________________________________
(sign here)
____________________________________
(print name here)
____________________________________
(title and organization of signatory)
Executed by SURETY this ____________ day
of ________________________, 20___.
SURETY:
____________________________________
(name of Surety)
____________________________________
(address of Surety)
____________________________________
(telephone number of Surety)
By: _________________________________
(signature of Attorney-in-Fact)
____________________________________
(printed name of Attorney-in-Fact)
(attach corporate resolution showing current
power of attorney)
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If
only 1 officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or
assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
CINDIE K. McMAHON, City Attorney
BY: _____________________________
Deputy City Attorney
END OF SECTION
00 61 30 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 56 of 195
00 61 30 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT
NAME OF PROJECT: Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive
NAME OF BIDDER:
This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the 1200 Carlsbad Village
Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008 ("Agency"), ___________________________, whose address
is ____________________________, ("Contractor") and _______________________________,
whose address is _____________________________ ("Escrow Agent").
Agency, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows:
1. Pursuant Public Contract Code Section 22300, Contractor has the option to deposit securities
with Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by Agency
pursuant to the construction contract entered into between Agency and Contractor for
Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way, Circulo Sequoia
and Celinda Drive in the amount of ___________ dated __________ ("Contract").
Alternatively, on written request of Contractor, Agency shall make payments of the retention
earnings directly to Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute
for Contract earnings, Escrow Agent shall notify Agency within 10 Calendar Days of the
deposit. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be at least
equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the
Contract. Securities shall be held in Agency’s name and shall designate Contractor as the
beneficial owner.
2. Agency shall make progress payments to Contractor for those funds which otherwise would
be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that
Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above.
3. When Agency makes payment of retentions earned directly to Escrow Agent, Escrow Agent
shall hold them for the benefit of Contractor until the time that the escrow created under
this Escrow Agreement is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the
payments into securities. All terms and conditions of this Escrow Agreement and the rights
and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when Agency pays
Escrow Agent directly.
4. Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by Escrow Agent
in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of Agency. These expenses and
payment terms shall be determined by Agency, Contractor, and Escrow Agent.
5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all
interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject
to withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to Agency.
6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow
Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from
Agency to Escrow Agent that Agency consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be
withdrawn by Contractor.
00 61 30 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 57 of 195
7. Agency shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor.
Upon 7 Calendar Days' written notice to Escrow Agent from Agency of a default, Escrow Agent
shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by
Agency.
8. Upon receipt of written notification from the Agency certifying that the Work required by the
Contract is final and complete and that Contractor has complied with all requirements and
procedures applicable to the Contract, Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities
and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of Escrow Account. The escrow shall be
closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments
of fees and charges.
9. Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from Agency and Contractor pursuant to
Sections (5) to (8), inclusive, of this Escrow Agreement and Agency and Contractor shall hold
Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the
securities and interest as set forth above.
10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written
notice on behalf of Agency and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and
exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows:
For Agency
(Finance
Director)
Title
Name
Signature
Address ________________________________________________________
For Contractor
Title
Name
Signature
Address ________________________________________________________
For Escrow
Agent
Title
Name
Signature
Address ________________________________________________________
00 61 30 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 58 of 195
At the time the Escrow Account is opened, Agency and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow
Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Escrow Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Escrow Agreement by their proper officers
on the date first set forth above.
For Agency Title
Name
Signature
Address _______________________________________________________
For Contractor
Title
Name
Signature
Address _______________________________________________________
For Escrow
Agent
Title
Name
Signature
Address _______________________________________________________
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
CINDIE K. McMAHON, City Attorney
BY: _____________________________
Deputy City Attorney
END OF SECTION
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 59 of 195
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
INTRODUCTION
The specifications contained in this 00 73 00 Agency Supplemental General Provisions take
precedence over the specification language contained in the Standard Specifications for Public
Works Construction, “The Greenbook,” latest edition and all errata. This specification addresses
the unique conditions in Carlsbad that are not addressed in The Greenbook. Therefore, if there
is a conflict, these specifications shall control.
The Greenbook may be purchased at Bidder’s/Contractor’s local technical bookstore or directly
from the publisher. These Supplemental General Provisions are available only for download from
the online bidding portal with Contract Documents. The Agency does not provide hard copies.
When used in the Contract Documents, statements, or command phrases (active voice and
imperative mood) refer to and are directed at the “Bidder” or “Contractor” as applicable. The
specifications are written to the “Bidder” before award and the “Contractor” after award. Before
award, interpret sentences written in the imperative mood as starting with “The Bidder shall.”
Interpret the term “you” as “the Bidder” and interpret the term “your” as “the Bidder’s.” After
award, interpret sentences written in the imperative mood starting with “The Contractor shall.”
Interpret the term “you” as “the Contractor” and interpret the term “your” as “the Contractor’s.”
PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1 – GENERAL, TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, UNITS OF MEASURE, AND
SYMBOLS
1-1 GENERAL
ADD the following:
1. The word “provide” shall mean “furnish and install,” unless otherwise stated.
2. In reference to Drawings, where words “shown,” “indicated,” “detailed,” “noted,”
“scheduled,” or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is
made to the Plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise.
3. Where the words “equal,” “approved equal,” “equivalent,” and words of similar import
are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression “in the opinion
of the Engineer,” unless otherwise stated.
4. The word “perform” shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall
“perform all operations and furnish labor, tools and equipment,” and further, “furnish
and install materials that are indicated, specified or required” shall be understood to
mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall “furnish and install the Work, complete in
place and ready to use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools,
equipment, and transportation.”
5. Where words “directed,” “designated,” “selected,” or words of similar import are used, it
shall be understood that the direction, designation, or selection of the Engineer is
intended, unless stated otherwise. The word “required” and words of similar import shall
be understood to mean “as required to properly complete the Work as required and as
approved by the Engineer,” unless stated otherwise.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 60 of 195
Where the words “approved,” “approval,” “acceptance,” or words of similar import are used, it
shall be understood that the approval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is
intended.
1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
Where applicable ADD/REPLACE the following:
Agency - The City of Carlsbad or the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, the owner of the Project.
Agency Approval - Except where stated in this Contract to the contrary, the phrases “Agency
approval,” and “Agency’s written approval” or such similar phrases shall mean approval by the
City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water
District, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
Agency Forces – City of Carlsbad or Carlsbad Municipal Water District employees who perform
construction work.
Agency Supplement - 00 73 00 Agency Supplemental General Provisions; and 00 74 00 Agency
Supplemental Technical Provisions.
Allowance (AL) - Payment under Allowance Bid items, denoted as “AL,” shall be based on the
actual expenditures and for pre-authorized items of the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents. The unused portions of the Allowances shall revert to the Agency upon acceptance
of the Project or Work.
Apparent Low Bidder - The Bidder whose Bid having been publicly opened, initially meets the
material requirements of the Bid Documents and whose Bid price is the lowest received.
Applicable Laws - Laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, orders, and regulations of governmental
authorities and courts having jurisdiction over the Project.
As-Builts - The CADD drawings prepared from the approved Red-lines for record keeping
purposes.
Award of Contract (Award) - The date on which the Board or designee executes the Contract.
Bid - Any proposal submitted to the Agency in competitive bidding for the construction,
alteration, repair, or improvement of any structure, building, road or other improvement of any
kind.
Board – The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, which is the City
Council for the City of Carlsbad or the Board of Directors for the Carlsbad Municipal Water
District.
Board of Directors for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District – The legislative body that governs
the Carlsbad Municipal Water District and has the authority to pass ordinances and appropriate
funds.
Business Day - See Working Day.
Calendar Day – Every day on the calendar, including weekends and holidays.
City - The term “City” or “the City” means, City of Carlsbad. See also Agency.
City Council - The legislative body that governs the City of Carlsbad and has the authority to pass
ordinances and appropriate funds.
City Engineer - The term “City Engineer” is defined as the Transportation Director, or designee,
and is the person authorized to perform the functions of the City Engineer as defined in
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 61 of 195
Government Code Section 66416.5. The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized officer" for
the purposes of Public Contract Code Sections 4107 and 4107.5.
City Manager – The appointed official who directs the administration of the City of Carlsbad.
Construction Documents - Plans and details, including Plans showing installation of major
systems, equipment, fixed furnishings and graphics, the technical specifications and all other
technical drawings, schedules, diagrams and specifications, accepted Shop Drawings, Working
Drawings, and submittals that are necessary to set forth in detail the requirements for the
Project.
Construction Manager – The Project Inspector’s immediate supervisor and the Engineer’s
designated representative for the first level of appeal for informal dispute resolution.
Construction Work - The portion of the Work to construct the Project as set forth in the Contract
Documents in conformance with 2-1, “WORK TO BE DONE.”
Contract – The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the Work.
Contract Documents - Contract Documents include the following: The signed Contract, Addenda,
Notice Inviting Bids, funding agency provisions, Bid including documentation accompanying the
Bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award when attached as
an exhibit to the Contract, Bonds, Permits, CEQA documents, Standard Specifications (the
“Greenbook”), Agency Supplement, Plans, Standard Plans, Construction Documents, Reference
Specifications, and Change Orders. Contract Documents, when applicable, shall also include Site
and Coastal development permits, NEPA documents, re-vegetation plans, biological letters or
technical reports, habitat mitigation plans, storm water documents, and local, state, and federal
resource agency permits.
Contract Time - The number of Working Days to complete the Work as specified in the Contract
Documents.
Contractor – The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having
a Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of Work being done under permit
issued by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The term “prime
contractor” shall mean Contractor.
Critical Path – In the Construction Schedule, the sequence of activities that represents the longest
path through the Project network of activities and the shortest possible Project duration.
Days – Days shall mean consecutive calendar days unless otherwise specified in this Contract.
Defective Work - Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents.
Delay Factor - The Delay Factor may be the basis for compensation for idle equipment time on
an excusable delay. The factor has been calculated to include the ownership costs without
including operating costs. The Delay Factor recovers all the Contractor’s non-operating costs in
an 8-hour day. If payment is made for equipment on an excusable delay, it is limited to 8 hours
per day or 40 hours per week maximum.
Deputy City Engineer – The Engineering Manager of the Construction Management & Inspection
Division and the Construction Manager’s immediate supervisor and the Engineer’s designated
representative for the second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution.
Dispute Board – Persons designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive
Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager or
Executive Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 62 of 195
Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal
level for informal dispute resolution.
Drawings - See Plans.
D-size Sheet - “D” size paper for engineering design applications refers to 22” x 34” paper.
Engineer - The Deputy City Manager, Public Works of the City of Carlsbad acting either directly or
through designated representatives and the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution.
Engineer of Record/Design Engineer – A registered Professional Engineer licensed in the State of
California who is qualified to act as an agent of a Project Owner or to prepare Plans for facilities
to be accepted by the City of Carlsbad or the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. The term includes
persons licensed in the State of California as Civil Engineers or Structural Engineers, as well as
other licensed professionals like Architects and Landscape Architects.
Executive Manager – The appointed official who directs the administration of the Carlsbad
Municipal Water District.
Field Book - The Agency field maps showing sewer and water facilities.
Field Order - A Field Order is a written agreement by the Engineer to compensate the Contractor
for work items in accordance with 2-8, “EXTRA WORK” or 2-9, “CHANGED CONDITIONS.” A Field
Order does not change the Contract Price or Contract Time or the intent of the Contract. The
unused portions of the Field Orders shall revert to the Agency upon acceptance of the Work.
Final Environmental Document - The CEQA and/or NEPA document issued for the Project, such
as certified environmental impact reports, mitigated negative declarations (MNDs), negative
declarations, or exemptions.
Final Payment - The last payment for the Contract made to the Contractor, excluding Retention.
Float – The number of days by which an activity in the Construction Schedule may be delayed
from either its earliest start date or earliest completion date without extending the Contract Time
(total float). Total float belongs to the Project and to any Party to accommodate changes in
the Work or to mitigate the effect of events which may delay completion.
Holiday - Holidays observed by the Agency are listed below:
Holiday Observed On
New Year’s Day January 1
Martin Luther King Day 3rd Monday in January
Presidents’ Day 3rd Monday in February
Memorial Day Last Monday in May
Independence Day July 4
Labor Day 1st Monday in September
Indigenous Peoples’ Day 2nd Monday in October
Veteran’s Day November 11
Thanksgiving Day 4th Thursday/Friday in
November
Christmas Day December 25
If any Holiday listed falls on a Saturday, the Saturday and the preceding Friday are both legal
Holidays. If the Holiday falls on a Sunday, both Sunday and the following Monday shall be legal
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 63 of 195
Holidays. Unless specified otherwise in the Contract Documents or authorized by the Engineer,
do not work on Holidays.
Limited Notice to Proceed (LNTP) - A written notice given from the Agency that authorizes the
Contractor to start a limited amount of work that, as described in the notice, is not Construction
Work.
Minor Bid Item – a single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original
Contract Price bid.
Night Work - See Working Night.
Normal Working Hours - Unless specified otherwise, Normal Working Hours core periods shall
be 7:00 AM to 5:00 PM, Monday through Friday, inclusive. Saturdays, Sundays, and Agency
Holidays are excluded. For Traffic Control Permits, Normal Working Hours are defined as 8:30 AM
to 3:30 PM, unless specified otherwise.
Notice of Completion (NOC) - A document recorded with the County of San Diego to signify that
the Work has been completed and accepted by the Agency.
Party or Parties - The Agency, the Contractor, or both, their respective permitted successors or
assigns, and any other future signatories to the Contract.
Plans – The drawings, profiles, cross sections, Standard Plans, working drawings, and shop
drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the City Engineer, which show the location,
character, dimensions or details of the Work.
Prime Contractor - See Contractor.
Project Inspector – the Engineer’s designated representative for inspection, Contract
administration and the first level for informal dispute resolution.
Project Site (Site) - Areas where the Work is performed pursuant to the Contract.
Punchlist - A list of items of Work or corrections generated after a Walk-through that is
conducted when the Contractor considers that the Work and Services are complete.
Quality Control Standards and Procedures - The standards and procedures that are stated in a
written manual that can be furnished to the Engineer upon request. The standards and
procedures are followed by the Supplier in the production of materials supplied for the Work
Site.
Red-lines - Plans with annotations of changes made during construction to reflect the actual
improvements or facilities built during construction whether concealed or visible.
Retention - The amount withheld from the money due to the Contractor in accordance with 7-
3.2, “PARTIAL AND FINAL PAYMENT.”
Samples - Physical examples of the materials, equipment, or workmanship specified or required
and which conform with the standards and specifications in the Contract Documents and by
which the Work shall be evaluated.
Schedule - A Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule of construction activities and their durations
to be performed during the Contract Time and prepared by the Contractor in accordance with 6-
1, “CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK,” and accepted by the
Engineer.
Scope of Work (SOW) - Labor, materials, equipment, facilities, and services required to be
performed or provided by the Contractor to complete the entire Project or the various separately
identifiable parts of the Project pursuant to the provisions of the Contract Documents.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 64 of 195
Services - Work performed in connection with the layout, construction, testing, inspection, and
commissioning of the Work or administration of the Contract and which may include professional
services such as engineering, surveying, construction management and legal services that are
required in accordance with the Contract Documents. Services are incidental to the Work.
Separate Contractors - Those individuals or entities that have entered into arrangements with
the Agency for the provision of labor, materials, or other services in connection with the Project
who are not under contract with the Contractor.
Signal Pre-Check - The procedure that the City uses to evaluate traffic signal systems prior to
Signal Turn-On and generating a Punchlist.
Signal Turn-On - The day the City activates new traffic signals.
Supplemental Provisions – See Agency Supplement.
Tonne – Also referred to as “metric ton.” Represents a unit of measure in the International
System of Units equal to 1,000 kilograms.
Walk-through - The procedure the Agency uses to evaluate the status of the Project and to
generate a Punchlist prior to acceptance of the Work.
Work – All labor, materials, equipment, tools, and services and other requirements of the
Contract Documents as modified by Change Order, whether completed or partially completed,
provided or to be provided by Contractor to fulfill Contractor’s obligations. The Work may
constitute the whole or a part of the Project.
Working Day - Any day within the period between the start of the Contract time as defined in
Section 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field acceptance by the Engineer for
all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first, other than:
Saturday;
Sunday;
any day designated as a holiday by the Agency;
any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the
Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor association;
any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for cause as
defined in Section 6-6.1; or
any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60 percent
of the normal work force for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1.
Working Night (Night Work) - A period of nighttime work, allowed only on Sunday through
Thursday, excluding Holidays.
Work Site - See Project Site (Site).
1-3 ABBREVIATIONS
1-3.2 Common Usage.
ADD the following:
AML Approved Material List
CADD Computer Aided Design and Drafting
CA MUTCD California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
CCT Correlated Color Temperature
CEQA California Environmental Quality Act.
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 65 of 195
CGP Construction General Permit
CIPM Cured-In-Place-Manhole
CL Centerline
CMS Content Management System Database
CNC Computer Numerical Control
CRI Color Rendering Index
CSA Canadian Standards Association
DBE Disadvantaged Business Enterprise
DCE Data Computer Equipment
DG Decomposed Granite
DVBE Disabled Veteran Business Enterprise
DWT Detectable Warning Tiles
EOW Engineer of Work
ESL Environmentally Sensitive Lands
ESO Electrical Service Orders
FRP Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic
GFE Good Faith Effort
GMT Greenwich Mean Time
GPS Global Positioning System
IDA International Dark Sky Association
IP Ingress Protection
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LD Laser Diode
LER Luminaire Efficiency Rating
MBE Minority Business Enterprise
MDFT Minimum Dry Film Thickness
MHPA Multiple Habitat Planning Area
MH Manhole
MIL Military
MJ Mechanical Joint
M&M Maintenance and Monitoring
MMC Mitigation and Monitoring Coordination
MOV Metal Oxide Varistor
NA Numerical Aperture
NC Not Connected, Normally Closed
NEPA National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
NEXT Near End Crosstalk
NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program
NOC Notice of Completion
NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
NTP Notice to Proceed
OC On Center
ODP Open Drip Proof
OFNR Optical Fiber Nonconductive Riser
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 66 of 195
OTDR Optical Time Domain Reflectometer
PB Pull Box
PCMS Portable Changeable Message Signs
PCU Photoelectric Control Unit
PEP Plant Establishment Period
PIC Polyethylene Insulated Cable
PL Property Line
RFP Request for Proposal
RFI Request for Information
RPMS Rubber Polymer Modified Slurry
SIC Standard Industry Classification
SMS Short Message Service
SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
SOW Statement of Work, Scope of Work
SOV Schedule of Values
SPDT Single Pole Double Throw
SSD Surge Suppression Devices
TDR Time Domain Reflectometer
TEES Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications
TFFN Thermoplastic Flexible Fixture Wire Nylon Jacketed
TIG Tungsten Inert Gas
UF Underground Feeder
UPRR Union Pacific Railroad Company
VAC Volts AC
VPC Vitrified Polymer Composite
WBE Women Business Enterprise
1-3.3 Institutions.
ADD the following:
AMTRACK American Track National Railroad Passenger Corp.
ANSI American National Standards Institute
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
ANSI American National Standards Institute
API American Petroleum Institute
AREA American Railway Engineering Association
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
AWPA American Wood Preservers Association
AWS American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Association
BNSF Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railway
DSD Development Services Department
FHWA Federal Highway Administration
GRI Geosynthetic Research Institute
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 67 of 195
IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association
IES Illuminating Engineering Society (Photometric Data)
ISO International Organization for Standardization
MTS San Diego Metropolitan Transit System
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers
NAFP National Association of Pipe Fabricators
NCTD North County Transit District
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce)
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
SANDAG San Diego Association of Governments
SD&AE San Diego & Arizona Eastern Railroad
SDTI San Diego Trolley, Inc.
UL Underwriters’ Laboratories Inc.
USGS United States Geological Survey
UPRR Union Pacific Railroad Company
1-6 BIDDING AND SUBMISSION OF THE BID
1-6.2 Subcontractor Listing.
ADD the following:
Each Bidder shall comply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code including Sections 4100
through 4113. The use of Subcontractors in no way relieves the Contractor of any obligations or
responsibilities under the Contract.
The following excerpts or summaries of some of the requirements of this Chapter are included
below for information:
The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in Section 4104:
“(a) The name and location of the place of business of each Subcontractor who
will perform Work or Labor or render service to the prime Contractor in or about
the construction of the Work or improvements, or a Subcontractor licensed by the
State of California who, under Subcontract to the prime Contractor, specially
fabricates and installs a portion of the Work or improvement according to detailed
Drawings contained in the Plans and Specifications, in an amount in excess of one-
half of 1 percent of the prime Contractor’s total Bid, or, in the case of Bids or offers
for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half
of 1 percent of the prime Contractor’s total Bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000),
whichever is greater.”
“(b) The portion of the Work which will be done by each such Subcontractor under
this act. The prime Contractor shall list only one Subcontractor for each such
portion as is defined by the prime Contractor in his Bid.”
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 68 of 195
If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor or specifies more than one Subcontractor for the
same portion of the Work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1 percent
of the Contractor’s total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion itself, and
shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code.
As provided in Section 4107, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as
Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by
procedures established in Section 4107.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical
error in the listing of a Subcontractor.
Section 4110 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter violates
the Contract and the Board may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the
Contractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the Subcontract involved, after
a public hearing.
1-7 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT
1-7.1 General.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1-7.1 Standard Contract Provisions.
1-7.1.1 Successor’s Obligations.
All grants, covenants, provisions and claims, rights, powers, privileges and abilities
contained in the Contract Documents shall be read and held as made by and with, and
granted to and imposed upon, the Contractor, the Agency, and the Contractor’s and the
Agency’s respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns.
1-7.1.2 Waiver of Legal Rights.
1. The Agency’s failure to insist, in any 1 or more instances, upon the performance of
any provision of the Contract, or to exercise any right therein, shall not be construed
as a waiver or relinquishment of such provisions or rights.
2. Any waiver of any breach of the Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other
or subsequent breach.
3. Any waiver the Agency issues to any provision of the Contract shall only be effective
if it is agreed upon in writing by the Agency and if it is specific to the matter concerned.
1-7.1.3 Requests for Information (RFI).
1. Inquiries from the Contractor seeking clarification of the requirements of the Contract
Documents shall be submitted in writing to the Agency as a Request for Information
(RFI).
1-7.1.4 Assignment to Awarding Body.
1. In accordance with subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 7103.5, the
Contractor and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall conform to the following
requirements:
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 69 of 195
a. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods,
services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the Contractor or
the Contractor’s Subcontractor offer and agree to assign to the awarding body
all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under
Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act
(Business and Professions Code Section 16700 et seq.) arising from purchases
of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the
subcontract.
b. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding
body tenders to the Contractor, without further acknowledgment by the
Parties.
1-7.2 Contract Bonds.
ADD the following:
1. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety bonds with the Agency to be
approved by the Board in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds issued by a
Surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown
in the circular is enough to provide bonds in the amount required by the Contract shall be
deemed approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from all other sureties
shall be accompanied by all documents enumerated in Code of Civil Procedure Section
995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals.
2. Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and
Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized.
3. The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount
30 Calendar Days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force
and effect for the 1-year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. The bond to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers
shall be released 6 months plus 30 Calendar Days after recordation of the Notice of
Completion if all claims have been paid.
4. All bonds are to be placed with a Surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact
the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed its liabilities in an amount
equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following
documents:
a. An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, bylaws,
or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so.
b. A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance
commissioner.
5. If the Bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities
of the Surety for the quarter calendar year preceding the date of the execution of the bond.
The financial statement shall be made by an officer’s certificate as defined in Corporations
Code Section 173. In the case of a foreign Surety, the financial statement may be verified by
the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States.
6. If the Surety on any bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt, becomes
insolvent, or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 70 of 195
is located, immediately notify the Engineer; and immediately substitute another bond and
Surety acceptable to the Agency.
7. The Contractor shall require the Surety to mail its standard “Bond Status” form to the Agency.
ADD the following: 1-7.2.1 Payment.
1. If enumerated in the Contract Documents, the Bid item for “Bonds (Payment and
Performance)” includes full compensation for actual costs of payment and performance
bonds. The Contractor may submit a request for payment of actual invoiced costs up to the
Bid amount, but not to exceed 2.5% of the Contract Price, no less than 10 Working Days after
the award of the Contract.
2. If enumerated in the Contract Documents, if the Bid item for “Bonds (Payment and
Performance)” exceeds actual invoiced costs, any such differential amount up to the Bid
amount shall be paid as a part of the Final Payment.
SECTION 2 – SCOPE OF THE WORK
2-1 WORK TO BE DONE
ADD the following:
1. Where approval or acceptance by the Agency is required, only a general approval is required.
However, such approval does not relieve the Contractor from the Contractor’s responsibility
for complying with all applicable laws, codes, and best industry practices. Contractor has its
obligation to fulfill all conditions of the Contract.
2. In accordance with the provisions of California Law, the Contractor shall possess or require
the Contractor’s Subcontractor(s) to possess valid appropriate license(s) for the Work being
performed as conveyed in the Bidding Documents.
2-2 PERMITS
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
2-2 PERMITS, FEES, AND NOTICES
1. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all business taxes, business licenses, permits, and
fees required for constructing the Project and licenses and inspections necessary for the
proper execution and completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise in the Contract
Documents.
a. Resource Agency Permits. [insert when applicable]
b. To the extent that there is a change in the type or cost of any of such permits, fees,
licenses, or inspection occurring after Award of Contract, there shall be an equitable
adjustment in the Contract Price on account of such change under the Extra Work
provisions.
c. The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws. The
Contractor is not entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to
the acquisition of permits.
d. The Contractor shall pay the Agency for regulatory fees, fines, or penalties imposed
on the Agency arising from the Contractor’s failure to complete the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 71 of 195
2. Contractor shall not begin work until all permit’s incidental to the Work are obtained. This
includes, and is not limited to, encroachment, right-of-way, grading and building permits
necessary to perform Work for this Contract on Agency property, streets, or other rights-
of-way. Permits for night work, overload, blasting, demolition, and disposal of all
materials removed from the Project are also Contractor’s responsibility.
3. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials
removed from the Project. The cost of the permit(s) shall be included in the price Bid for
the appropriate Bid item and the Agency shall not pay additional compensation for
Contractor to obtain such permits.
4. Permits shall be maintained in valid status until acceptance of the Work by the Agency.
2-2.1 Building Permits.
1. The Contractor shall obtain the required building permits from Agency’s permitting
departments. Any prior approval obtained for the Plans shall not in any way waive this
requirement.
2. Request inspections in accordance with the building codes in effect on the permitted Plans
and by City’s Development Services Department, Building Division or Construction
Management and Inspection Department. Any Work performed without the benefit of the
required permit and subsequent inspection shall be removed and replaced at the discretion
of the City Building Inspector at no additional cost.
3. The payment for procuring Building Permits shall be included in the Allowance Bid item for
“Building Permits.” If no such Bid item is included in the Bid Schedule, payment shall be
included in the various Bid items and no additional payment shall be made.
2-2.2 Caltrans Encroachment Permit.
1. Unless specified otherwise, the Agency has applied for the Caltrans Encroachment Permit.
a. The Contractor shall pay for and secure the permit prior to construction.
b. The Contractor shall arrange and pay for inspection as required by Caltrans.
2. The Contractor is solely responsible for permit processing delays to the Contract Time that
result from incomplete or inaccurate information provided by the Contractor to the Agency
or Caltrans.
3. When applicable, the payment for procuring Caltrans Encroachment Permits including any
inspection fees shall be included in the allowance Bid item for “Caltrans Encroachment
Permit.” If no such Bid item is included in the Bid schedule, payment shall be included in the
various Bid items and no additional payment shall be made.
2-3 RIGHT-OF-WAY
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall coordinate access to private property with the property owners and the
timing of accessing private property when the Agency has already obtained rights of entry.
Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall coordinate, pay for, and assume all
responsibility for acquiring using, and disposing of additional work areas and facilities
temporarily required. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from all
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 72 of 195
claims for damages caused by such actions. The Contractor shall protect any private and
public improvements.
2-4 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies during the
relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension if,
in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional
compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay.
2. If work to be performed by the Agency or its separate Contractors is not shown or specified
in the Contract Documents, the Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing 10 Working
Days prior to the start of such work and make available Plans or Specifications for work to be
performed by others that may be pertinent to Contractor’s Work. If Contractor determines
that the work to be performed by the Agency or its separate Contractors may interfere with
or cause damage or delays to Contractor’s Work, notify the Engineer in writing within 3
Working Days of the Engineer’s notice. The Contractor shall diligently pursue with the
Engineer resolution of potential conflicts with the work of others.
3. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for approval a plan and schedule to
integrate the work of Contractor or its Subcontractors, Agency or the work of others. The plan
shall conform to the tasks identified in the Construction Schedule and identify additional tasks
as necessary and the sequencing of interrelated activities.
2-5 THE CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES
2-5.2 Temporary Utility Services.
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary utility services, such
as light, power, electrical, gas, and water, at its own expense for construction and
maintenance activities until acceptance of Work. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and
other equipment necessary for the Work.
2. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, testing,
disinfection and flushing of new water or sewer facilities, vegetation establishment and
maintenance, site maintenance, landscaping, cleanup, and all other work requiring water.
The Contractor shall contact the water agency that serves the Project Site for requirements.
3. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup,
service, meter, and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees. The costs shall be
considered incidental to the items of Work that they are associated with and no additional
payment will be made for them.
2-6 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR
ADD the following:
1. Any plan or method of work suggested to the Contractor by the Agency, but not specified or
required by the Contract or Change Order, which is adopted or followed by the Contractor in
whole or in part shall be done at the Contractor’s sole risk and responsibility.
2. The Contract Price is not subject to adjustment for any type of tax increases after the Award.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 73 of 195
ADD the following: 2-6.1 Cost Reduction Proposal.
1. The Contractor may submit to the Engineer in writing, proposals for modifying the Plans,
Specifications, or other requirements of the Contract for the sole purpose of reducing the
total cost of construction.
2. The cost reduction proposal shall not impair, in any manner, the essential functions or
characteristics of the Project such as service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance,
quality, desired appearance, or design and safety standards.
3. The following information must be included in the cost reduction proposal:
a. A description of both the existing Contract requirements for performing the Work and
the proposed changes.
b. An itemization of the Contract requirements that shall be changed if the proposal is
adopted.
c. A detailed estimate of the cost of performing the Work under the existing Contract
and under the proposed change.
d. A statement of the time within which the Engineer shall act on the cost reduction
proposal.
e. The Contract items of Work affected by the proposed changes, including any quantity
variation attributable thereto.
4. This subsection does not require the Engineer to consider any cost reduction proposal. The
Agency shall not be liable to the Contractor for not approving or acting upon any cost
reduction proposal the Contractor submitted nor for any delays to the Work attributable to
the cost reduction proposal.
5. If a cost reduction proposal is similar to the information included in the Contract Documents
or adopted by the Agency after the advertisement and prior to Award of the Contract, the
Engineer will not accept such proposal and reserves the right to make such changes without
compensation to the Contractor under the provisions of this subsection.
6. The Contractor shall continue to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of
the Contract until a Change Order incorporating the cost reduction proposal has been issued.
7. The Engineer is the sole judge of the acceptability of a cost reduction proposal and the
estimated net savings. In determining the estimated net savings, the Agency has the right to
disregard the Contract Bid prices if, in the judgment of the Engineer, such prices do not
represent a fair measure of the value of the Work to be performed or to be deleted.
8. The Agency reserves the right to require the Contractor to share in the Agency’s costs of
investigating the Contractor’s cost reduction proposal. When this is required, the Contractor
shall indicate the Contractor’s acceptance in writing allowing the Agency to deduct amounts
payable to the Contractor.
9. If the Engineer accepts the Contractor’s cost reduction proposal in whole or in part, the
Engineer shall issue a Change Order to incorporate the changes in the Plans and Specifications
which are necessary to permit the cost reduction proposal or such part of it as has been
accepted to be put into effect. If the Engineer’s approval is conditional, the Change Order
shall include any conditions upon which the Engineer’s approval is based.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 74 of 195
10. The Change Order also includes the estimated net savings in the cost of performing the Work
due to the accepted cost reduction proposal and provides that the Contract cost be adjusted
by crediting the Agency with 50% of estimated net savings amount.
11. The Contract Time shall not be extended by the acceptance of the cost reduction proposal
and the performance of the Work unless specified otherwise in the Change Order.
12. The amount specified as payable to the Contractor in the Change Order is full compensation
for the cost reduction proposal and the performance of the Work.
13. The Agency expressly reserves the right to adopt a cost reduction proposal for general use on
contracts administered by the Agency when it determines that the proposal is suitable for
application to other contracts. When an accepted cost reduction proposal is adopted for
general use, only the Contractor who first submitted such proposal shall be eligible for
compensation subject to this subsection, and in that case, only for contracts awarded prior
to submission of the accepted cost reduction proposal.
14. The cost reduction proposals identical or similar to previously submitted proposals shall be
eligible for consideration and compensation under the provisions of this subsection if the
identical or similar previously submitted proposals were not adopted for general application
to other contracts administered by the Agency.
15. Subject to the provisions contained in the Contract, the Agency or any other public agency
shall have the right to use all or any part of any submitted cost reduction proposal without
obligation or compensation of any kind to the Contractor.
16. The Contractor shall bear all costs to revise bonds for the Project to include the cost reduction
incentive proposal work.
2-7 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY
2-7.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. The Agency may change the Plans, Specifications, character of the Work, or quantity of Work
provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive,
does not exceed 25 percent of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to exceed this
limitation, the change shall be by written supplemental agreement between the Contractor
and Agency, unless both parties agree to proceed with the change by Change Order.
2. Change Orders shall be in writing and state the dollar value of the change or established
method of payment, any adjustment in Contract Time of completion, and when negotiated
prices are involved, and shall provide for the Contractor’s signature indicating acceptance.
3. Unless expressly set forth in writing in a Change Order signed by the Agency and the
Contractor, changes initiated by the Agency shall not be construed as the Agency directing
the Contractor’s mean-and-methods in the execution of the Work.
2-7.2 Payment-Contract Unit Prices.
1. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change
does not involve substantial change in character of the Work from that shown on the Plans
or specified in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be made. This
adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit
Price.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 75 of 195
2. If the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in
conformance with the Plans and Specifications varies from the Bid quantity by 50 percent or
less, payment will be made at the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of the item of
work varies from the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment will be made per Section
2-7.3 or 2-7.4 as appropriate.
3. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change
does involve a substantial change in the character of the Work from that shown on the Plans
or specified in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made per Section 2-7.6.
2-7.3 Payment – Increases of More than 50 Percent.
1. Should the actual quantity of an item of Work covered by a Contract Unit Price and
constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by
more than 50 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 150 percent of the Bid quantity
will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by
the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work
per Section 2-8. The Extra Work per Section 2-8, basis of payment, shall not include fixed
costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor through
payment for 150 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price.
2-7.4 Payment – Decreases of More than 50 Percent.
Should the actual quantity of an item of Work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed
in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, be less than 50 percent of the Bid quantity, an
adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the
Contractor so requests, payment will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit
Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on
the basis of Extra Work per Section 2-8; however, in no case will payment be less than would be
made for the actual quantity at the Contract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 50
percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price.
2-7.5 Stipulated Unit Prices.
Stipulated Unit Prices are unit prices established by the Agency in the Contract Documents as
distinguished from Contract Unit Prices submitted by the Contractor. Stipulated Unit Prices may
be used for the adjustment of Contract changes when so specified in the Supplemental General
Provisions.
2-7.6 Agreed Prices.
Agreed Prices are prices for new or unforeseen Work, or adjustments in Contract Unit Prices per
Section 2-7.2, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor and the Agency. If
mutual agreement cannot be reached, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to proceed on the
basis of Extra Work in accordance with Section 2-8, except as otherwise specified in Sections 2-
7.3 and 2-7.4.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 76 of 195
2-7.7 Schedule of Values.
Before construction, Contractor shall provide a schedule of values for all lump-sum Bid items that
shall be used for the purpose of progress payments. The prices shall be valid for the purpose of
Change Orders to the Project.
2-7.8 Eliminated Items.
Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for its
actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to notification in writing from
the Engineer so stating its elimination. If material conforming to the Plans and Specifications is
ordered by the Contractor for use in the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of
elimination by the Engineer, and if the order for that material cannot be canceled, payment will
be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of the material. In this case, the material shall
become the property of the Agency. Payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs
for any further handling. If the material is returnable, the material shall be returned, and payment
will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of charges made by the supplier for returning
the material and for handling by the Contractor. Actual costs, as used in this Agency Supplement,
shall be computed on the basis of Extra Work per Section 2-8.
2-8 EXTRA WORK
ADD the following:
1. New or unforeseen Work will be classified as “Extra Work” when the Engineer determines
that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices.
2. Any request by the Contractor for Extra Work shall be in writing to the Engineer and shall
include itemized estimates and in accordance with Section 7-4. The Contractor shall fully
itemize the Extra Work cost estimates such as labor and payroll costs, quantities, crew
composition, production rates, material costs, Subcontractor and Supplier costs, equipment
costs, supplemental costs, and time impact.
2-9 CHANGED CONDITIONS
ADD the following:
The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the following Work Site conditions
(“Changed Conditions”), in writing, upon their discovery and before they are disturbed:
1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those
represented in the Contract;
2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those
ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the
character being performed; and
3. Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor
believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Health and Safety Code Section
25117, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site
in accordance with provisions of existing law.
The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be Changed Conditions. If the
Engineer determines that conditions are Changed Conditions and they will materially affect
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 77 of 195
performance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an
extension of time subject to Section 6-4.2.
If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the
Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation
to notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees.
The Contractor’s failure to give notice of Changed Conditions promptly upon their discovery and
before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection with them.
1. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any
act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a Change Order, or
for the occurrence of any event or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given
the Engineer written notice of potential claim as specified in this Section 2-9. Compliance with
this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-4.2(4)
Extensions of Time, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors
of computation as to Contract quantities.
2. The Contractor shall provide the Agency with a written document containing a description of
the particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the
Contractor believes additional compensation may be due and the nature of any and all costs
involved within 20 Working Days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim
for Changed Conditions. Verbal notifications will not be accepted.
3. The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False
Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12656.
“The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full awareness of the
California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12656. The undersigned
further understands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated
as a claim in response to the Agency’s proposed final estimate for it to be further considered.”
By: Title:
Date:
Company Name:
4. The Contractor’s estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The
Contractor shall submit proof of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 Working Days after
the affected Work is completed. Failure to do so shall be cause to deny any later-filed claim
regarding a potential claim described in this Section 2-9.
5. The intent of this Section 2-9 is to have differences between the parties arising under the
Contract brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time so that such
matters can be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 78 of 195
2-10 DISPUTED WORK
ADD the following: 2-10.1 Claims.
1. A Claim is a written demand by the Contractor that seeks an adjustment in the Contract Price,
Contract Time, or other relief associated with a dispute arising under or relating to the
Contract, including a breach of any Contract provision. A voucher, invoice, or other routine
request for payment is not a Claim.
2. A Claim shall conform to these specifications and may be considered after the Agency has
previously denied a request by the Contractor for a Change Order seeking the demanded
relief.
3. The Contractor shall submit a Claim to the Engineer if a dispute occurs that arises from or
relates to the Contract. The Claim shall seek all relief to which the Contractor asserts the
Contractor is entitled as a result of the event(s) giving rise to the dispute. The Contractor’s
failure to process a Claim in accordance with these specifications shall constitute a waiver of
all relief associated with the dispute. Claims are subject to 6-10, “Right to Audit.”
4. The Contractor shall continue to perform the Services and Work and shall maintain the
Schedule during any dispute proceedings. The Engineer will continue to make payments for
undisputed Services and Work.
5. The Agency’s Claims process specified in the Agency Supplement shall not relieve the
Contractor of the Contractor’s statutory obligations to present Claims prior to any action
under the Government Code.
6. Except for those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section
7-3.2, all Claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the
Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those final
payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 7-3.2 shall be submitted
no later than 30 Calendar Days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No Claim will be
considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any Claim be allowed for
which written notice or protest is required under any provision of this Contract, including
Sections 2-9 Changed Conditions, 2-10 Disputed Work, 4-1(22) Protection, 6-4.4 Written
Notice and Report, or 6-4.2(4) Extensions of Time, unless the Contractor has complied with
notice or protest requirements.
7. The Engineer will consider Contractor’s filed Claims, which must be detailed enough so the
Engineer can determine the basis and amount of the Claims. Contractor shall provide the
Engineer additional information to determine the facts or contentions involved in a Claim if
requested by the Engineer. If additional information is needed, Contractor must provide
Engineer with this information within a reasonable time of being asked for additional
information. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for
denying the Claims.
8. Payment for Claims shall be processed by the next payment application of their resolution for
those Claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute
resolution under Section 2-10, Disputed Work, for those Claims remaining in dispute.
2-10.1.1 Initiation of Claim.
1. A Claim is a written demand by the Contractor that seeks an adjustment in the Contract Price,
Contract Time, or other relief associated with a dispute arising under or relating to the
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 79 of 195
Contract, including a breach of any provision of the Contract. A voucher, invoice, payment
application or other routine request for payment is not a Claim. A Claim shall conform to
these specifications and may be considered after the City has previously denied a request
from the Contractor for a Change Order seeking the demanded relief. The Contractor shall,
consistent with 2-10.1.2, give the Agency written notice of Claim prior to commencing any
Disputed Work. Failure to give the notice shall constitute a waiver of all Claims in connection
with the Disputed Work. If the Contractor and the Agency are unable to reach agreement on
Disputed Work, the Agency may direct the Contractor to proceed with the Work and such
direction shall not be construed as the Agency directing the Contractor’s mean-and-methods
in the execution of the Work. After the Agency has rejected a Change Order request and prior
to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to the Public Contract Code, applicable
provisions of which are specified below, the Contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes
informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command:
For claims with a monetary value of $50,000 or less:
i. Project Inspector
ii. Construction Manager
iii. Deputy City Engineer/Engineering Manager
For claims with a monetary value greater than $50,000:
i. Project Inspector
ii. Construction Manager
iii. Deputy City Engineer/Engineering Manager
iv. City Engineer
v. City Manager or Executive Manager
2. Consistent with Section 2-10.1.2, the Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20
Working Days after completion of the Disputed Work stating its position on the Claim, the
contractual basis for the Claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs, Contract
Time, and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of Claim or appeal of Claim the Agency
will, within 10 Working Days of receipt of the Claim or appeal of Claim, review the
Contractor’s report and respond with a position, request additional information or request
that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting
is requested the Agency will provide its position within 10 Working Days of receipt of the
additional information or Contractor’s presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal
each level’s position up to the Deputy City Engineer/Engineering Manager for claims less than
$50,000 and/or up to the City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager for the
Carlsbad Municipal Water District for claims greater than $50,000 after which the Contractor
may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code. The Agency’s failure to state
a position or otherwise respond to a Claim within the timeframes set forth above shall be
deemed a rejection of the Claim by the Agency.
3. The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a
resolution to a Claim to the City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager for
the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Actual approval of the Claim is subject to the Change
Order provisions in the Contract.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 80 of 195
4. Any remaining Claims not resolved by the informal dispute resolution process described
above shall be resolved in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 9204, the relevant
portion of which is included below:
(d)(1)(A) Upon receipt of a Claim pursuant to this section, the public entity to which the Claim
applies shall conduct a reasonable review of the Claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days,
shall provide the Claimant a written statement identifying what portion of the Claim is disputed
and what portion is undisputed. Upon receipt of a Claim, a public entity and a Contractor may,
by mutual agreement, extend the time period provided in this subdivision.
(B) The Claimant shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the Claim.
(C) If the public entity needs approval from its governing body to provide the Claimant a written
statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion of the Claim, and the
governing body does not meet within the 45 days or within the mutually agreed to extension of
time following receipt of a Claim sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt
requested, the public entity shall have up to three days following the next duly publicly noticed
meeting of the governing body after the 45-day period, or extension, expires to provide the
Claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion.
(D) Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the Claim shall be processed and made within
60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. If the public entity fails to issue a
written statement, paragraph (3) shall apply.
(2)(A) If the Claimant disputes the public entity's written response, or if the public entity fails to
respond to a Claim issued pursuant to this section within the time prescribed, the Claimant may
demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in
dispute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return
receipt requested, the public entity shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days
for settlement of the dispute.
(B) Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the
Claim or any portion of the Claim remains in dispute, the public entity shall provide the Claimant
a written statement identifying the portion of the Claim that remains in dispute and the portion
that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the Claim shall be processed
and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. Any disputed portion
of the Claim, as identified by the Contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding
mediation, with the public entity and the Claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The
public entity and Claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the
disputed portion of the Claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a
mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral
third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the Claim. Each party shall bear the
fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 81 of 195
mediator. If mediation is unsuccessful, the parts of the Claim remaining in dispute shall be subject
to applicable procedures outside this section.
(C) For purposes of this section, mediation includes any nonbinding process, including, but not
limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or
board assists the parties in dispute resolution through negotiation or by issuance of an
evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the timeframes in this section.
(D) Unless otherwise agreed to by the public entity and the Contractor in writing, the mediation
conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Section 20104.4 to
mediate after litigation has been commenced.
(E) This section does not preclude a public entity from requiring arbitration of disputes under
private arbitration or the Public Works Contract Arbitration Program if mediation under this
section does not resolve the parties' dispute.
(3) Failure by the public entity to respond to a Claim from a Contractor within the time periods
described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section shall
result in the Claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A Claim that is denied by reason of the
public entity's failure to have responded to a Claim, or its failure to otherwise meet the time
requirements of this section, shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of
the Claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the Claimant.
(4) Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest at 7
percent per annum.
(5) If a Subcontractor or a lower tier Subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a Claim against
a public entity because privity of Contract does not exist, the Contractor may present to the
public entity a Claim on behalf of a Subcontractor or lower tier Subcontractor. A Subcontractor
may request in writing, either on their own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier Subcontractor, that
the Contractor present a Claim for work which was performed by the Subcontractor or by a lower
tier Subcontractor on behalf of the Subcontractor. The Subcontractor requesting that the Claim
be presented to the public entity shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the Claim.
Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the Contractor shall notify the Subcontractor in
writing as to whether the Contractor presented the Claim to the public entity and, if the original
Contractor did not present the Claim, provide the Subcontractor with a statement of the reasons
for not having done so.
(e) The text of this section or a summary of it shall be set forth in the Plans or Specifications for
any Public Works Project that may give rise to a Claim under this section.
(f) A waiver of the rights granted by this section is void and contrary to public policy, provided,
however, that (1) upon receipt of a Claim, the parties may mutually agree to waive, in writing,
mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 82 of 195
applicable; and (2) a public entity may prescribe reasonable Change Order, Claim, and dispute
resolution procedures and requirements in addition to the provisions of this section, so long as
the contractual provisions do not conflict with or otherwise impair the timeframes and
procedures set forth in this section.
(g) This section applies to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 2017.
(h) Nothing in this section shall impose liability upon a public entity that makes loans or grants
available through a competitive application process, for the failure of an awardee to meet its
contractual obligations.
(i) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2027, and as of that date is repealed,
unless a later enacted statute that is enacted before January 1, 2027, deletes, or extends that
date.
In addition, all Claims by Contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the
procedures in the Public Contract Code Section 20104 et seq., applicable provisions of which are
included below:
20104.2 For any Claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply:
(a) The Claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the Claim.
Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is
intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by
contract for the filing of Claims.
(b)(1) For Claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in
writing to any written Claim within 45 days of receipt of the Claim, or may request, in writing,
within 30 days of receipt of the Claim, any additional documentation supporting the Claim or
relating to defenses to the Claim the local agency may have against the Claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant
to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the Claimant.
(3) The local agency's written response to the Claim, as further documented, shall be submitted
to the Claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of
time no greater than that taken by the Claimant in producing the additional information,
whichever is greater.
(c)(1) For Claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred
seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written
Claims within 60 days of receipt of the Claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt
of the Claim, any additional documentation supporting the Claim or relating to defenses to the
Claim the local agency may have against the Claimant.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 83 of 195
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant
to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the Claimant.
(3) The local agency's written response to the Claim, as further documented, shall be submitted
to the Claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of
time no greater than that taken by the Claimant in producing the additional information or
requested documentation, whichever is greater.
(d) If the Claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to
respond within the time prescribed, the Claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either
within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's
failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference
to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall
schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute.
(e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the Claim or any portion remains in dispute, the
Claimant may file a Claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter
2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For
purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a Claim must be
filed shall be tolled from the time the Claimant submits his or her written Claim pursuant to
subdivision (a) until the time that Claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process,
including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process.
(f) This article does not apply to tort Claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be
construed to change the time periods for filing tort Claims or actions specified by Chapter 1
(commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of
Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code.
20104.4 The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve Claims
subject to this article:
(a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the
court shall submit the matter to nonbinding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of
both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties
of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal,
and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time
requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both
parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition
the court to appoint the mediator.
(b)(1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant
to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil
Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act (Title 4
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 84 of 195
(commencing with Section 2016.010) of Part 4 of the Code of Civil Procedure) shall apply to any
proceeding brought under this subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial
arbitration.
(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators
appointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon
stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable
hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid
equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause,
determines a different division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county
funds.
(3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code
of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but
does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under
that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo.
(c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation
or arbitration process.
20104.6 Payment on undisputed portion of Claim; interest on arbitration awards or judgments:
(a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a Claim which is undisputed except
as otherwise provided in the Contract.
(b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on
any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed
in a court of law.
5. Although not to be construed as proceeding under Extra Work provisions, the Contractor shall
keep and furnish records of disputed Work in accordance with Section 2-10.
2-10.1.2 Claim Certification Submittal.
1. If the Contractor’s Claim seeks an increase in the Contract Price, the Contract Time, or both,
submit with the Claim an affidavit certifying the following:
a. The Claim is made in good faith and covers all costs and delays to which the Contractor is
entitled as a result of the event(s) giving rise to the Claim.
b. The amount Claimed accurately reflects the adjustments in the Contract Price, the
Contract Time, or both to which the Contractor believes the Contractor is entitled.
c. All supporting costs and pricing data are current, accurate, and complete to the best of
the Contractor’s knowledge. The Contractor shall supply a cost breakdown per item of
Work.
d. The Contractor shall ensure that the affidavit is executed by an official who has the
authority to legally bind the Contractor.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 85 of 195
2-10.1.3 Agency’s Final Determination.
1. If the Contractor disagrees with the City Manager or Executive Manager’s final determination,
as described in 2-10.1.1(1-2), Contractor must notify the Engineer in writing of the
Contractor’s objection within 15 Working Days after receipt of the written determination and
file a “Request for Mediation” in accordance with 2-10.2, “Dispute Resolution Process.”
2. Failure to give notice of objection within the 15 Working Days period shall waive the
Contractor’s right to pursue the Claim.
2-10.1.6 Mandatory Assistance.
1. If a third-party dispute, litigation, or both, arises out of or relates in any way to the Services
provided under the Contract, upon the Agency’s request, the Contractor shall assist in
resolving the dispute or litigation. The Contractor’s assistance includes, but is not limited to
the following:
a. Providing requested documents in a timely manner.
b. Providing professional consultations.
c. Attending mediations, arbitrations, depositions, trials, or any event related to the dispute
resolution and litigation.
2-10.1.6.1 Compensation for Mandatory Assistance.
1. The Agency will reimburse the Contractor for reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the
Contractor for any required assistance rendered in accordance with 2-10.1.6, “Mandatory
Assistance” as Extra Work.
2. The Engineer will determine whether these fees and expenses were necessary due to the
Contractor’s conduct or failure to act.
3. If the Engineer determines that the basis of the dispute or litigation in which these fees and
expenses were incurred were the result of the Contractor’s conduct or the Contractor’s
failure to act in part or in whole, the Contractor shall reimburse the Agency for any payments
made for these fees and expenses.
Reimbursement may be through any legal means necessary, including the Agency’s withholding
of the Contractor’s payment.
ADD the following: 2-10.2 Dispute Resolution Process.
2-10.2.1 Mandatory Non-binding Mediation.
1. If a dispute arises out of or relates to the Contract, or the breach of it, and if the dispute
cannot be settled through those procedures described in Section 2-10.1.1, the parties
must attempt to settle the dispute in an amicable manner, using mandatory mediation
under the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association
before having recourse in a court of law.
2. To initiate mediation, the initiating party shall serve a Request for Mediation at the
American Arbitration Association (AAA).
2-10.2.2 Mandatory Mediation Costs.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 86 of 195
1. The expenses of witnesses for either side shall be paid by the party producing such
witnesses. All other expenses of the mediation, including required traveling and other
expenses of the mediator and the cost of any proofs or expert advice produced at the
direct request of the mediator, shall be borne equally by the parties, unless they agree
otherwise.
2-10.2.3 Selection of Mediator.
1. A single mediator, knowledgeable in construction aspects and acceptable to both parties,
shall be used to mediate the dispute.
2. If AAA is used, the initiating party shall concurrently file with AAA a “Request for
Mediation” along with the appropriate fees, a copy of requested mediators marked in
preference order, and a preference for available dates.
3. If AAA is selected to coordinate the mediation (Administrator), within 10 Working Days
from the receipt of the initiating party’s Request for Mediation, the opposing party shall
file the following:
a. A copy of the list of the preferred mediators listed in preference order after striking
any mediators to which they have any objection.
b. A preference for available dates.
c. Appropriate fees.
4. If the parties cannot agree on a mediator, then each party shall select a mediator and
those mediators shall select the neutral third party to mediate the matter.
2-10.2.4 Conduct of Mediation Sessions.
1. Mediation hearings shall be conducted in an informal manner and discovery shall not be
allowed.
2. Discussions, statements, or admissions shall be confidential to the proceedings and shall
not be used for any other purpose regarding the party’s legal position. The parties may
agree to exchange any information they deem necessary.
3. Both parties shall have an authorized representative attend the mediation. Each
representative shall have the authority to recommend entering into a settlement. Either
party may have attorney(s), witnesses, or expert(s) present. Either party may request a
list of witnesses and notifications of whether attorney(s) shall be present.
4. Any resulting agreements from mediation shall be documented in writing. Mediation
results and documents, by themselves, shall be “non-binding” and inadmissible for any
purpose in any legal proceeding, unless such admission is otherwise agreed upon in
writing by both parties. Mediators shall not be subject to any subpoena or liability and
their actions shall not be subject to discovery.
ADD the following: 2-10.3 Governing Law & Forum for Litigation.
1. This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
California. Any lawsuits, at law or in equity, between the parties arising out of this Contract
shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction in the County of San Diego. With respect to
venue, the parties agree that this Contract is made in and will be performed in the County of
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 87 of 195
San Diego. The parties waive all provisions of law providing for a change of venue in these
proceedings to any other county.
ADD the following: 2-10.4 Pre-judgment Interest.
1. The parties stipulate that if a judgment is entered against a party for breaching this Contract,
the pre-judgment interest shall be 2% per annum.
SECTION 3 – CONTROL OF THE WORK
3-2 SELF-PERFORMANCE
ADD the following:
1. If Contractor fails to satisfy the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete Work
amounting to at least 50 percent of the Contract price with its own organization unless
stipulated otherwise in the Contract Documents, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect
to cancel the Contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the Work
performed in excess of 50 percent of the Contract Price by other than the Contractor’s own
organization. The Board shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these
provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the Contractor, or prime Contractor, shall
be entitled to a public hearing before the Board and shall be notified 10 Calendar Days in
advance of the time and location of the hearing. The determination of the Board shall be final.
3-3 SUBCONTRACTORS
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall incorporate these Specifications in the Contractor’s subcontracts for the
work being performed by the Contractor’s Subcontractor.
2. The Contractor shall obtain or require that each Subcontractor obtains insurance policies in
accordance with 5-4, “INSURANCE” which shall be kept in full force and effect for the duration
of the Contract and in any attached supplemental agreements.
3. In any dispute between the Contractor and the Contractor’s Subcontractors, the Agency shall
not be made a party to any judicial or administrative proceeding to resolve the dispute.
4. The Contractor shall ensure that the Contractor’s Subcontractors are appropriately licensed
for the duration of the work that is performed under the Subcontracts in accordance with 2-
1, “WORK TO BE DONE.” If a Subcontractor is not properly licensed, the Contractor shall cease
payment to the Subcontractor for all work performed when the Subcontractor was not
properly licensed. The Contractor shall return to the Agency any payment the Contractor
made to a Subcontractor for work performed when the Subcontractor was not licensed.
5. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be
responsible for their work.
6. Where the Contract Documents require that a particular product be installed or applied by
an applicator approved by the manufacturer, ensure the Subcontractor or Supplier employed
for such work is approved by the manufacturer.
7. Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer
for approval a written statement showing the Work to be subcontracted giving the name and
business of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the Work to be
so subcontracted. This submittal will confirm the Subcontractor’s commitments in the Bid.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 88 of 195
3-4 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER
ADD the following:
1. The Engineer shall be the single point of contact and shall be included in all communications
between Contractor and any Agency representative.
3-5 INSPECTION
ADD the following:
1. Contractor shall make available to the Engineer accurate books and accounting records
regarding all its activities. Contractor shall contractually require all Subcontractors to this
Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have access to the Contractor’s, and any
Subcontractors documents described in this Section 3-5(1) within San Diego County. The
Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor’s and its
Subcontractor’s performance pursuant to this Contract. The Engineer’s monitoring,
assessments, and evaluations will include, but shall not be limited to, audits, inspection of
premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Contractor’s staff and the staff
of all Subcontractors to this Contract. Upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make
available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all Subcontractors to this Contract,
records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract. Contractor shall also permit the
Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and
records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and
other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. Any inspection described in this
Section 3-5(1) shall occur as often as the Engineer deems necessary and during normal
business hours. However, any such inspection shall not unreasonably interfere with
Contractor’s ongoing business operations. Contractor and all Subcontractors to this Contract
shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and
regulations.
2. The Agency may utilize consultants to assist the Engineer during construction in observing
the Contractor’s performance. The consultant shall be the Agency’s Representative on the
Site assisting the Engineer and must not be confused with a building inspector with the
Agency or with a Special Inspector.
3. The Agency may utilize a Special Inspector for inspection of specialty work and materials,
whose costs the Agency will pay for unless the Contractor fails inspection. If inspections or
tests reveal non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the
Contractor shall pay for all corrective measures deemed necessary by the Engineer and also
pay the cost of the Agency’s subsequent re-inspection and re-testing.
4. Inspections required by codes or ordinances are the Contractor’s responsibility.
5. The Contractor’s quality control testing and inspections are the Contractor’s responsibility.
Contractor shall coordinate and schedule all inspections and tests. The Contractor shall give
the Engineer notice of tests and inspections made by others. At least 5 Working Days of notice
shall be given for offsite inspections. The Contractor shall wait until the Engineer has
responded and agreed to Contractor’s schedule before scheduling test or inspections.
6. The Agency shall schedule any inspections and tests as the Agency deems necessary to ensure
the Work is accomplished in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 89 of 195
(other than inspections for work performed in accordance with a permit). The Contractor is
responsible for the inspection of all Work performed in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
7. Contractor shall provide access in accordance with Cal-OSHA Standards as necessary.
8. Contractor shall remove and replace any items of Work performed without the required
permit or inspection. For required subsequent inspection, the Contractor shall remove and
replace Work at the discretion of Engineer at no additional cost to the Agency. Inspection of
the Work does not relieve the Contractor of full compliance with the Contract Documents.
9. Contractor shall not conceal the Work prior to inspection, testing, or approval required by
the Contract Documents, the Engineer’s prior written request, or by other agencies. If any
item of Work is done prior to obtaining the required approvals when requested by the
Engineer, Contractor shall expose the Work for inspection, testing, and/or approval. Upon
successful completion of the inspection, testing, or approval, the Contractor shall proceed
with the Work. The Contractor shall bear all direct and indirect costs and damages of such
uncovering and re-covering and shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or
the Contract Time, unless the Contractor has given the Engineer and any other affected
agencies written notice of the Contractor’s intention to cover the Work and the Engineer has
not acted in response to such notice.
10. When specified, Contractor shall make arrangements for tests, inspections, and approvals
with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Engineer, or with the
appropriate public authority. The payment for such tests, inspections, and approvals are
included in the Contract Price.
11. Unless specified otherwise, the Contractor shall pay the cost of inspections and tests. If
inspections or tests reveal non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents, the Contractor shall bear the cost of corrective measures deemed necessary by
the Engineer and the cost of the Agency’s subsequent re-inspection and re-testing.
12. The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the
Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s possession pertaining to the Work that the Engineer may
request.
13. Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engineer, within San Diego
County, accurate books, and accounting records relative to all its activities and to
contractually require all Subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall
have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor’s and its Subcontractors
performance pursuant to this Contract, the monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to
include, but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts
and interviews of Contractor’s staff and the staff of all Subcontractors to this Contract. At any
time during normal business hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon
reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination,
all of its, and all of its Subcontractors’ records with respect to all matters covered by this
Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or
transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls,
records of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract.
However, any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably
interfere with Contractor’s ongoing business operations. Contractor and all Subcontractors
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 90 of 195
to this Contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by
applicable laws and regulations.
3-6 THE CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIVE
ADD the following:
1. Both the representative and alternative representative shall be the Contractor’s employees
and shall not be assigned to a Subcontractor unless otherwise approved by the Agency in
writing.
2. The Contractor’s Project team shall attend scheduled construction meetings as required by
the Engineer. If any of Contractor’s staff cannot attend, the Contractor shall notify the
Engineer a minimum of 24 hours in advance, prior to the start of the scheduled meeting. If
the Contractor does not provide the required notification, the Contractor shall pay for the
costs of the Agency’s staff, consultants, or both that attended. The Contractor shall be
charged a minimum of 2 hours of the attendee’s time.
3. The payment for the Contractor’s attendance at Project meetings is included in the Contract
Price. The Engineer shall deduct costs assessed to the Contractor for not attending the
meetings from the monthly progress payment via Change Order.
3-7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
3-7.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. Specifications and Plans are divided into groups by engineering discipline for the Agency’s
convenience. These divisions are not for the purpose of apportioning the Work or
responsibility for the Work among Subcontractors and Suppliers.
2. The Contractor shall supply any Work that may reasonably be inferred from the Specifications
or Plans as being required to produce the intended result whether or not it is specifically
called for, at no additional cost to the Agency.
3. If referenced documents have been discontinued or updated by the issuing organization, the
replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization shall be used or,
if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was
discontinued.
4. Scaled dimensions on Contract Documents are approximate. Before ordering materials or
commencing the Work, the Contractor shall measure the Site for proper size and fit and verify
dimensions and quantities by taking measurements in the field. The Contractor shall be
responsible for their accuracy.
5. The Contractor shall verify any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable
examination of the Work Site prior to submitting the Bid.
6. Existing improvements visible at the Work Site, for which no specific disposition is made on
the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed, and
disposed of by the Contractor.
7. The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract
Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the
Specifications and not shown on the Plans or shown on the Plans and not specified in the
Specifications, shall be as though shown on or specified in both.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 91 of 195
8. The Plans shall be supplemented by such working drawings and shop drawings as are
necessary to adequately control the Work.
9. The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work
through a reasonable examination of the Work Site prior to submitting the Bid.
10. Existing improvements visible at the Work Site, for which no specific disposition is made on
the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed, and
disposed of by the Contractor.
11. The Contractor shall, upon discovering any error or omission in the Plans or Specifications,
immediately call it to the attention of the Engineer.
3-7.2 Precedence of the Contract Documents.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. If there is a conflict between any of the Contract Documents, the document highest in the
order of precedence, and most recent in edition, shall control. The order of precedence, from
highest to lowest, shall be as follows:
a. Permits (issued by jurisdictional regulatory agencies including environmental
documents).
b. Change Orders and supplemental agreements; whichever occurs last.
c. Contract Addenda, whichever occurs last.
d. The signed written Contract.
e. Bid/Proposal.
f. Project Plans.
g. Technical Specifications.
h. Standard Drawings.
i. Agency Supplemental General Provisions (Section 00 73 00).
j. Agency Supplemental Technical Provisions (Section 00 74 00).
k. Standard Plans
i. City of Carlsbad Standard Drawings.
ii. Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawings.
iii. City of Carlsbad modifications to the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings.
iv. Traffic Signal Design Guidelines and Standards.
v. State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans.
vi. California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD).
l. “Greenbook” (Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction).
m. Reference Specifications.
2. When additional small business/minority/women-owned/veteran or other special
requirements by funding sources are included in the Contract Documents, the funding
source’s requirements shall govern.
a. With reference to the Drawings, the order of precedence shall be as follows: Figures
govern over scaled dimensions.
b. Detail Drawings govern over general Drawings.
c. Addenda and Change Order Drawings govern over Plans.
d. Plans govern over Standard Drawings.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 92 of 195
3. When a conflict exists between the ADA requirements of Title 24, and the Agency
Supplemental Provisions, the most restrictive requirement shall be followed.
ADD the following: 3-7.3 Red-Lines and Record Documents.
3-7.3.1 General.
1. The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the
Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s possession pertaining to the Work that the Engineer may
request.
2. The Contractor shall keep the Red-lines current with entries checked by the Engineer
before the Work is covered. Contractor’s failure to update and deliver Red-lines
information monthly to the Engineer for review and approval may result in the
withholding of monthly progress payments.
3. The Contractor shall note the source identification, such as RFI numbers and Change
Order numbers, as required identifying the source of the change to the Contract
Documents.
4. The Contractor shall deliver the Red-Lines to the Engineer upon completion of the
Construction Work.
5. The Contractor shall legibly annotate a full-size set of Plans daily, in red ink, to record
additions, deletions or changes to the Work and changes in location, elevation or
character of the Work not otherwise shown or noted in the Contract Documents. This
“redline” set of drawings shall be kept on the Job Site, shall be used only as a record set,
and shall be delivered to the Engineer within 10 Calendar Days of completion of the Work.
Contractor shall immediately give written notice of any conflicts between these
documents to the Engineer.
6. As-built information shall represent field measurements, approved Shop Drawings,
Working Drawings, samples, product data, and other pertinent data discovered during
the performance of the Work. The Contractor shall note the source of the change such as
RFI or Change Order numbers, as required. The Contractor shall clearly record additions
or changes in the Work and depth of underground facilities by dimensioning from 2,
known, fixed points.
7. Payment for Record Drawings and Documents shall be included in the various Bid items
and no additional payment will be made therefor.
3-7.3.2 Asset Specific Red-lines.
1. Irrigation System Red-Lines: Red-Lines shall clearly record by dimension from 2 known
fixed points and by depth of underground facilities all deviations, modifications, and
changes in the Work. Records, deviations, modifications, and changes on the day the
Work is performed shall reflect the actual Work location and shall be marked in red at the
scale of the Plan sheet on which they are recorded. Red-Lines shall show any changes to
the Plans for the equipment locations and associated information for the following:
a. Potable water mainline and size
b. Water Meter - Size, type of water (potable or reclaimed), and water meter address.
c. Backflow Device - Size, available static pressure in psi, the psi and flow in gallons per
minutes for which the irrigation system is designed, and device serial number.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 93 of 195
d. Master Control Valve.
e. Flow Sensor.
f. Pressure Regulator Valve.
g. Isolation Valves.
h. Remote Control Valves - Size, irrigation controller, valve station number, and flow
demand in gallons per minute.
i. Quick Coupling Valves and Size.
j. Electrical Meter, including meter address.
k. Remote Control Valve Wiring.
l. Communication Cables.
m. Pull Boxes.
n. Rain Shut Off Switch.
o. Electrical lines from electrical meter to irrigation controller, including the power
disconnect switch.
p. Irrigation Mainline and Size.
q. Irrigation Lateral Line and Size.
r. Irrigation Sleeves and Size.
s. Irrigation Controller - Location, number of stations, identifying call-out.
t. Irrigation sprinkler heads which have been added or deleted from the approved Plans.
Changes in manufacturer nozzle size shall be noted on the red-lined Drawings
including operating pressure, gallons per minute, and radius of throw.
2. Re-vegetation Red-lines:
a. Within 4 weeks of the end of the Plant Establishment Period, as determined and
accepted by the Project Biologist or Landscape Architect, furnish and submit to the
Engineer 1 full scale Red-lines set showing field changes to grade, erosion control, and
seeding for the re-vegetated areas.
3. Utility Red-lines: Utility Red-lines shall show any changes from the Plan for the following:
a. Horizontal and vertical bends
b. Changes in pipe material or pressure class
c. Isolation valves
d. Insulating joints
e. Blow off valves by stationing and offsets.
f. Air vacuum valves by stationing and offsets.
g. Water and recycled water meter boxes replaced.
h. Water sampling stations
i. Cathodic test stations
j. Locations of all sewer laterals and cleanouts.
k. Items abandoned in place following dewatering operation.
4. Building Red-lines: Building Red-lines shall show any changes from the Plans for the
following:
a. Location by dimension and the depth by elevation of underground lines, valves,
plugged tees, and capped ends.
b. By dimension or scale Plans, wiring, conduits, and pull boxes as installed.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 94 of 195
c. Information necessary to maintain and service concealed items of Work.
d. Dimensional changes to the Drawings.
e. Revisions to details shown on the Drawings.
f. Depths of foundations below the first floor.
g. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
h. Revisions to the routing of piping and conduits.
i. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
j. Actual equipment locations.
k. Duct size and routing.
l. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
m. Changes made by Change Orders.
n. Details not shown on original Plans.
5. Traffic Signals and Street Lighting:
a. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a cable route diagram indicating the
actual cable route and meter marks for all intersections, directional change points in
the cable routing, and all termination points. The Contractor shall record these points
during cable installation, provide cable system Red-lines showing the accurate cable
route to the Engineer, and record information such as the location of slack cable and
its quantity in the cable route diagram.
b. The Contractor shall provide 3 copies of D-Sheet sized Red-lines.
6. SWPPP:
a. Upon completion of construction, the Contractor shall submit the SWPPP and all its
appendices, records, reports, maps and records of permanent BMPs to the Engineer
with the Red-lines.
7. Slurry Seal and Asphalt Concrete Overlay:
a. The Contractor shall clearly record on the forms the Agency provides in MS Excel
format the actual dates and quantity of each Bid item applied to each street segment
and comments regarding each segment and record reasons if no work is performed.
8. Fiber Optic and Wi-Fi Device Red-lines: Fiber Optic and Wi-Fi Device Red-lines shall clearly
record by dimension from 2 known fixed points and by depth of underground facilities all
deviations, modifications, and changes in the Work. Records, deviations, modifications,
and changes on the day the Work is performed shall reflect the actual Work location and
shall be marked in red at the scale of the Plan sheet on which they are recorded. Red-
lines shall show the equipment locations and associated information for the following:
a. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
b. Revisions to the routing of piping and conduits.
c. Actual equipment locations.
d. Pull Boxes.
e. Electrical Meter, including meter address.
f. Items abandoned in place.
3-7.3.3 Payment.
1. The payment for Red-lines Drawings shall be included in the Contract Price.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 95 of 195
ADD the following: 3-7.4 Measurement and Dimensions.
1. Scaled dimensions are approximate. Before ordering materials or commencing the Work, the
Contractor shall measure the Site for proper size and fit and verify dimensions and quantities
by taking measurements in the field. Contractor shall be responsible for their accuracy.
3-8 SUBMITTALS
3-8.2 Working Drawings.
ADD the following:
1. Working Drawings shall be submitted electronically to the Agency.
DELETE Table 3-8.2 in its entirety and REPLACE with following:
Item Section/
Drawing
No.
Title Subject
1 3-12.5.2 Sewage Bypass and Pumping
Plan
Sanitary Sewers
2 3-12.8.2 Dewatering Plan Water Pollution Control
3 5-7.2.2 Shoring Plan Safety
4 300-3.2
Cofferdams Structure Excavation & Backfill
5 303-1.6.1 General Falsework
6 303-1.7.1 General Placing Reinforcement
7 303-3.1 General Prestressed Concrete Construction
8 304-1.1.2 Falsework Plans Structural Steel
9 306-8.8
SDW-154*
Valves, Hydrants, and
Appurtenances
Water Valve Bypass Details for
Mainlines 16-Inch and Larger
10 306-8.8.3 Thrust Blocks and Anchor
Blocks
Unless specified otherwise, design of all
size water main thrust blocks and
anchor blocks
11 307-1.1
General Jacking Operations
12 307-2.1
General Tunneling Operations
13 308-3 Submittals Microtunneling
14 601-2.1.2 Engineered Traffic Control
Plan (TCP)
Temporary Traffic Control for
Construction and Maintenance Work
Zones
15 3-12.6 Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan (SWPPP)
Water Pollution Control
16 3-12.6 Water Pollution Control Plan
(WPCP)
Water Pollution Control
*Note: The distance dimensions shown between the bypass pipes and the mainlines are subject to change to field
conditions.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 96 of 195
Items listed in Table 3-8.2, except for items 1, 2 and, 5, shall be prepared by a Civil or Structural
Engineer registered by the State of California. Item 15 shall be prepared by a Qualified SWPPP
Developer (QSD) in accordance with 1001 3, “Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).”
Item 16 shall be prepared in accordance with 1001-4, “Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP).”
3-8.3 Shop Drawings.
ADD the following:
1. Shop Drawings shall be submitted electronically to the Agency.
2. Additional Shop Drawings may be required by the Special Provisions.
DELETE Table 3-8.3 in its entirety and REPLACE with following:
TABLE 3-8.3
Item Subsection Title Subject
1 207-2.5 Joints Reinforced Concrete Pipe
2 207-8.4 Joints Vitrified Clay Pipe
3 209-2.2.2 Shop Drawings Steel Pipe and Fittings
4 216-1 General Precast Reinforced Concrete Box
5 218-1 General Precast Vault
6 304-1.1.1 Shop Drawings Structural Steel
7 304-2.1 General Metal Hand Railings
3-8.4 Supporting Information.
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall submit samples of the materials with cut sheets of the products. The
Contractor shall organize cut sheets for review and approval by the Engineer prior to use on
the Project and identify deviation from any of the specified material clearly, including cut
sheets and samples of both the specified material and basis for the substitution. Included
should be the Agency’s Project Name, Project Number, and the Engineer’s name, Contractor
Name, and Submittal Number and clearly indicate the specific product to be used.
2. When photos of material are required, they shall be clear in resolution, identify the specific
item for review, and shall indicate the name of the item, source, and date taken. The material
shown in the photo shall be currently available for use on the Project.
3. For landscaping and irrigation materials, the Contractor shall submit samples and test results
to the Engineer within 15 Working Days of the Notice to Proceed.
4. Test sections (“Mock ups”) of materials as required in the Special Provisions shall be accepted
by the Engineer before proceeding with the Work.
5. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete “As-Built” record set of blue-
line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the original
Drawings and Specifications and the exact “As-Built” locations, sizes and kinds of equipment,
underground piping, valves, and all other Work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this
purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of Drawings shall be kept on the
job and shall be used only as a Record Set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within 10
Calendar Days of completion of the Work. Payment for performing the Work required by
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 97 of 195
Section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various Bid items and no additional payment will be
made therefor.
3-8.6 Manufacturer’s Operation, Maintenance, and Warranty Instructions.
To sentence (1), DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
For each pre-manufactured product covered by a manufacturer’s warranty, Contractor shall
submit 1 electronic copy and 3 bound original or legal copies prior to acceptance of the Contract.
3-9 SUBSURFACE DATA
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
3-9 TECHNICAL STUDIES AND SUBSURFACE DATA
1. If reports of explorations and tests of Site conditions are referenced in the Contract
Documents, Contractor is encouraged to inspect the Site, acquire, and review these
reports, and take other necessary steps to thoroughly familiarize oneself with the Site
conditions. If a review of the documents and Site inspection indicate an obstruction or
utility conflict with the proposed work, immediately notify the Engineer.
2. Subsurface data shall include geotechnical reports, groundwater elevations, soil analyses
and characterization, and other information included or referenced in the Special
Provisions and shall apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths
indicated.
3. Contractor is encouraged to review subsurface data, examine the Site and assess the Site
conditions pertaining to the Work. If a review of the documents and Site inspection
indicate an obstruction or utility conflict with the proposed work, immediately notify the
Engineer.
4. Soil test reports for test holes which have been drilled are available for review at the office
of the Engineer. Additional exploration may be performed at Contractor’s own expense.
5. The indicated groundwater elevation is that which existed on the date specified in the
data. It shall be Contractor’s responsibility to determine and allow for the groundwater
elevation on the date the Work is performed. A difference in groundwater elevation
between what is shown in soil boring logs and what is encountered during construction
shall not be considered as a basis for Extra Work in accordance with 2-8, “Extra Work.”
3-10 SURVEYING
3-10.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. The Engineer or Surveyor shall request a right of entry to perform survey services on sewer
mains and manholes from City of Carlsbad, wastewater@carlsbadca.gov or call 442-339-
2722, seven (7) Calendar Days prior to the start of survey services.
2. The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a licensed Surveyor (“Surveyor”) to
perform all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research
and all other surveying work necessary to construct the Work, provide surveying services as
required in the Contract and provide surveying, drafting and other professional services
required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident on
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 98 of 195
the Site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the
surveying work.
3. All surveying data submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 3.8, “Submittals.”
The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to the Engineer before commencing work in the
area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall submit field notes for all required
surveying to the Engineer within 10 Calendar Days of performing the survey. All surveying
field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted electronically. The field
notes, calculations and supporting data shall be clear and complete. Supporting data shall
include all maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from earlier surveys and all other evidence used
by the Surveyor to determine the location of the monuments set. The field notes and
calculations will be labeled with name of the Surveyor, the party chief, the field crewmembers
and the author of the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated with the date of
observation or calculation, be numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall be
readable without resort to any electronic aid, computer program or documentation for any
computer program. The field notes shall be prepared in conformance with the Caltrans
“Surveys Manual.” The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor
and file it in conformance with Business and Professions Code Sections 8700-8805 when the
Surveyor performs any surveying that such map is required under Business and Professions
Code Section 8762 and whenever the Surveyor shall establish, set or construct any
permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10 A, B, C type monuments, bolts, spikes,
leaded tacks and nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments
and marks that are at, or accessory to, property corners and street centerlines are permanent
survey monuments. The Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments
used, the basis of bearings and all other data needed to determine the procedure of survey
and the degree of accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of
closure. The unadjusted ratio of closure shall not exceed 1 part in 40,000. The Record of
Survey shall show the location and justification of location of all permanent monuments set
and their relation to the street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) shall be submitted for the
Engineer’s review and approval before submittal to the County Surveyor and before submittal
to the County Recorder.
4. Payment for Work performed to satisfy the requirements shall be included in the actual Bid
items requiring the survey work and no additional payment will be made. Extension of unit
prices for Extra Work shall include full compensation for attendant survey work and no
additional payment will be made. Payment for the replacement of disturbed monuments and
the filing of Records of Survey and/or corner records, including filing fees, shall be incidental
to the Work necessitating the disturbance of the monuments and no additional payment will
be made.
3-12 CONTRACT INFORMATION SIGNS
ADD the following:
Signs shall not be posted until approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall complete and
submit a Review for Sign Permit (form P-11), available at:
https://www.carlsbadca.gov/services/depts/planning/applications.asp
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 99 of 195
3-12 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE
3-12.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. Maintain Site improvements including any temporary facilities, equipment, or other
materials. Remove graffiti encountered on the Site within 24 hours. See also SECTION 400 -
PROTECTION AND RESTORATION.
2. As a condition of Final Payment, the Contractor shall submit a signed and notarized affidavit
stating that all brush, trash, debris, and surplus materials resulting from this Project have
been disposed of in a legal manner. The cost of disposal is the Contractor’s responsibility.
3. The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of their employees.
Toilets must be kept in a neat and sanitary condition and ensure that they comply with all
applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of
dwellings and camps. The cost of such is the Contractor’s responsibility.
4. If required in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed
toilets for the use of the Agency’s and Contractor’s officers, employees, or agents. Toilets
must be kept in a neat and sanitary condition and ensure that they comply with all applicable
laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and
camps. The cost of such is the Contractor’s responsibility.
5. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will
not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic concrete, or other
acceptable material will be permitted, when necessary, by the SWPPP and/ or BMP plan. Such
dams shall be removed from the Site as soon as their use is no longer necessary.
6. Work Site maintenance shall be conducted on non-workdays when increased levels of
maintenance are deemed necessary, in the opinion of the Engineer, to preserve the health
safety or welfare of the public and or to comply with applicable regulations.
7. Disposal of all rubbish and surplus materials is incidental to Work Site maintenance. Disposal
shall be made off the Site and shall be in accordance with:
a. Local codes and ordinances that govern locations and methods of disposal.
b. All applicable safety laws.
c. Requirements of Subpart H, Section 1926.252 of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards
for Construction.
8. Work Site maintenance is considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated
with and no additional payment will be made.
9. Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of the
Work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the Site clean and free from
rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping, and
sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on
public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods.
3-12.2 Air Pollution Control.
ADD the following:
1. Contractor shall carry out effective measures whenever and as often as necessary to prevent
Contractor’s operation from producing dust in amounts damaging to property, cultivated
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 100 of 195
vegetation, domestic animals, or causing a nuisance to persons living or occupying buildings
in the vicinity. Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from any dust
originating from Contractor’s operations. The dust abatement measures shall be continued
until Contractor is relieved of further responsibility by the Engineer.
2. Contractor shall adhere to Air Pollution Control District County of San Diego regulations for
equipment used on the Job Site.
3-12.3 Noise Control.
ADD the following:
1. All internal combustion engines used in the Work shall be equipped with mufflers in good
repair and are subject to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter
8.48.
3-12.4 Storage of Equipment and Materials.
3-12.4.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. Equipment and material storage shall be confined to areas approved by the Engineer.
Disposal of all rubbish and surplus materials shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
2. The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm
the quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move,
relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work.
3. Materials shall be delivered to the Work Site only during Working Hours and shall be
accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the
Contractor as consignee, the Project name and number, address of delivery and name of
consignor and a description of the material(s) shipped.
4. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any
location within the City’s boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of lease
agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement shall
clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored and shall
provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time
allowed for the Work.
5. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials
stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the
materials are stored. Storage of hazardous wastes, construction equipment material, and
parking and fueling of equipment shall not occur in biologically sensitive areas.
6. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor’s responsibility.
Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work
is a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials
and their proper storage at any time during the Work.
7. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as
required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities
shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws.
8. Restore the storage area to an equal or better condition as deemed necessary by the Engineer
and at no additional cost to the Agency.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 101 of 195
10. When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self-loading motor
sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each Working Day for the purpose of keeping paved
areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incomplete.
11. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the Site as soon as they are no longer
necessary. Before the final inspection, the Site shall be cleared of equipment, unused
materials, and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. All cleanup
costs shall be included in the Contractor’s Bid.
12. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed
immediately, and the area cleaned.
13. Excess excavation material from catch basins or similar structures shall be removed from the
Site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the
Specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the Site as soon as practicable
after stripping.
14. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer’s cleanup orders may result in an order
to suspend Work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed
because of such suspension.
15. Cleanup and dust control required in the Contract shall also be executed on weekends and
other non-Working Days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public.
The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of
the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in
his/her sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public.
Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of Work that they are
associated with and no additional payment will be made for them.
16. Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Contract
shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be
arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time and
shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing
authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible
for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations.
17. Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and
remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping,
wiring, lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw
water from any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from
the water agency concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used
for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work
requiring water related to this Contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water
agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and
water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees
for them. These costs shall be considered incidental to the items of Work that they are
associated with and no additional payment will be made for them.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 102 of 195
3-12.4.2 Storage in Public Streets.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. Construction materials shall not be stored in streets, roads, or highways for more than 5
Calendar Days after unloading. All materials not installed or used in construction within 5
Calendar Days after unloading shall be stored at a location approved by the Engineer.
2. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work Site before its actual use nor for
more than 5 Calendar Days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly
of equipment may be authorized by the Engineer.
3. Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall
not be stored in public streets unless otherwise permitted. Immediately after placing backfill,
all excess material shall be removed.
4. The Contractor shall not store equipment for traffic control in right of way.
ADD the following: 3-12.4.3 Storage and Staging Areas.
1. Storage and staging areas are the Contractor’s responsibility. If the Plans designate a staging
location within the Project or in close proximity, the Contractor may utilize such area for their
use. The storage and staging areas shall be as close as possible to the Site. Contractor is
responsible for obtaining any permits, leases, or any other items necessary to obtain staging
areas.
2. Storage of hazardous wastes, construction equipment material, and parking and fueling of
equipment shall not be allowed in the MHPA or other biologically sensitive areas. Ensure the
fueling of vehicles occurs only within designated staging areas using appropriate catch basins
and devices.
3. Return the storage and staging area and the adjacent area to an equal or better condition as
deemed necessary by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Agency.
4. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of the lease agreement for any property to
be used for the storage of materials or equipment prior to delivery or storage of any materials
or equipment. Each lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease and a description
of the materials or equipment allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the
materials or equipment and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the
Work.
5. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work Site before its actual use on the Work
nor for more than 5 Calendar Days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or
assembly of equipment may be authorized by the Engineer.
3-12.6 Water Pollution Controls.
3-12.6.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs).
ADD the following:
1. Contractor shall submit a BMP plan as a submittal to the Agency.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 103 of 195
3-12.6.3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall evaluate the requirements for the preparation of a SWPPP for Work
within the City’s boundary by reviewing the Determination of SWPPP Tier Level and
Construction Threat Level (form E-32), which may be obtained at:
http://www.carlsbadca.gov/services/depts/landev/engineering.asp
2. The Contractor shall review the criteria requiring the preparation of a SWPPP conforming
with the State Water Resources Control Board Order No. 2022-0057-DWQ, NPDES General
Permit No. CAS000002, Waste Discharge Requirements for Discharges of Storm Water Runoff
Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities (the Construction General
Permit or CGP). The CGP and other information are available at:
https://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/stormwater/constpermits.shtml
3. If a SWPPP has been prepared specifically for the Project and is included as a part of the
Contract Documents, the Contractor shall use the SWPPP as a baseline document and shall
amend the SWPPP, with the Engineer’s approval, as necessary to include the Contractor’s
proposed Construction Schedule, construction operations, and the Site conditions
encountered or created during the Work.
4. If the Agency has not prepared a SWPPP for the Project and the Project is subject to coverage
under the CGP, the Contractor shall prepare and implement the SWPPP conforming with the
CGP requirements.
5. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of the approved SWPPP and the CGP
including implementation during construction by a QSP, The Contractor shall provide all
information necessary for the Agency to obtain coverage under the CGP during the electronic
submittal of Permit Registration Documents and supporting data necessary for the filing of
the storm water Notice of Intent and Notice of Termination. The Contractor shall be
responsible for conducting all monitoring and inspections and filing all reports required by
and in accordance with the CGP.
3-12.6.5 Payment.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. Unless otherwise specified, payment for water pollution control, including implementation
and maintenance of BMPs, shall be considered as included in the Contract Unit Price for each
item in the Bid.
Payment for dewatering shall be as specified in the Special Provisions.
ADD the following: 3-12.7 Vermin Control.
1. The Site and structures constructed under the Contract shall be kept free of rodents, insects,
vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the
Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time and shall be performed by a licensed
exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 104 of 195
be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive
odors resulting from extermination operations.
3-13 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY
3-13.1 Completion.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. The Contractor shall comply with the following prior to requesting a Pre-Final inspection of
the Work and filing of a written assertion that the Work has been completed:
a. Provide completed and signed redline drawings and record documents including
installation, maintenance and operation instructions, manuals and/or tools for installed
equipment.
b. Provide and properly label all keys for existing facilities or new permanent work.
c. Provide all items specified to be supplied as extra stock and spare parts. Wrap, seal, or
place in a container all items as necessary to allow for storage by the Agency for future
use. Verify the specified quantities.
d. Provide all final Special Inspection reports and certifications required by equipment
manufacturers to demonstrate compliance with applicable codes and standards.
e. Obtain any required certifications from the Engineer of Record for permanent BMPs.
f. Comply with all requirements of permits issued by jurisdictional agencies.
g. Remove temporary facilities from the Site.
h. Thoroughly clean the Site and remove all mark-outs and construction staking.
2. The Agency Inspector will schedule the Pre-Final inspection within five (5) Working Days of
receipt of the Contractor’s request. The Inspector will generate a list of deficiencies
(Punchlist) within five (5) Working Days after the Pre-Final inspection.
3. The Contractor shall have 30 Working Days to correct the deficiencies and provide a written
response to each Punchlist item. The Inspector will review the corrective work within 5
Working Days of receipt of the Contractor’s written response to each Punchlist item. Any
outstanding deficiencies will be considered incomplete Work and the Punchlist will be
returned to Contractor. Full payment will not be made for any Bid item with outstanding
deficiencies and a Final Inspection will not be scheduled until all deficiencies are completed
to the satisfaction of the Inspector.
4. The Contractor shall submit a request for Final Inspection which shall include a written
assertion that the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and
a written response describing the corrective Work completed for all punch list items
identified in the Pre-Final inspection(s). The request for Final Inspection will not be
considered without the Contractor’s written response to the punch list items. The Inspector
will schedule the Final Inspection within 10 Working Days of receipt of the Contractor’s
request and invitees will include the Construction Manager, Engineer and representatives
from agencies or utility companies having jurisdiction over the Work. The Contractor’s
attendance is mandatory.
5. If, in the Engineer’s judgment, the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract
Documents, the Engineer will set forth in writing the date the Work was completed. This will
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 105 of 195
be the date when the Contractor is relieved from responsibility to protect and maintain the
Work, and to which liquidated damages will be computed.
ADD the following: 3-13.1.1 Requirements Before Requesting a Walk-through.
1. The following items are required prior to requesting a Walk-through:
a. Remove temporary facilities from the Site.
b. Thoroughly cleaning the Site and removing all mark outs and construction staking.
c. Provide completed and signed Red-Lines in accordance with Contract Document
requirements.
d. Provide all material and equipment maintenance and operation instructions and/or
manuals.
e. Provide all tools which are a permanent part of the equipment installed in the Project.
f. Provide and properly identify all keys for construction and all keys for permanent work.
g. Provide all final Special Inspection reports required by the applicable building code.
h. Provide all items specified to be supplied as extra stock. Wrap, seal, or place in a container
all items as necessary to allow for storage by the Agency for future use. Verify the
specified quantities.
i. Ensure that all specified equal opportunity (if applicable) and certified wage rate
documentations covering the Contract Time have been submitted.
j. Provide the spare parts for the proposed irrigation system as specified in the Special
Provisions.
2. Contractor shall notify the Engineer to arrange a final inspection of permanent BMPs
installed and shall obtain the completed, signed, and stamped DS-563 Form 30 Calendar Days
prior to the issuance of the Notice of Completion.
ADD the following: 3-13.1.2 Walk-through and Punchlist Procedure.
1. When Contractor considers that the Work and Services are complete, notify the Engineer in
writing that the Project is complete and request that the Contractor and the Engineer perform
a Walk-through for the generation of a Punchlist. Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least
seven (7) Working Days in advance of the Walk-through.
2. The Engineer will first determine if the Project is ready for a Walk-through by verifying
whether the Contractor have completed all items as required by 3-13.1.1, “Requirements
Before Requesting a Walk-through.”
3. If the Work includes sewer and storm drain installations, the inspection shall include
televising in accordance with the requirements in the Contract Documents.
4. The Engineer shall facilitate the Walk-through.
5. Contractor shall make Plans, specifications, and technical data, such as submittals and
equipment manuals, available at the Site for the Walk-through attendees.
6. The Engineer will provide the Contractor with the Punchlist within 15 Working Days after the
date of the Walk-through and submit it to the Contractor. The Agency shall not provide a
preliminary Punchlist.
7. If the Engineer finds that the Project is not substantially complete as defined in the Contract,
the Engineer will terminate the Walk-through and notify the Contractor in writing.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 106 of 195
8. If, at any time during the Engineer’s evaluation of the corrective Work required by the
Punchlist, the Engineer discovers that additional corrective Work is required, the Engineer
may include that corrective Work in the Punchlist. Contractor shall remain solely responsible
for the Project Site until the Project is completely operational, all Punchlist items have been
corrected, and all operation and maintenance manuals have been accepted by the Agency.
9. The Engineer shall meet with the Contractor until all Punchlist items are corrected. If
Contractor takes longer than 30 Working Days to complete the corrective Work, the Project
shall be subject to re-evaluation.
10. Upon acceptance of the Work, Contractor shall assemble and deliver to the Engineer all
records, documents, warranties, material certifications, bonds, guarantees, maintenance and
service agreements, and maintenance and operating manuals. Written warranties, except
manufacturer’s standard printed warranties, shall be on a letterhead addressed to the
Contractor. Warranties shall be submitted in the format described in this section, modified
as approved by the Agency, to suit the conditions pertaining to the warranty.
3-13.2 Acceptance.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. Acceptance of the Work will occur after all the requirements of the Contract Documents have
been fulfilled. If, in the Engineer’s judgment, the Contractor has fully performed the Contract,
the Engineer will recommend to the City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or Executive
Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District that the Contractor’s performance of the
Contract be accepted. Upon such certification by the Engineer, the City Manager or Executive
Manager may accept the Work. Upon the acceptance of the Work by the City Manager or
Executive Manager, a “Notice of Completion” will be filed in the office of the San Diego
County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of acceptance of the Work.
2. Once the “Notice of Completion” has been recorded, the Engineer will release the retention.
3-13.3 Warranty.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. Contractor shall warranty and repair all defective materials and workmanship for a period of
1 year. This warranty period shall start on the date the Work was recorded by the “Notice of
Completion” unless the Agency has beneficial use of the Project (excluding water, sewer, and
storm drain projects). In addition, Contractor shall warranty the Work against all latent and
patent defects for a period of 10 years.
2. The warranty period for specific items covered under manufacturers’ or suppliers’ warranties
shall commence on the date they are placed into service at the direction of or as approved
by the Engineer in writing.
3. All warranties, express or implied, from Subcontractors, manufacturers, or suppliers, of any
tier, for the materials furnished and work performed shall be assigned, in writing, to the
Agency, and shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to the acceptance of the Contractor’s
performance of the Contract.
4. Replace or repair defective materials and workmanship in a manner satisfactory to the
Engineer after notice to do so from the Engineer and within the time specified in the notice.
If Contractor fails to make such replacements or repairs within the time specified in the
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 107 of 195
notice, the Agency may perform the replacement or repairs at Contractor’s expense. If
Contractor fails to reimburse the Agency for the actual costs, Contractor’s Surety shall be
liable for the cost.
5. The warranty period shall be extended with respect to portions of the Work corrected under
warranty. Items that shall be warrantied free from defective workmanship and materials for
a period longer than 1 year are as follows:
Specified Item Minimum Warranty Period
Detectable Warning Tile
Construction
3 Years of Manufacturer’s Warranty
All Work Under SECTION 500 – PIPELINE
REHABILITATION
3 Years
Fiber Optic Interconnect Cables 2 Years
Luminaires1 10 Years of Manufacturer’s Warranty
LED Signal Modules 3 Years of Manufacturer’s Warranty
1 Provide documentation verifying that the induction luminaire models being offered for the Project are covered by
the 10-year warranty.
6. Contractor shall provide the Agency a copy of the manufacturer’s warranty for private sewer
pumps, including the alarm panel and all other accessories.
a. Contractor shall involve the manufacturer in the installation and startup as needed to
secure any extended warranty required.
b. This section is not intended to limit any manufacturer’s warranty which provides the
Agency with greater warranty rights than set forth in this section or the Contract
Documents.
c. The warranty shall include all components. The form of the warranty shall be approved
by the Engineer in accordance with 3-13.3.2, “Warranty Format Requirements.”
7. If, during the warranty period, any item of the Work is found to be Defective Work, Contractor
shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Agency to do so. The
warranty period shall be extended with respect to portions of the Work corrected as part of
the warranty requirements.
ADD the following: 3-13.3.1 Defective Work.
1. If the Engineer finds any part of the Work, to be defective or not in compliance with the
Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct the Defective Work in accordance with the
Engineer’s written instructions and within the specified time limits.
2. The Engineer may order Contractor to stop all or part of the Project if, upon notice, Contractor
fails to immediately correct the Defective Work in conformance with the Contract
Documents. The Contractor bears all direct and indirect costs and damages that result from
the Agency’s Stop Work notice.
3. The Engineer may determine in its sole discretion to accept Defective Work instead of having
the Contractor correct the Defective Work. However, the Contractor will still be financially
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 108 of 195
responsible for the Defective Work. The Engineer shall issue a deductive Change Order and
will incorporate the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents for the Defective Work,
the diminished value to the Project, or for the cost to repair the Defective Work.
4. If the Contractor fails to correct Defective Work within the specified time limits, the Engineer
may correct the Contractor’s Defective Work. The Agency has the right to correct any
Defective Work without notice in the event of an emergency. Contractor shall bear all direct
and indirect costs of the Defective Work that the Agency corrects.
5. When undertaking remedial action under this section, the Agency may exclude Contractor
from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor’s
Work and or services, and incorporate into the Project all materials and equipment stored at
the Site or for which the Agency has paid but Contractor has stored elsewhere.
6. For Building Projects which require a certificate of occupancy, not including sewer and water
facilities, if the Contractor fails to correct the Defective Work listed on the Agency’s Punchlist
within 30 Working Days in accordance with 6-1.1, “Construction Schedule,” the Contractor
shall reimburse the Agency for all costs to provide inspection services required to monitor
the Contractor’s Work beyond the 30 Working Days. The Agency shall bill the Contractor for
the additional inspection at the Agency’s established rates.
7. If the Contractor completes the Project or portions of the Project prior to NOC, the Contractor
shall preserve equipment by developing and implementing a preventive maintenance
program in compliance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
ADD the following: 3-13.3.2 Warranty Format Requirements.
1. Written warranties, except manufacturer’s standard printed warranties, shall be on the
Contractor’s and Contractor’s agents’, material suppliers’, installers’, or manufacturers’ own
letterhead, addressed to and for the Agency’s benefit. Submit warranties in the format
described in this section, modified as approved by Engineer to suit the conditions pertaining
to the warranty.
2. The Contractor shall obtain warranties, executed in triplicate by responsible Subcontractors
and Suppliers, within 10 Working Days after completion of the applicable item of Work.
Except for items put into use with the Engineer’s permission with date mutually agreed upon
in writing, ensure that the beginning time of the warranty is the Project completion date.
3. The Contractor shall verify that the documents are in proper form, contain full information,
and are notarized.
4. The Contractor shall verify that warranties are signed by both the Contractor and the
appropriate party.
5. The Contractor shall provide warranties to the Engineer with a neatly typed table of contents,
identifying each warranty with the number and title of the applicable specification section
requiring the warranty and the name of the product or work item.
6. The Contractor shall separate each warranty with index tab sheets keyed to the table of
contents listing. Provide complete information using separate typed sheets as necessary. The
information shall include a list of Subcontractors and Suppliers with the name, address, and
telephone number of the responsible principals.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 109 of 195
3-13.3.3 Long-Term Warranty Contract (LTWC).
1. If specified in the Special Provisions and when a LTWC is included in the Contract Documents,
the Contractor shall execute and submit the supplemental agreement for the extended
Project warranty (the LTWC covering the workmanship and materials).
2. The first 3 years of warranty protection after installation shall be secured by the faithful
performance and payment bonds in accordance with 1-7.2, “Contract Bonds.”
3. At the conclusion of the initial 3-year bonded warranty period, an “n”-year subsequent
manufacturer’s warranty for labor and materials shall commence and run concurrently with
the LTWC, where “n” is the number of additional years beyond the initial 3 years as specified
in the Special Provisions. Alternatively, and with respect to the 3-year bonded warranty, the
Contractor may submit a 2-year bond followed by 1-year bond. If the alternate option is
selected, the 1-year bond shall be submitted to the Agency at least 90 Calendar Days before
the expiration of the original 2-year bond. Contractor shall clearly inform the Contract
Specialist of the option selected. The protection provided shall not be for less than 3 + “n”
years continuously.
4. The manufacturer’s warranty for parts and labor shall secure performance of the LTWC by
the Contractor. Additional security in the form of bonds for both the LTWC and the
manufacturer’s extended “n”-year warranty (in years 4 and on following Acceptance) for
labor and materials may, but is not required to be, provided per the compensation provisions
of the LTWC.
5. The manufacturer warranty shall extend to performance of the LTWC by the Contractor,
including without limitation the performance of periodic inspections, preparation of periodic
reports, and performance of repairs or replacements including parts and labor. If the
manufacturer warranty does not expressly extend to the LTWC or is qualified in any way to
exclude warranty of the performance of the LTWC by the Contractor, the surety bond shall
be provided for the LTWC in accordance with 1-7.2, “Contract Bonds.”
6. If the Contractor is unable to obtain a bond which extends the “n”-year term of the LTWC, to
obtain a manufacturer warranty or both which clearly and unambiguously extends to secure
performance of the LTWC by the Contractor for the “n”- year term, the Agency shall accept
either form of security provided that at least 1 of these forms is provided before award.
7. Provision of the manufacturer’s warranty, bonds, or both as specified is a pre-condition to
award of the Contract.
8. Refer to the LTWC for additional information. The provisions of 3-3, “SUBCONTRACTORS”
shall not apply to LTWC.
ADD the following: 3-14 PARTNERING
1. Contractor may request the formation of a formal partnering relationship (Partnering) by
submitting a request in writing to the Engineer after approval of the Contract. If Contractor’s
request for Partnering is approved by the Engineer, scheduling of a Partnering workshop,
selecting the Partnering facilitator and workshop, selecting the Partnering facilitator and
workshop site, and other administrative details shall be as agreed to by both Parties.
2. The establishment of a Partnering shall not change or modify the terms and conditions of the
Contract and shall not relieve either party of the legal requirements of the Contract.
3. The goals of Partnering include the following:
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 110 of 195
a. The Engineer and Contractor’s representatives, including Contractor’s Subcontractors,
actively working together as partners.
b. Avoidance of destructive confrontation and litigation among the parties.
c. Mutual understanding on how the Work is to be conducted.
d. Establishment of mutual key results to facilitate Project success.
e. Establishment of an atmosphere of teamwork, trust, and open communication.
3-14.1 Payment.
1. The payment for providing a facilitator and a workshop site shall be borne equally by the
Agency and Contractor. Contractor shall pay in advance all compensation for the costs of the
facilitator and for the costs of obtaining the workshop site.
2. Unless a Bid item has been provided for “Partnering,” the Agency’s share of such costs shall
be reimbursed to Contractor as Extra Work. Markups shall not be added. Other costs
associated with the Partnering relationship shall be borne separately by the party incurring
the costs.
ADD the following: 3-15 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE
1. The Contractor shall provide and maintain safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access
to fire hydrants; hospitals; police and fire stations; commercial and industrial establishments
including churches, schools and parking lots; service stations; public transportation;
pedestrian crossing; motels and establishments of similar nature. Access shall be continuous
and unobstructed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
2. The Contractor shall provide access for emergency vehicles and mail delivery and trash
collection services. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by contacting Republic
Services at Customer Support | Republic Services.
3. During paving operations, the Contractor shall provide paved parking within 800 feet of the
affected residences or businesses unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
4. The Contractor shall provide notification 72 hours prior to the start of construction in the
public right-of-way that affects vehicular traffic, parking, or pedestrian routes. For a full street
closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For
partial street closures or for curb, sidewalk or driveway repairs, the residences and/or
businesses directly affected by the Work shall be notified. The notice shall:
a. Be written and hand delivered.
b. State the date and time the Work will begin and its anticipated duration.
c. Provide a brief description of the Work and simple instructions to the home or business
owner on actions to facilitate the construction.
d. List 2 telephone numbers to obtain additional information. One number shall be the
Contractor’s permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24-hour
number answered by someone who is knowledgeable about the Project. An answering
machine shall not be connected to either number.
e. For residences, be prepared on 65-lb. brightly colored card stock or equivalent durability
with contrasting, 12-point font or larger printing; pre-cut in a manner for hanging on a
doorknob; and minimum size of 3-1/2 inches wide by 8-1/2 inches long (refer to the
appendices for an example).
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 111 of 195
f. Be approved by the Engineer prior to distribution.
5. The Contractor shall post “No Parking” signs 72 hours in advance of the Work. The signs shall
state the date and time of parking restriction for a duration not to exceed the time necessary
to complete the Work at that location. If the Work is delayed or rescheduled, the signs shall
be removed and re-posted 72 hours in advance of the rescheduled Work.
6. Payment for public convenience shall be considered as included in the Contract Price for each
item in the Bid and no additional payment will be made.
ADD the following: 3-16 SITE ACTIVITIES BY THE AGENCY OR SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
3-16.1 The Agency’s Right to Award Separate Contracts.
1. The Agency reserves the right to perform work or operations outside the Scope of Work of
the Contract related to the Project with Agency Forces, Separate Contractors, or both. If work
to be performed by another party was not noted in the Contract, the Agency shall give written
notice to Contractor 10 Working Days prior to the start of any Work. If Contractor determines
that the work being performed by the Agency or others may interfere with or cause damage
to Work being performed by Contractor, notify the Engineer in writing within 3 Working Days
of the Engineer’s notice.
3-16.2 Integration of the Work with Separate Contractors.
1. When specified in the Contract Documents, prepare a plan to integrate the work performed
by Separate Contractors, Agency Forces, or both with the performance of the Work and
submit the plan to the Engineer for approval. The plan shall be fair and reasonable for
Contractor and the Separate Contractors. Work with Separate Contractors to reach an
agreement for the prepared plan. Arrange the performance of the work so that the Work and
the work of the Separate Contractors are, to the extent applicable, properly integrated and
jointed in a manner that avoids any damage to the Work or to the work of the Separate
Contractors.
3-16.3 Coordination.
1. Coordinate Contractor’s activities and the Schedule with the activities and schedules of the
Separate Contractors and make any revisions to the Schedule deemed necessary to avoid any
disruption to the Work or to the work of the Separate Contractors.
3-16.4 Use of Site.
1. Provide the Agency and the Separate Contractors reasonable opportunities for the storage of
materials and equipment and performance of their work. Connect and coordinate work and
operations with the work and operations of the Agency and the Separate Contractors as
required by the Contract Documents.
2. Coordinate traffic control with the Separate Contractors for other projects and minimize the
impact to the community. Prior to the start of construction, submit Contractor’s plan for
coordination.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 112 of 195
3-16.5 Deficiency in Work of Separate Contractors.
1. If part of Contractor’s Work depends on proper execution or results upon construction or
operations by the Agency or a Separate Contractor, prior to proceeding with that portion of
the Work, promptly report to the Separate Contractor and the Engineer any apparent
discrepancies or defects in construction that would render it unsuitable for proper execution
and results. Use good faith efforts to resolve any such discrepancies or defects or any related
disagreements. Contractor’s failure to report constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of the
Work of Separate Contractors as fit, proper, and coordinated with the Work.
3-16.6 Payment.
1. Payment for reporting deficiencies, coordinating, and resolving discrepancies shall be
included in the Contract Price.
SECTION 4 – CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-1 PROTECTION
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall repair or replace any equipment and materials in the event of vandalism,
damage, or theft at no additional cost to the Agency.
2. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent
to the Work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property.
3. All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements
shall be included in the Bid.
4. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known records, endeavored
to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the Work.
However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utilities
indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed.
5. The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service
connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be
affected by its operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this Work, full
compensation for such Work shall be considered as included in the prices Bid for other items
of Work.
6. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the support of any utility
without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves, switches, vaults, and
meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff.
7. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or
in accordance with Section 5-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish, and
place the necessary protection at its expense.
8. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly
on the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When
authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for.
9. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is
disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any
utility damaged if located.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 113 of 195
10. When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility installation, the
Contractor shall at its expense:
a. Furnish and install a 2-inch cushion of expansion joint material or other similar resilient
material; or
b. Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 2-inch minimum-clear annular
space between the concrete and the utility; or
c. Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the concrete.
11. Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or
partial embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other
cathodic protection system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor’s operations, the
Contractor shall notify the Engineer and arrange to secure the advice of the affected utility
owner regarding the procedures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system.
12. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering portions of utilities
shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as “abandoned” or “to be abandoned
in place.” Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Agency
whether the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and disposal
shall be included in the Bid for the items of Work necessitating such removals.
13. When feasible, the owner is responsible for utilities within the area affected by the Work will
complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements before
commencement of Work by the Contractor. When the Plans or Specifications indicate that a
utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed by others, the Agency will
conduct all negotiations with the owners and work will be done at no cost to the Contractor,
except for manhole frame and cover sets to be brought to grade as provided in the Contract
Documents. Utilities which are relocated to avoid interference shall be protected in their
position and the cost of such protection shall be included in the Bid for the items of Work
necessitating such relocation.
14. After award of the Contract, portions of utilities which are found to interfere with the Work
will be relocated, altered, or reconstructed by the owners, or the Engineer may order changes
in the Work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid.
15. When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct
a utility, all costs for such Work shall be included in the Bid for the items of Work necessitating
such Work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the
Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements
and bear all costs.
16. The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work
or within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the
Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the
meter and property line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or
slope easements. The relocation of such service connections will be paid and will include the
restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected by the relocation. The
Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect interfering
service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such agreement.
17. Contractor shall coordinate the Work with utility agencies and companies. Prior to the
installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by any utility agency or
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 114 of 195
company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter that is a part
of the Work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on the Plans
and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In
order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate
utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer’s approval,
may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of Work affected by the utility. If such
temporary omission is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall place survey or other
physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of
the utility agency or company. Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor’s
convenience and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore or for additional
work, materials or delay associated with the temporary omission. The portion thus omitted
shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the relocation of the utility
involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
18. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its Construction Schedule insofar as it affects the
protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The notification shall be included as a part of
the Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any
subsequent changes in the Construction Schedule which will affect the time available for
protection, removal, or relocation of utilities.
19. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable
to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed.
20. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to
unreasonably protracted interference by utilities in performing the Work correctly shown on
the Plans.
21. The Agency will assume responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of
existing main or trunkline utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities
are not identified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated
damages for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal,
relocation, or protection of such existing facilities.
22. The Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the Agency
is responsible or for delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or alterations not
covered by the Contract Documents. These damages for delay will be determined by the
Engineer. The Agency shall not be liable for damages which could have been avoided by the
judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. These avoidable damages will be
determined by the Engineer. The Engineer may grant Contractor an extension of time for
damages due to delay.
23. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the
Work Site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the progress of the
Work.
4-2 INSPECTION
4-2.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. All costs of inspection at the source, including salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the
Contractor.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 115 of 195
2. Materials typically accepted by Certificate of Compliance shall not require inspection at the
source unless specified in the Contract Documents. For a list of these items or materials,
Contractor may refer to the Summary of Work.
3. Location changes to the source of materials requiring inspection without the required 24-
hour notification may result in non-compliant material subject to rejection. Contractor shall
be responsible for staff charges resulting from last minute changes or cancellations once staff
has been deployed. The Engineer shall issue a deductive Field Order for a minimum of 2 hours
of staff time to reimburse the Agency for misdirected staff charges. The Contractor shall be
notified in writing of the additional staff charges incurred.
4. Steel pipe in sizes larger than 18 inches shall require inspection at the source of production.
5. Vitrified clay and cast-iron pipe in all sizes are acceptable upon submittal of a Certificate of
Compliance, subject to sampling and testing by the Agency.
6. Agency staff or a qualified inspection agency approved by the Engineer shall witness all
welding, lining, coating, and testing. Contractor shall incur additional inspection costs
outlined in 4-2.3, “Inspection of Items Not Locally Produced.”
7. All parts of production (including but not limited to product fabrication, welding, testing,
lining, and coating of straight pieces and specials) shall be performed or produced in the
United States.
8. Welding and all testing shall be performed by certified welders and testing staff with
credentials traceable in the United States.
9. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of Work at
any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation,
lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety of persons as contained
in the California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of
Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety regulations
as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be necessary
to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and character of
materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the Work or materials
incorporated in the Work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this
Contract.
4-2.3 Inspection of Items Not Locally Produced.
ADD the following:
1. The Engineer may elect Agency staff or Consultants to perform inspection of an out-of-town
manufacturers. The Contractor shall incur additional inspection costs of the Engineer
including lodging, meals, and incidental expenses based on Federal Per Diem Rates, along
with travel and car rental expenses. If the manufacturing plant operates a double shift, a
double shift shall be figured in the inspection costs.
a. At the option of the Engineer, full time inspection shall continue for the length of the
manufacturing period. If the manufacturing period will exceed 3 consecutive weeks,
Contractor shall incur additional inspection expenses of the Engineer’s supervisor for a
trip of 2 Working Days to the site per month.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 116 of 195
b. When the Engineer elects Agency staff or Consultants to perform out-of-town
inspections, the wages of staff employed by the Agency shall not be part of the additional
inspection expenses paid by Contractor.
c. Federal Per Diem Rates can be determined at the location below:
https://www.gsa.gov/portal/content/104877
2. Specialty Testing of Foreign Materials.
a. Materials that are manufactured, produced, or fabricated outside of the United States
shall be delivered to a distribution point in California, unless otherwise specified. Quality
Control and related testing shall be performed to all applicable specified US standards.
Manufacturer’s testing and staff certification shall be traceable to a United States
regulatory agency. Retain the materials for a sufficient period of time to permit
inspection, sampling, and testing. The Contractor shall not be entitled to an extension of
time for acts or events occurring outside of, at point of entry, or during transport to the
United States, unless the extension is acceptable to the Engineer.
ADD the following: 4-2.4 Specialty Inspection Paid for by the Contractor.
1. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of a qualified inspection agency to perform
specialty inspection services as required by the Contract Documents.
2. The payment for the specialty inspection service Work shall be included under the Bid item
for “Specialty Inspection Paid for by the Contractor.”
3. When an Allowance Bid item for “Specialty Testing Under the Direction of the Engineer” is
provided, Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of a qualified third party
independent laboratory to perform the required testing. Contractor shall be reimbursed for
the cost of testing under this Bid item.
4. Contractor shall be reimbursed for the cost of specialty inspections when an Allowance Bid
item is included in the Bid otherwise the cost is the responsibility of the Contractor if the
manufacturer requires a specialty inspection service.
4-3 TESTING
ADD the following:
1. Except as specified in these Special Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of
locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet
or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications, Technical Specification,
and any Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor.
2. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved
by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be
inspected or tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such
materials into the Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not
furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time,
the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any product
proves unacceptable after improper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be
rejected, not incorporated into the Work and shall be removed from the Project Site all at the
Contractor’s expense.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 117 of 195
3. Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed
the requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. The tests may be made
at any place along the Work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests
made necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor.
4-4 TRADE NAMES
ADD the following:
1. Whenever materials or equipment are indicated in the Contract Documents by using the
name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular supplier, the naming of the item is
intended to establish the type, function, and quality required.
2. Unless stated otherwise, materials or equipment of other suppliers may be accepted if
sufficient information is submitted to the Engineer for review to determine whether the
material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named.
3. For reviews prior to Bid:
a. The Engineer shall respond to Contractor’s substitution proposal by the last date for
issuing an Addendum for the Contract. If the Engineer fails to respond to Contractor’s
substitution proposal before the Bid due date, the substitution proposal shall be deemed
denied.
b. Contractor may bring forward a substitution proposal after Award that was denied based
on the Engineer’s failure to respond by submitting a Cost Reduction Proposal in
accordance with 2-6.1, “Cost Reduction Proposal.”
4. Include the following information in the request for substitution:
a. Whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work shall require a change in
any of the Contract Documents to adopt the design to the proposed substitute.
b. Whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is
subject to the payment of any license fee or royalty.
c. All variations of the proposed substitute from the items originally specified shall be
identified.
d. Available maintenance, repair, and replacement service requirements. The manufacturer
shall have a local service agency within 50 miles (80.5 km) of the Site which maintains
properly trained personnel and adequate spare parts and is able to respond and complete
repairs within 24 hours.
e. Certifications from the manufacturer or service provider that the proposed substitute
shall perform the intended function adequately under the expected service conditions,
achieve the results called for by the general design, and be similar and of equal substance
to that indicated.
5. There is no guaranteed time frame for the Engineer’s review of the substitution requests. Any
lack of action on the Engineer’s side within Contractor’s requested time does not constitute
acceptance of the substitution.
6. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, substitute items are determined to be unsatisfactory in
performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with existing equipment or systems,
availability of repair parts and suitability of application, the Contractor shall remove the
substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 118 of 195
7. The burden of proof as to the type, function, and quality of any such substitute product,
material or equipment shall be upon Contractor. The Engineer may require at Contractor’s
expense additional data about the proposed substitute.
8. Acceptance by the Engineer of a substitute item does not relieve Contractor of the
responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents. If the Engineer takes no
exceptions to the proposed substitution, it shall not relieve Contractor from Contractor’s
responsibility to the efficiency, sufficiency, quality, and performance of the substitute
material or equipment in the same manner and degree as the material and equipment
specified by name.
9. The Bid submittal shall be based on the material and equipment specified by name in the
Contract. If the proposal is rejected by the Engineer, Contractor shall not be entitled to either
an extension in Contract Time, an increase in the Contract Price, or both.
10. As applicable, no Shop Drawing or Working Drawing submittals shall be made for a substitute
item nor shall any substitute item be ordered, installed, or utilized without the Engineer’s
prior written approval.
11. The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the
sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in
performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of
repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item
and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency.
4-5 WEIGHING AND METERING EQUIPMENT
REPLACE the first paragraph with the following:
All scales and metering equipment used for proportioning materials shall be inspected for
accuracy and certified within the past 12 months by the State of California Bureau of Weights
and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic
registered with or licensed by the County.
SECTION 5 – LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
5-1 LAWS AND REGULATIONS
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum
wages; the 8-hour day and 40-hour week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work; and
prohibitions against discrimination, harassment, and retaliation. The Contractor shall forfeit
to the Agency the penalties prescribed in the Labor Code for violations.
2. Each worker shall be paid subsistence and travel as required by the collective bargaining
agreement on file with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations.
3. The Contractor’s attention is directed to Labor Code Section 1776 which imposes
responsibility upon the Contractor for the maintenance, certification, and availability for
inspection of such records for all persons employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in
connection with the Project. The Contractor shall agree through the Contract to comply with
this Section and the remaining provisions of the Labor Code.
4. Municipal ordinances that affect this Work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If
this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 119 of 195
use in the proposed construction Project which would be subject to Fish and Game Code
Section 1601 or 1603, the conditions established in Fish and Game Code Section 1601 et seq.
shall become conditions of the Contract.
5-3.3 Payroll Records.
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor and its Subcontractors shall maintain and furnish to the Agency, at a
designated time, a certified copy of each weekly payroll reflecting the wages containing all of
Contractor’s and Subcontractors’ employees engaged in the Work and a statement of
compliance signed under penalty of perjury.
5-3.4 Hours of Labor.
ADD the following:
1. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between
the hours of 7:00 AM and 4:00 PM on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Agency holidays.
The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to
work outside these hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written
permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work. The Engineer may approve
work outside the stated hours and/or days when, in his/her sole opinion, such work
conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor
shall pay the inspection costs of such work.
2. The Contractor shall incorporate the dates, areas and types of work prohibited in this section
in the Construction Schedule. No additional payment, adjustment of bid prices or adjustment
of contract time of completion will be allowed as a consequence of the prohibition of work
being performed within the dates, areas and/or types of work prohibited in this section.
5-4 INSURANCE
5-4.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the Contract insurance against
claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection
with the performance of the Work by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives,
employees or Subcontractors. The insurance shall meet the City’s policy for insurance as
stated in City Council Policy No. 70.
a. Coverages and Limits: Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum
limits specified in these Agency Supplemental General Provisions (00 73 00):
i. Commercial General Liability (CGL) Insurance: Insurance written on an
“occurrence” basis, including products-completed operations, personal &
advertising injury, with limits no less than $2,000,000 per occurrence. If a general
aggregate limit applies, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to
this project/location or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required
occurrence limit.
ii. Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $2,000,000 combined single limit per
accident for bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 120 of 195
cover any vehicle used in the performance of the Contract, used onsite or offsite,
whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled.
iii. Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance: Workers’
compensation limits as required by the Labor Code and Employers’ Liability limits of
$1,000,000 per incident. Workers’ compensation offered by the State
Compensation Insurance Fund is acceptable to the City.
b. Additional Provisions: Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required
under this Contract with the exception of Workers’ Compensation and Business
Automobile Liability Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following
provisions.
i. The Agency, its officials, employees and volunteers must be covered as additional
insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the
Contractor; products and completed operations of the Contractor; premises owned,
leased, hired or borrowed by the Contractor. The coverage shall contain no special
limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the Agency, its officials,
employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be evidenced
using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; 1 for each
company affording general liability, and employers’ liability coverage.
ii. The Contractor’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the
Agency, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance
maintained by the Agency, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess
of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it.
iii. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect
coverage provided to the Agency, its officials, employees or volunteers.
iv. Coverage shall state that the Contractor’s insurance shall apply separately to each
insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the
limits of the insurer’s liability.
c. Notice of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this Contract shall be endorsed
to state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced
in coverage or limits except after 10 Calendar Days’ prior written notice has been sent to
the Agency by certified mail, return receipt requested.
d. Deductibles and Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured
retention levels must be declared to and approved by the Agency. At the option of the
Agency, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured
retention levels as respects the Agency, its officials and employees; or the Contractor shall
procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation, claim
administration and defense expenses.
e. Waiver of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this Contract shall contain
a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the
Agency or any of its officials or employees.
f. Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all Subcontractors as insured under its policies
or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each Subcontractor.
Coverages for Subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated in these
Agency Supplemental General Provisions (00 73 00).
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 121 of 195
g. Acceptability of Insurers. Insurance must be placed with insurers that have a rating in
Best’s Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the
business of insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted
carriers as evidenced by a listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance
of the State of California and/or under the standards specified by City Council Policy No.
70.
h. Verification of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the Agency with certificates of
insurance and original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The
certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person
authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and
endorsements are to be in forms approved by the Agency and are to be received and
approved by the Agency before the Contract is executed by the Agency.
i. Coverage and Limits. Contractor will maintain the types of coverage and minimum limits
indicated below unless the Risk Manager or City Manager or Executive Manager approves
a lower amount. These minimum amounts of coverage will not constitute any limitations
or cap on Contractor’s indemnification obligations under this Contract. Agency, its
officers, agents, and employees make no representation that the limits of the insurance
specified to be carried by Contractor pursuant to this Contract are adequate to protect
Contractor. If Contractor believes that any required insurance coverage is inadequate,
Contractor will obtain such additional insurance coverage, as Contractor deems
adequate, at Contractor’s sole expense. The full limits available to the named insured shall
also be available and applicable to the Agency as an additional insured.
j. Cost of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this Contract shall be included
in the Contractor’s Bid.
5-6 PATENTS FEES AND ROYALTIES
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. Contractor shall pay, at no additional cost to the Agency, all applicable royalties and license
fees arising from the Work. Contractor shall indemnify and defend all claims and lawsuits for
infringement of patent, trademark, and copyright against the Agency and shall hold the
Agency harmless from any loss.
5-7 SAFETY
5-7.1.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. When conducting grading or excavation, place Contractor’s name and emergency telephone
number adjacent to the Work at intervals and locations approved by the Engineer. The
method of posting shall be approved by the Engineer.
2. The Contractor shall respond and initiate corrective action in accordance with OSHA and
within 24 hours of the notice of the nonconforming Work that poses an imminent threat to
person or property.
3. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions
and progress of the Work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public,
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 122 of 195
and shall use danger signs warning against hazards created by such features of construction
as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials.
ADD the following: 5-7.1.3 Health and Safety Plan (HSP).
1. The Contractor is ultimately responsible for the health and safety of Contractor’s employees.
These specifications shall not be construed to limit Contractor’s liability nor to assume that
the Agency, its employees, or designees shall assume any of Contractor’s liability associated
with Site safety considerations.
2. Contractor shall have a HSP in effect at least 1 week prior to the commencement of the Work.
The HSP shall comply with all OSHA and other applicable requirements.
3. The HSP shall specifically address procedures and protocols that shall be followed to monitor
for or respond to the presence of hazardous atmosphere, possibility for engulfment, gasses
due to organic soils or proximity to landfills, exposure to hazardous products such as may be
released when grinding, cutting, or torching galvanized or painted surfaces or asbestos
containing materials, contaminated soil, and groundwater. Identify response actions that
shall be taken when these conditions are encountered.
4. The Agency shall not assume any role in determining the adequacy of the HSP on Contractor’s
behalf.
5-7.3 Use of Explosives.
ADD the following:
1. Explosives may be used only when authorized in writing by the Engineer. The Contractor shall
prepare and submit an application for blasting permit to the City of Carlsbad Engineering
Department and comply with the City’s blasting policy.
5-7.7 Security and Protective Devices.
5-7.7.1 General.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. Security and protective devices shall consist of fencing, railing, steel plates, or other devices
for the protection of workers or the public from hazards posed by open excavations or any
work in progress. Security and protective devices shall remain in place until the Work is
accepted.
2. Unless otherwise specified, no separate or additional payment will be made for security and
protective devices. Payment shall be included in the Contract price for the various Bid items
requiring such devices.
ADD the following: 5-7.7.3 Playground Safety.
1. Provide a secured fence around the playground to prevent use or access. Do not remove the
fence until the independent Playground Safety Audit has been done by the Contractor and
the Engineer, the Engineer has accepted the playground design and installation, and the
Punchlist items have been completed.
2. Provide certification by a NPSI certified playground inspector that confirms that the installed
equipment is compliant with all applicable codes.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 123 of 195
3. The payment for the fencing around the playground and the playground safety audit is
included in the Contract Price.
5-7.7.2 Security Fencing.
1. The payment for security fencing Work for open excavations shall be included in the Contract
Price.
5-7.8 Steel Plate Covers.
5-7.8.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall protect transverse or longitudinal cuts, voids, trenches, holes, and
excavations in the right-of-way that cannot be properly completed within 1 Working Day by
adequately designed barricades and structural steel plates (plates) that shall support legal
vehicle loads in such a way as to preserve unobstructed traffic flow.
2. For trench widths exceeding those in Table 5-7.8.2, a structural design shall be prepared by a
California registered civil or structural engineer regularly engaged in the design of shoring
systems.
3. The Contractor shall secure approval in advance from authorities concerning the use of any
bridging proposed on the Work.
4. The Contractor shall shore the trench adequately to support the bridging and traffic loads.
5. The Contractor shall design plates for HS 20-44 truck loading in accordance with Caltrans
Bridge Design Specifications Manual and evaluate soil conditions and ensure that the plate
extends enough beyond the trench walls to support traffic loads.
6. The Contractor shall use the plates skid-resistant with a nominal COF of 0.35 as determined
by California Test Method 342. If a different test method is used, the Contractor may utilize
standard test plates with known coefficients of friction available from each Caltrans District
Materials Engineer to correlate skid resistance results to California Test Method 342.
7. Plates shall provide complete coverage to prevent any person, bicycle, motorcycle, or motor
vehicle from being endangered due to plate movement causing separations or gaps.
8. Alternative installation methods may be submitted in accordance with 3-8, “SUBMITTALS”
for the Engineer’s approval.
9. Contractor shall install signage and postings with a 2 inch (50.8 mm) minimum letter height
indicating the steel plate cover load limit, the Company’s name, and a 24-hour emergency
contact phone number. See 601-1, “GENERAL.”
10. Contractor is responsible for the maintenance of the plates, shoring, and asphalt concrete
ramps or any other approved device used to secure the plates. Contractor shall immediately
mobilize necessary personnel and equipment after being notified by the Engineer, the
Agency, or a member of the public of a repair needed for such items as plate movements,
noise, anchors, and asphalt ramps. Failure to respond to the emergency request within 2
hours shall be grounds for the Agency to perform necessary repairs that shall be invoiced at
the actual cost including overhead or $500 per incident, whichever is greater. Failure may
also result in a “Stop Work” notice.
11. When plates are removed, Contractor shall repair any damage to the pavement with fine
graded asphalt concrete mix or slurry seal satisfactory to the Engineer.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 124 of 195
12. The pavement shall be cold planed to a depth equal to the thickness of the plate and to a
width and length equal to the dimensions of the plate. The cold milling shall produce a flat
surface that the plate shall rest on with no horizontal or vertical movement. Horizontal gaps
between the unmilled pavement and the plate shall not exceed 25 mm (1 ") and shall be filled
with elastomeric sealant material which may, at the contractor's option, be mixed with no
more that 50%, by volume, of Type I aggregate conforming to the requirements of tables 203-
5.2 and 203-5.3.
ADD the following: 5-8 INDEMNIFICATION AND HOLD HARMLESS AGREEMENT
1. Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Agency, its affiliated and
subsidiary entities, and its elected and appointed officials, officers, directors, managers,
employees and agents (“Indemnified Parties”) from and against all claims asserted, liability
established, or judgments for damages or injuries to any person or property, including to
Contractor’s officers, employees, agents, or subcontractors, arising directly or indirectly out
of the Work, which arise from, are connected with, or are caused or claimed to be caused by
the acts or omissions of Contractor, its officers, employees, agents or subcontractors.
Contractor’s duty to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless shall not include any claims or
liabilities arising from the sole negligence or sole willful misconduct of the Indemnified
Parties.
Contractor further agrees that its duty to defend includes all attorney fees and costs
associated with enforcement of this indemnification provision, defense of any claims arising
from this Contract, and, where a conflict of interest exists or may exist between Contractor
and Agency, the reasonable value of attorney fees and costs if Agency chooses, at its own
election, to conduct its own defense or participate in its own defense of any claim related to
this Contract.
2. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the Indemnified Parties against any challenges to
the Award of the Contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense
costs for the Agency. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for the Indemnified
Parties, if the Indemnified Parties request separate counsel.
3. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the Indemnified Parties against any challenges to
the Award of the Contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies
or misrepresentation by the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor
will pay all costs, including defense costs for the Agency. Defense costs include the cost of
separate counsel for the Indemnified Parties, if the Indemnified Parties request separate
counsel.
4. Contractor shall defend, indemnify, protect and hold the Indemnified Parties harmless from
and against any dispute between Contractor and Contractor’s Subcontractors if the
Indemnified Parties are made a party to any judicial or administrative proceeding.
ADD the following: 5-9 CONFLICT OF INTEREST
1. Establish and make known to Contractor’s employees appropriate safeguards to prohibit
employees from using their positions for a purpose that is or gives the appearance of being
motivated by desire for private gain for themselves or others and particularly those with
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 125 of 195
whom they have family, business, or other relationships. Project personnel shall not accept
gratuities or any other favors from Subcontractors or potential Subcontractors.
2. Contractor is subject to all federal, state, and local conflict of interest laws, regulations, and
policies applicable to public contracts and procurement practices (Government Code Sections
1090 et. seq. and 81000 et. seq., the Agency’s Ordinances, and the City of Carlsbad Municipal
Code). If, in performing the Work, Contractor makes or participates in a “governmental
decision” in accordance with Title 2, Section 18701, subdivision (a)(2) of the California Code
of Regulations, or performs the same or substantially all the same duties for Agency that
would otherwise be performed by an Agency employee holding a position specified in the
Agency’s conflict of interest code, Contractor shall be subject to a conflict of interest code
requiring the completion of 1 or more statements of economic interests disclosing
Contractor’s relevant financial interests.
3. Statements of economic interests shall be made on Fair Political Practices Commission Form
700 and filed with the City of Carlsbad’s City Clerk. Contractor shall file a Form 700 (Assuming
Office Statement) within 30 Calendar Days of the Agency’s written determination that
Contractor shall be subject to a conflict of interest code and file a Form 700 (Annual
Statement) on or before April 1st disclosing any financial interests held during the previous
calendar year for which Contractor was subject to a conflict of interest code.
4. If the Agency requires Contractor to file a statement of economic interests as a result of the
Work performed, Contractor shall be considered an “Agency Official” for conflict of interest
purposes, including the prohibition against lobbying the Agency for 1 year following the
expiration or termination of the Contract.
5. Contractor’s personnel employed on the Project shall not accept gratuities or any other favors
from any Subcontractors or potential Subcontractors. Contractor shall not recommend or
specify any product, supplier, or other Contractor with whom Contractor has a direct or
indirect financial or organizational interest or relationship that would violate conflict of
interest laws, regulations, or policies.
6. If Contractor violates any conflict of interest laws or any of these conflict of interest
provisions, the violation shall be grounds for immediate termination of this Contract. Further,
the violation subjects Contractor to liability to the Agency for all damages sustained as a result
of the violation.
ADD the following: 5-10 ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION
1. When specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall post all communications
addressed to the Engineer concerning construction including RFIs, submittals, daily logs, and
transmittals to the Project management website established for the Project. The Contractor
shall maintain a list of scheduled activities including planned and actual execution dates for
all major construction activities and milestones defined in the approved Schedule. The
Contractor shall review and act on all communications addressed to the Contractor in the
Project management website. A user’s guide to the Project management system may be
available on the City’s website and shall be provided to Contractor at the Pre-construction
Meeting.
2. The payment for electronic communications shall be included in the Contract Price.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 126 of 195
ADD the following: 5-11 STATUTORY REFERENCES
1. All references in these Agency Supplemental General Provisions (00 73 00) to any statute,
rule or regulation are to the statute, rule or regulation as amended, modified, supplemented,
or replaced from time to time by the corresponding legislative or regulatory body.
SECTION 6 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK
ADD the following:
1. A Payment for the Construction Schedule shall be included in the Contract Price and no
separate payment will be made therefor.
6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK
ADD the following:
1. As soon as possible under the provisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall backfill all
excavations and restores to usefulness all improvements existing prior to the start of the
Work.
2. When a Subcontractor fails to prosecute a portion of the Work in a manner satisfactory to
the Agency, Contractor shall remove such Subcontractor immediately upon written request
of the Agency and shall request approval of a replacement Subcontractor to perform the
Work in accordance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act (Pub. Contract
Code, § 4100 et seq.) at no added cost to the Agency.
ADD the following: 6-2.1 Order of Work.
1. The Contractor shall incorporate the requirements of the city, utility companies or agencies
having jurisdiction over the Work in accordance with 2-4 Cooperation and Collateral Work,
including any phasing requirements identified on the Plans or Special Provisions.
2. If construction and demolition operations are within an active public space, the Contractor
shall submit a phasing plan to the Engineer to accommodate accessibility to the public and
Agency staff. Phasing plan must be approved before Work starts. Phasing plan will be
considered part of the mobilization Bid item and shall include any revisions or
implementation of the Plan.
ADD the following: 6-2.2 Moratoriums.
1. When moratorium periods are specified in the Special Provisions, Contractor shall stop Work
and completely demobilize all construction related activity, equipment, and materials within
the stated limits prior to the beginning of the moratorium periods at no additional cost to the
Agency. The Contractor shall complete any Work that has been started prior to the start of
the moratorium.
2. Contractor shall restore and clean the Site prior to each moratorium. The Contractor shall not
leave equipment, materials, or traffic control on the Site during the moratorium periods.
Trenches shall be backfilled during moratorium periods. Temporary resurfacing or steel plate
covers over trenches shall not be used.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 127 of 195
3. The payment for complying with moratorium requirements shall be included in the Contract
Bid. Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional costs for repeated mobilization and
demobilization to continue the Work after the moratorium periods.
6-3 TIME OF COMPLETION
6-3.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, the time of completion of the Contract shall be
expressed in Working Days.
2. The number of Working Days specified for the walk-through, preparation, and the completion
of Punchlist items until acceptance shall be included in the stipulated Contract Time.
3. For pipeline Projects, the following shall be included in the stipulated Contract Time:
a. Complete each street segment within 15 Working Days from the day the slurry seal or
asphalt overlay is placed. Each completed segment shall include other incidental Work
items (weed abatement, damaged asphalt pavement replacement, asphalt patching,
resurfacing, striping, markings, raised pavement markers, and inlet markers).
b. Where shutdowns of 16-inch and larger pipes are required, there is a shutdown
moratorium from May until October. The Contractor shall plan and schedule Work
accordingly. No additional payment or Working Days will be granted for delays due to the
moratorium.
4. When specified in the Contract Documents, the PEP is included in the stipulated Contract
Time and shall begin with the acceptance of the installation of the vegetation plan in
accordance with Part 8 – LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION.
5. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer to perform any Work outside
of normal Work hours. This approval must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to
commencement of such Work. The Contractor shall pay any additional costs for inspection or
testing of such Work.
6. Work that is required by the Engineer to occur outside of normal Work hours will be identified
in the Special Provisions.
7. The Contractor shall not perform Work during moratoriums per 6-2.2 or during any periods
of restriction identified in agency permits or Project environmental documents and shall
include all such schedule constraints in the Construction Schedule.
8. No additional payment or adjustment of Bid item prices or adjustment of Contract Time will
be made for the Contractor’s inability to work outside of normal Work hours if Contractor’s
request is denied by the Engineer or during prohibited periods.
9. Contractor’s schedule shall plan for a minimum of 2 weeks after final walk-through to receive
a final punch list from the Agency. Punch list items can be worked on during this 2-week
period.
6-4 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
6-4.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. The Agency shall only grant an extension of time if the Extra Work or unforeseen condition
impacts the Project’s critical path. All requests for an extension in Contract Time for any Extra
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 128 of 195
Work or unforeseen event shall be demonstrated by using the CPM. No other scheduling
method shall be used to calculate the Project’s schedule.
6-4.2 Extensions of Time.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. The Contract Time shall be modified only by Change Order.
2. Contractor shall immediately submit to the Agency a written request for a Change Order to
modify the Contract Time, but in no event later than 1 Working Day after the occurrence and
discovery of the events giving rise to the request. Contractor shall include in Contractor’s
request a general description of the basis for and the estimated length of any extension and
submit supporting data, including a time impact analysis setting forth the claimed Critical
Path impacts to the Construction Schedule consistent with Section 1.14 (Change Orders,
Delays, and Extensions of Time).
3. The Engineer shall not grant an extension of Contract Time unless Contractor demonstrates,
through an analysis of the critical path, the following:
a. The event causing the delay impacted the activities along the Project’s critical path.
b. The increases in the time to perform all or part of the Project beyond the Contract Time
arose from unforeseeable causes beyond Contractor’s control and without Contractor’s
fault or negligence.
c. All Project float has been used.
4. The Engineer shall issue a weekly document that stipulates the Contract Time. If Contractor
does not agree with this document, Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review a
written protest supporting Contractor’s objections to the document within 15 Working Days
after receipt of the weekly document. Contractor’s failure to file a timely protest shall
constitute Contractor’s acceptance of the Engineer’s weekly document.
a. Contractor’s protest will be considered a claim for time extension and shall be subject to
2-10.1, “Claims”.
6-4.4 Written Notice and Report.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. Contractor’s failure to file with the Engineer a written request and report of cause within 24
hours will be considered grounds for refusal by the Agency to consider such request.
2. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within 2 hours after the beginning
of the delay, or when the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any
reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization
that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide continuing daily
written notice to the Engineer, each Working Day, throughout the duration of such period of
delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classification of each worker
and supervisor and the make and model of all equipment placed on standby, the cumulative
duration of the standby, the Contractor’s opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent
explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable means. Should the
Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Contractor agrees that no
delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefor.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 129 of 195
3. The request for payment or extension must be made at least 15 Calendar Days prior to the
specified completion date. Failure by the Contractor to provide notices and reports as
specified in the Contract will be considered grounds for refusal by the Agency to consider such
request.
6-6 SUSPENSION OF THE WORK
6-6.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. The Agency reserves the right to shut down any trenching operation if Contractor is not
proceeding within a reasonable period of time to restore the pavement and Site cleanup. A
reasonable period of time is considered to be 5 to 10 Working Days after backfilling any 1
block, approximately 600 feet, of pipeline. The Engineer shall determine the period of time
allowed which shall not be subject to dispute.
2. During periods when the Work is suspended, Contractor shall be prepared for any emergency
Work that shall be supervised by Contractor’s representative.
3. Trenching operations are subject to suspension if the Contractor does not comply with the
requirements for the maximum length of open trench specified in 306-3.5.
6-7 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR DEFAULT
6-7.1 General.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. Prior to the Acceptance of the Work, Contractor shall be found in default of the Contract if:
a. Contractor becomes insolvent, assign Contractor’s assets for the benefit of Contractor’s
creditors, are unable to pay Contractor’s debts as they become due, or are otherwise
financially unable to complete the Work.
b. Contractor abandons the Work by failing to report to the Site and by failing to diligently
execute the Work to completion.
c. Contractor disregards written instruction from the Engineer or materially violates
provisions of the Contract Documents.
d. Contractor fails to execute the Work according to the Schedule approved by the Engineer.
e. Contractor disregards laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction.
f. Contractor commits continuous or repeated violations of regulatory or statutory safety
requirements.
g. Contractor fails to notify the Engineer upon discovery of items of Native American,
Archaeological, or Paleontological interests.
2. Notices and other written communications regarding default between the Contractor, the
Agency, and the Surety shall be transmitted in accordance with 5- 2, “SPECIAL NOTICES”.
6-8 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONVENIENCE
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. At any time, the Agency may at its sole discretion terminate this Contract in whole or in part.
If the Agency decides to terminate this Contract for convenience, the Agency shall issue a
written notice of termination for convenience in accordance with 5-2, “SPECIAL NOTICES.”
Upon receipt of this notice, Contractor shall immediately proceed as follows:
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 130 of 195
a. Stop Work immediately or in accordance with the Notice of Termination.
b. Notify Subcontractors and Suppliers to immediately cease their Work and place no further
subcontracts for materials, services, or facilities except as necessary to complete any
authorized continued portion of the Contract.
c. Terminate all subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the Work terminated.
d. With approval by the Engineer, settle all outstanding obligations arising from the
termination of subcontracts. This approval shall be final for the purposes of this section.
e. As directed by the Engineer, transfer and deliver completed or partially completed
drawings, plans, calculations, specifications, and any other documents and records that,
if the Contract had been completed, would be required to be furnished to the Agency.
f. Complete the performance of the Work not terminated.
g. Take all necessary steps and actions to minimize all costs to the Agency as a result of the
termination.
h. Take any action that may be necessary or that the Engineer may direct for the protection
and preservation of the property related to the Contract that is in Contractor’s possession
and in which the Agency has or may acquire an interest.
6-8.1 Termination Cost.
1. The Agency shall determine and pay Contractor the fair and reasonable amounts for
Contractor’s termination cost as follows:
a. The Contract Price for completed services accepted by the Engineer not previously paid
or adjusted for any saving of freight and other charges.
b. The fair and reasonable cost of settling and paying termination settlements for
terminated subcontracts that are chargeable to the terminated portion of the Contract.
c. The Agency shall pay Contractor a prorated amount of profit for Work that Contractor
performed. The Agency shall not pay for lost profit on Work that was not performed by
Contractor.
6-8.2 Termination Settlement.
1. After termination, Contractor shall submit a final termination settlement proposal to the
Engineer no later than 3 months from the effective date of termination, unless extended in
writing by the Engineer.
2. If Contractor fails to submit the proposal within the time allowed, the Agency may determine
and pay the fair and reasonable amount that may be due Contractor as a result of the
termination. If Contractor does not agree that the amount determined by the Engineer is fair
and reasonable, Contractor must notify the Engineer within 30 Calendar Days of receipt of
payment.
6-8.3 Determination of Amount Due the Contractor.
1. In determining the amount due Contractor, the Agency shall deduct the following:
a. The fair value of property destroyed, lost, stolen, or damaged that has become
undeliverable to the Agency.
b. Any claim which the Agency has against Contractor under the Contract.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 131 of 195
6-8.4 Records and Documents Relating to Termination.
1. The Engineer will file an Agreement of Mutual Rescission of Contract with the Board. Once
the Agreement is executed and a Notice of Completion is recorded, retention can be released.
2. Unless otherwise specified or required by statute, Contractor shall maintain all records and
documents relating to the terminated portion of the Contract for 3 years after final
settlement. This includes all books and other evidence bearing on Contractor’s costs,
expenses, and settlement under the Contract. Contractor shall make these records and
documents available to the Agency, at Contractor’s office, at all reasonable times, without
any direct charge. If approved by the Engineer, Contractor may maintain photographs,
microphotographs, and other authentic reproductions instead of original records and
documents.
6-8.5 The Agency’s Right to Terminate or Suspend for Loss of Project Funds.
1. The Agency may terminate or suspend the Contract at its sole discretion if the State of
California or its agents render the funds being used to fund this Project unavailable. If the
Agency chooses to suspend the Contract, that suspension shall last until funds are identified
and approved by the Board, whichever is appropriate, to be used to complete this Project. If
the Agency elects under this provision to terminate the Contract, then neither Party is
entitled to compensation from the other Party for any costs arising from such termination.
The Agency may also elect to terminate after invoking a suspension under this provision.
6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. Contractor’s failure to complete the Work within the time allowed shall result in damages
being sustained by the Agency. Such damages are, and shall continue to be, impracticable
and extremely difficult to determine. For each consecutive Working Day in excess of the time
specified for the completion of the Work, as adjusted in accordance with 6-4, “DELAYS AND
EXTENSIONS OF TIME,” Contractor shall pay to the Agency, or have withheld from monies
due it, the sum described in the table below, along with any other damages that may be
sustained by the Agency during the Project, unless otherwise specified in the Special
Provisions.
2. The execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement between Contractor and the Agency
that the liquidated damage amount described in the table below is the value of the damage
caused by Contractor’s failure to complete the Work within the allotted time. Such sum shall
not be construed as a penalty and may be deducted from Contractor’s payments if such delay
occurs.
Contract Value Liquidated Damage Daily Amount
Less than $100,000 $1,000
$100,000 and more $2,500
3. Any progress payments made to Contractor after the specified completion date shall not
constitute a waiver of payment for damages sustained by the Agency under this section.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 132 of 195
ADD the following: 6-10 RIGHT TO AUDIT
6-10.1 General.
1. The Agency retains the right to review, audit, reasonably access Contractor’s and all
Contractor’s Subcontractor’s premises to review and audit Contractor’s compliance with the
provisions of the Contract. This includes the right to inspect, photocopy, and retain copies,
outside of Contractor’s premises, of all records with appropriate safeguards if such retention
is deemed necessary by the Agency in its sole discretion. The Agency will keep this
information in strictest confidence.
2. Contractor shall include the Agency’s right to audit in its subcontracts and ensure that these
specifications are binding upon all Subcontractors.
6-10.2 Audit.
1. The right to audit includes the right to examine any and all books, records, documents, and
any other evidence of procedures and practices that the Agency determines is necessary to
discover and verify that Contractor are in compliance with all requirements under the
Contract.
2. If there is a claim for additional compensation or for changes in Work, the right to audit also
includes the right to verify all direct and indirect costs which are claimed to have been
incurred, anticipated to be incurred, or for which a claim for additional compensation or for
changes in the Work have been submitted.
3. Contractor shall maintain complete and accurate records in accordance with generally
accepted accounting practices in the construction industry. Contractor shall also make
available to the Engineer for review and audit all Project-related accounting records and
documents and any other financial data. Upon the Engineer’s request, Contractor shall
submit exact duplicates of originals of all requested records to the Engineer.
6-10.3 Compliance Required Before Mediation and Litigation.
1. As a condition precedent to proceeding with mandatory mediation and further litigation
under 2-10.2, “Dispute Resolution Process” Contractor shall comply with the audit
specifications within 60 Calendar Days of the Engineer’s notice to review and audit
compliance. See 5-2, “SPECIAL NOTICES.”
6-10.4 Access to Records on Federally Funded Projects.
1. Contractor shall retain all records, books, papers, and documents directly pertinent to the
Contract for a minimum of 5 years after the Agency makes final payments and all other
pending matters are closed and shall allow access to those records to the Agency, the Federal
grantor agency, the Comptroller General of the United States, or any duly authorized
representatives.
SECTION 7 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Units of Measurement. The system of measure for this contract shall be the U.S. Standard
Measures.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 133 of 195
7-2 LUMP SUM WORK
ADD the following: 7-2.1 Schedule of Values (SOV).
1. Submit a SOV for the lump sum Bid items of the Work to the Engineer for review and approval
at the pre-construction meeting.
2. The SOV shall:
a. Subdivide the Work into its respective parts.
b. Include values for all items comprising the Work.
c. Serve as the basis for monthly progress payments.
3. The Engineer is the sole judge of acceptable numbers, details, and description of values
established. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, a greater number of SOV items than proposed
by Contractor is necessary, add the additional items identified by the Engineer. When
requested by the Engineer, provide substantiating data in support of the SOV.
4. The Contractor shall incorporate the SOV into the cost loading function of the Schedule in
accordance with 6-1, “CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK.”
Monthly progress payment amounts for Lump Sum items shall be determined from the
monthly updates of the Schedule activities.
5. The Contractor shall develop the SOV independently but simultaneously with the
development of the Schedule activities and logic. Incorporate phase funding impacts, if
applicable, into the Schedule.
6. The Contractor shall break down the Work not specifically included in the Bid as necessary
for establishment of cost and Schedule activity.
7. Following acceptance of the SOV, the Contractor shall incorporate the changes (if any) into
the cost loading portion of the Schedule. Where coordination of the Schedule and the SOV
requires changes made to 1 or both documents, the Contractor shall propose changes to the
SOV and to the Schedule activities to satisfy the Schedule cost loading requirements.
8. The Contractor shall update and submit these listings in conjunction with the Schedule
monthly submittals.
9. The Contractor shall incorporate issued Change Orders or Field Orders in the Schedule into
the SOV as single units identified by the Change Order or Field Order number.
10. Changes to the Schedule which add activities not included in the original Schedule but
included in the original Work (schedule omissions) shall have values assigned as accepted by
the Engineer. Other activity values shall be reduced to provide equal value adjustment
increases for added activities as accepted by the Engineer.
11. In the event that the Contractor and the Engineer agree to make adjustments to the original
SOV because of inequities discovered in the original accepted SOV, increases and equal
decreases to values for activities may be made.
12. The payment for the preparation of the SOV shall be included in the Contract Price.
7-3 PAYMENT
7-3.1 General.
To paragraph (8), DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the
Agency, due to the Contractor’s failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money
plus 25 percent due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment in accordance with
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 134 of 195
applicable laws. At the expiration of 30 Calendar Days from the date of recording the NOC, the
amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency shall be paid to Contractor
except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices
to stop payment.
ADD the following:
1. Unless specified otherwise, the Contract Price includes use, consumer, and other taxes
mandated by applicable legal requirements. The Contract Price is not subject to adjustment
for tax increases.
2. As provided in California Public Contract Code Section 7105, if the Contract is not financed by
revenue bonds, Contractor is not responsible for the cost of repairing or restoring damage to
the Project when damage was proximately caused by an Act of God, in excess of 5% of the
Contract Price, if the following occur:
a. The damaged portion of the Project was built in accordance with the Contract
requirements.
b. There are no insurance requirements in the Contract for the damages.
3. Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of
recordation of the Notice of Completion.
7-3.2 Partial and Final Payment.
To paragraph (5), DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, Contractor shall have the option, at Contractor’s
expense, to substitute for any money withheld by the Agency, securities equivalent to the
amount being withheld. Securities eligible for such substitution are bank or savings and loans
certificates of deposit or such securities which are eligible for investment pursuant to
Government Code Section 16430. As to any such security or securities so substituted for monies
withheld, Contractor shall be the beneficial owner of same and shall receive any accrued interest.
Such security shall, at Contractor’s request and expense, be deposited with the Agency or with a
State or Federally Chartered bank as the escrow agent who shall pay such monies to Contractor
upon notification by the Engineer that payment can be made. Such notification shall be given at
the expiration of 30 Calendar Days from the date of NOC, or as prescribed by law, provided
however, that there shall be a continued retention of the necessary securities to cover such
amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop
payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained.
ADD the following:
1. After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a
corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount
owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the Contract Bid
item and Change Order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all
deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under
provisions of the Contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to
correction in the Final Payment Estimate.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 135 of 195
The Contractor shall have 30 Calendar Days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to
make a written statement disputing any Bid item or Change Order item quantity or payment
amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the
statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and
supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full
and final payment has been made for all Contract Bid items and Change Order items.
If the Contractor submits a written statement with supporting documents within 30 Calendar
Days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate, the Engineer will review the disputed item
within 30 Calendar Days and make any appropriate adjustments on the Final Payment.
Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to
resolution as specified in Section 2-10.1.1, Initiation of Claim.
The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the
Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of the disputed items. The Engineer will consider
the merits of the Contractor’s claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish
within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the
Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such
information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items.
2. Final Payment and release of Retention shall be paid after Contractor submits the following:
a. An affidavit that payrolls and bills for materials, equipment, and other indebtedness
connected with the Work for which the Agency or the Agency’s property might be
responsible for or encumbered by. Fewer amounts withheld by the Agency shall have
been paid for or otherwise satisfied.
b. A certificate evidencing that insurances required by the Contract Documents shall remain
in force after Final Payment is currently in effect and shall not be canceled or allowed to
expire until at least a 30 Calendar Days prior written notice has been given to the
Engineer.
c. Consent of Surety to Final Payment.
d. If required by the Engineer, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations
such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, and security interests or
encumbrances arising out of the Contract Documents. If a Subcontractor refuses to
furnish a release or waiver required by the Agency, Contractor may furnish a bond
satisfactory to the Engineer to indemnify the Agency against such lien.
e. If required in the Contract Documents, the successful completion and submittal of the
required reports such as construction demolition, waste recycling, and hydrostatic
discharge reports.
f. Required documentation, record drawings, operations manuals, test reports, warranty
documentation, and UL labels shall be submitted before requesting the release of
retention.
ADD the following: 7-3.2.1 Application for Progress Payment.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 136 of 195
1. By the 5th day of each month, sign, fill out, and submit to the Engineer a partial payment
estimate that identifies acceptable Work performed during the previous month, or since the
last partial payment estimate was submitted. If requested by the Engineer, provide such
additional data as may be required to support the payment estimate. Such data may include
submission of signed field orders and satisfactory evidence of payment for equipment,
materials, and labor, including payments to Subcontractors and Suppliers.
2. For application for progress payments, Contractor shall use the format required by the
Agency. An electronic copy of the invoice form is available from the Engineer upon request.
Progress payments shall be signed, and the date of the invoice shall be the date that the
invoice is submitted.
3. The Agency shall not pay progress or partial payments until Contractor submits to the
Engineer an updated Schedule. It is solely the Contractor’s responsibility to prepare and
submit the Schedule updates.
4. Disputed or incorrect applications shall be returned to the Contractor within 7 Calendar Days
with documentation describing the reason for the rejection of the payment request.
ADD the following: 7-3.2.2 Amount of Progress Payments.
1. If an undisputed and properly submitted application for payment is received by the Engineer,
the Agency shall pay Contractor within 30 Calendar Days after the Engineer receives the
application for Payment consistent with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50. The Agency
shall pay Contractor for the Work performed, including the payment for offsite stored
materials per section 7-3.3.1.2, through the period covered by the application for payment if
the payment amount before Retention does not exceed the percentage of completion of the
Work as set forth in the SOV.
ADD the following: 7-3.2.2.1 Progress Payment for Pipelines.
1. Progress payments for pipelines shall be determined by multiplying the total number of linear
feet of each of the following operations completed during the payment period, by the
corresponding percentage given below, and the Contract Unit Price for the particular main(s)
or drain(s).
2. The progress payment may include payment for items in the Bid proposal, other than mains,
which have been installed complete during the payment period.
3. Payment breakdown shall be as follows:
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 137 of 195
OPERATION PERCENTAGE
WATER:
Trench Excavation, Pipe in Place, Backfill and Cleanup. 80%
Hydrostatic and Bacterial Testing, Pavement Restoration and Final Cleanup 20%
SEWER:
Trench Excavation, Pipe in Place, Backfill and Cleanup. 80%
Testing (Wayneball and/or Mandrel), Pavement Restoration and Final
Cleanup. 20%
STORM DRAIN:
Trench Excavation, Pipe in Place, Backfill and Cleanup. 80%
Pavement Restoration and Final Cleanup. 20%
SEWER MAIN REHABILITATION:
Cleaning, Televising, liner installation, point repairs, and lateral
reinstatements. 80%
Approval of pipeline rehabilitation verified by Final Video. 20%
4. In asphalt-surfaced streets, the Agency shall pay 15% for hydrostatic and bacterial testing,
Wayneball and Mandrelling (where necessary), for water and sewer utility constructions
respectively, and operational testing for storm drains, including the trench cap and cleanup.
The Agency shall pay the remaining 5% after completing the asphalt wearing surface and final
cleanup.
5. Trench excavation, pipe in place, backfill, and cleanup of construction debris are 1 operation
that shall be complete before the Agency pays the first 80%.
ADD the following: 7-3.2.3 Waiver of Claims at Final Payment.
1. Contractor’s acceptance of Final Payment constitutes a waiver of affirmative claims by
Contractor, except those previously made in writing and identified as unsettled at the time
of Final Payment, which are expressly reserved by Contractor from operation of its Release
of Claims pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 7100 or other Applicable Law.
ADD the following: 7-3.2.4 Withholding of Payment and Back Charge.
1. The Engineer may withhold payment for any of the following reasons:
a. Defective or incomplete Work.
b. Stop notices, wage orders, or other withholdings required by Applicable Law.
c. Contractor’s failure to comply with 5-3.3, “Payroll Records” and the Contractor
Registration and Electronic Reporting System requirements of the Contract Documents.
d. Failure to submit monthly Construction Schedule updates.
2. The Engineer may back charge the Contractor for any of the following reasons:
a. Defective or incorrect Work not remedied.
b. Damage to Agency property or a third party’s property that was caused by Contractor.
c. Liquidated Damages.
d. Non-attendance at meetings without prior cancellation notice.
e. Failed inspections or re-inspections paid by the Agency.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 138 of 195
7-3.3 Delivered Materials.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will not
be included in the progress estimate.
ADD the following: 7-3.3.1 Payment for Stored Materials on Site.
ADD the following: 7-3.3.1.1 General.
1. When authorized, Contractor may request payment for materials and equipment which has
not been incorporated into the Work but will be at a later date and will be delivered and
stored at the Project Site.
2. The material shall meet the Contract requirements and the material’s required test results
and certifications shall be filed with the Engineer.
3. Only non-perishable materials for major items of Work or Materials Subject to Price
Adjustment shall be considered for payment for on-site storage. However, each individual
item has a value of more than 1% of the Contract Price and shall become a permanent part
of the Work.
4. Materials cost shall be evidenced by the manufacturer’s paid invoice bearing the statement
that Contractor has paid all invoices in full.
5. The payments for the stored materials shall not exceed the invoice price or 60% of the Bid
prices for the pay items into which the materials are to be incorporated, whichever is less,
unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
6. Apply for the payment for materials stored on a form provided by the Engineer and attach
documentation to show the following:
a. The amount paid on the invoice (or other record of production cost) for the stored items.
b. The dollar amount of the material incorporated into each of the various Work items for
the month.
c. The amount that should be retained for stored materials.
d. That Contractor has received the materials and equipment free and are clear of all liens,
charges, secured interests, and encumbrances.
e. That the materials and equipment are covered by the appropriate property insurance in
accordance with the insurance provisions and other arrangements that protect the
Agency’s interest.
7. Contractor shall provide the Engineer, upon request and prior to any partial payment,
documentation which transfers full legal title to such materials to the Agency conditional only
upon receipt of the Final Payment. Such transfer of title or any partial payment shall not
constitute acceptance by the Agency of the materials, nor shall it void the right to reject
materials subsequently found to be unsatisfactory in accordance with SECTION 4 – CONTROL
OF MATERIALS. This shall also not relieve Contractor of any obligation arising under the
Contract Documents.
8. The payments for materials on-site are subject to retention as set forth in 7-3.2, “Partial and
Final Payment.”
9. Contractor shall assume all risks associated with the loss or damage to the stored products
for which payment has or has not been received.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 139 of 195
10. Equipment and materials shall be stored in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations. The stored products shall be in a form ready for installation. The Agency
shall not pay for raw materials or parts and pieces of equipment.
11. Any and all surplus materials that are not incorporated in the Work shall become Contractor’s
property at no additional cost to the Agency.
12. Unless specifically provided in the Contract, payment for the materials on hand shall not be
included when determining the percentage of Work completed.
13. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such
materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus
sales tax, freight, and delivery.
The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials
to the Contractor, if necessary for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any
material provided by the Agency.
ADD the following: 7-3.3.1.2 Payment for Stored Materials Offsite.
1. The payment of materials and equipment delivered and stored offsite shall be contingent
upon Contractor’s compliance with the storage and protective maintenance requirements set
forth in the Contract Documents and all other requirements necessary to preserve equipment
warranties for the benefit of the Agency.
2. The Agency reserves the right to refuse approval for the payment of any equipment or
materials suitably stored offsite in its sole discretion, regardless of whether all conditions in
the Contract Documents have been met.
3. Partial payment may be made for products eligible for offsite delivery and storage only upon
Contractor’s presentation of a bill of sale, a paid invoice, or an affidavit certifying that the
material is received by the Contractor free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and secured
interest of any kind including offsite delivery.
4. Partial payment for products delivered and stored offsite shall be contingent upon
Contractor’s compliance with the storage and protective maintenance requirements set forth
in the Contract Documents and all other requirements necessary to preserve equipment
warranties for the benefit of the Agency.
5. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will not
be included in the progress estimate.
6. Costs associated with the delivery to and storage at an offsite facility shall be at Contractor’s
expense regardless of the Engineer’s approval to deliver and store the materials.
7. Contractor shall provide written evidence to the Engineer of having made arrangements for
unrestricted access by the Agency and the Agency’s authorized representatives to the
materials wherever stored, including provisions for the Agency to take control and possession
of such materials at any time and without restriction. Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a
permit of entry, from the owner of the property, for at least 6 months after the NOC has been
filed. The permit of entry shall contain information similar to the following:
PERMIT OF ENTRY: Permission is granted to the Agency and its designated employees or
agents to enter upon the property described in this permit for a period of not less than 6
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 140 of 195
months after the NOC has been filed for (Traffic Calming for Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive,
Nueva Castilla Way, Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive) for the purpose of removing
materials for which advance materials on hand payment has been made to (Contractor’s
Name). The property is owned by (Owner’s Name) and is described as follows: (Address and
Description of Property). (Include signature(s) and date(s) for owner and lessee or purchaser,
and, if appropriate, attach a copy of a warehouse receipt or contract for storage.
8. The material shall be clearly marked and identified as being specifically fabricated, produced,
and reserved for use on the Project. The Contractor shall provide payment documentation
for the materials.
7-3.4 Mobilization.
ADD the following:
1. Mobilization consists of Work necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment,
supplies, and incidentals to and from the Site; for establishment of all offices, buildings,
storage yards, and other facilities necessary for the Work; and for all other Work and
operations which shall be performed prior to beginning the Work and after completion of the
Work on the various Contract items on the Site.
2. Contractor shall properly design the Project parameters to incorporate construction mobility
for moving on and off the Site in a manner that limits disturbance to the surrounding
residences, businesses, and any other citizens. This includes the designated staging areas,
loading areas, and assemblage areas. Contractor shall consider and address access rights of
the public at all times. Prepare a mobilization plan that shall describe and govern Contractor’s
mobilization activities.
3. When a Bid item has been provided for “Mobilization,” payment for mobilization Work shall
be distributed equally over the first 2 progress payments up to the Bid amount of the
“Mobilization” Bid item but shall not exceed 3% of the Contract Price. If Contractor’s Bid item
for “Mobilization” exceeds 3% of the Contract Price, then anything above 3% of the Contract
Price shall be paid as a part of the Final Payment.
4. The complete dismantling and removal of all of Contractor’s properties, temporary facilities,
equipment, materials, construction wastes, and personnel at the Site referred to as
demobilization is included in the payment for mobilization, unless there is a Bid item for
demobilization.
5. If a separate Bid item has not been provided for mobilization, the payment for mobilization
is included in the Contract Price.
6. Required items of work for which there is no separate item specified in the bid shall be
considered as included in the lump sum price bid for Mobilization and no additional
compensation shall be allowed therefor.
7-3.5 Contract Unit Prices.
7-3.5.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. Unit Bid prices shall not be subject to adjustment regardless of quantity used or if none is
used for the following Bid items:
a. additional bedding
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 141 of 195
b. imported backfill
c. shoring
d. water services and connections
e. water pollution control items
f. point repairs for existing sewer mains
g. additional point repairs for existing sewer mains
h. sewer lateral connections
i. sewer lateral linings
j. traffic control
k. additional equipment
2. Should the actual quantity of an item of Work covered by a Contract Unit Price and
constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by
more than 50 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 150 percent of the Bid quantity
will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by
the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work
per Section 2-8. The Extra Work per Section 2-8, basis of payment, shall not include fixed
costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor through
payment for 150 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price.
3. Should the actual quantity of an item of Work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and
constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, be less than 50 percent of the
Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by
the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, payment will be made on the basis of an
adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency,
or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 2-8; however, in no
case will payment be less than would be made for the actual quantity at the Contract Unit
Price nor more than would be made for 50 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit
Price.
ADD the following: 7-3.9 Field Orders.
1. The Agency shall pay Field Order items of the Work in accordance with the limits below if the
cumulative total of Field Orders does not exceed the “Field Orders” Bid Item:
Contract Price Maximum Field Order Amount
Less than $100,001 $2,500
$100,001 to $1,000,000 $5,000
$1,000,001 to $5,000,000 $10,000
Greater than $5,000,000 $20,000
ADD the following: 7-3.10 Compensation Adjustments for Price Index Fluctuations.
1. Unless otherwise specified, the provisions of this section apply only to the paving asphalt
used in the following:
a. Asphalt Concrete Pavement
b. Asphalt Pavement Repair
c. Scheduled and Unscheduled Base Repair
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 142 of 195
d. Slurry Seal or any other asphalt emulsion
2. The compensation for paving asphalt shall be increased or decreased for paving asphalt price
fluctuations in accordance with 7-3.11 “Compensation Adjustments for Price Index
Fluctuations” in the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
3. The adjustment in compensation shall also be subject to the following:
a. Show the provided compensation adjustments separately on payment estimates.
Contractor is liable to the Agency for decreased compensation adjustments and the
Engineer may deduct the amount from moneys payable or that may become payable to
Contractor.
b. In the event of an overrun of Contract Time, adjustment in compensation for asphalt
binder included in estimates during the overrun period shall be determined using the
California Statewide Crude Oil Price Index in effect on the first business day of the month
within the pay period in which the overrun began.
c. In the event that the companies discontinue posting their prices for a field, the Engineer
shall determine an index from the remaining posted prices. The Agency reserves the right
to include in the index determination the posted prices of additional fields.
4. Contractor may opt out of the payment adjustments for price index fluctuations when
specified in the Contract Documents by submitting a letter with the Bid.
7-4 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK
7-4.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. With every request for payment, Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a breakdown
showing monthly and cumulative amounts of the Work performed under the Change Order
by Contractor and Contractor’s Subcontractors. The reporting format shall be approved by
the Engineer.
2. When the price for the Extra Work cannot be agreed upon, the Agency will pay for the Extra
Work based on the accumulation of costs.
7-4.2 Basis for Establishing Costs.
7-4.2.1 Labor.
ADD the following:
1. The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages of workers performing the Extra Work at
the time the Extra Work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taxes, workers
compensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation,
apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs, resulting from federal, state, or local laws, as
well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements.
2. The use of a labor classification which would increase the Extra Work cost will not be
permitted unless the Contractor establishes the necessity for such additional costs. Labor
costs for equipment operators and helpers shall be reported only when such costs are not
included in the invoice for equipment rental. The labor cost for foremen shall be
proportionate to all their assigned work and only that applicable to Extra Work will be paid.
3. Nondirect labor costs, including superintendence, shall be considered part of the markup of
Section 7-4.2.1(1).
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 143 of 195
4. The Agency reserves the right to request the following:
a. Financial records of salaries for an employee.
b. Wage rates/Certified Payroll.
c. Bonuses and deductions.
5. Contractor shall list the labor rates of its personnel and Subcontractors who work on the
Project. The payment for payroll records is included in the Contract Price.
6. If Contractor’s proposal for Extra Work is based upon services and Work to be performed
outside Normal Working Hours, the labor charges associated with the Extra Work shall consist
of straight time wages and burdens plus the appropriate overtime or shift premium with no
additional burdens, such as fringe benefits, on the premium portion.
7-4.2.2 Tool and Equipment Rental.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. No payment shall be made for the use of tools which have a replacement value of $200 or
less.
2. Regardless of ownership, the rates and delay factors to be used in determining equipment
rental costs shall not exceed those listed in the latest edition of the Caltrans publication
entitled “Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates” preceding the date the Work is
accomplished. The latest edition of the Caltrans publication is available at www.dot.ca.gov.
The delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the
value of costs for delay to the Contractor and Subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge
rates published therein are not a part of this Contract.
3. Contractor shall be entitled to a rental rate adjustment when Contractor can substantiate
that the rental rates prevailing locally exceed the published rates by more than 15%. For
equipment not listed in the Caltrans publication, rental rates shall not exceed listed rates
prevailing locally at equipment rental agencies or distributors at the time the Work is
performed.
4. Whenever possible, Extra Work shall be accomplished using equipment available on Site or
owned by Contractor. If a specific piece of equipment shall be rented to be used exclusively
for the Extra Work, the rental rate shall be the invoiced rate. The rental rates paid shall
include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs
and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all incidentals. Necessary
loading and transportation costs for equipment used on the Extra Work shall be included.
5. If rental equipment is not being used or used intermittently and could be returned to its rental
source rather than holding it at the Work Site, the Contractor shall return the equipment at
no expense to the Agency unless Contractor elects to keep it at the Work Site at Contractor’s
expense.
6. The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work Site shall be the duration of its
use on the Extra Work. This time shall begin when equipment is first used on Extra Work, plus
the time required to move it from its previous site and back or from its previous site to a
closer site.
7. All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable
for the purpose for which it is to be used.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 144 of 195
7-4.2.3 Materials.
The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such materials
are locally available and delivered to the job Site in the quantities involved, plus sales tax, freight,
and delivery.
The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials
to the Contractor if necessary, for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any
material provided by the Agency.
7-4.2.4 Invoices.
Vendors’ invoices for material, equipment rental and other expenditures shall be submitted with
the request for payment. If the request for payment is not substantiated by invoices or other
documentation, the Agency may establish the cost of the item involved at the lowest price which
was current at the time of the report.
7-4.3 Markup.
7-4.3.1 Work by the Contractor.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor’s costs and shall constitute the
markup for all overhead and profits:
Labor 20
Materials 15
Equipment Rental 15
Other Items and Expenditures 15
To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1% shall be added as
compensation for bonding.
7-4.3.2 Work by a Subcontractor.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
When all or any part of the Extra Work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established
in 7-4.3.1 shall be applied to the Subcontractor’s actual cost of such Work. A markup of 10 percent
on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the Extra Work and a markup of 5 percent on
Work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the Extra Work may be added by
the Contractor.
7-4.4 Daily Reports.
ADD the following:
Payment for Extra Work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed
daily reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer.
When the price for the Extra Work cannot be agreed upon, the Contractor shall submit a daily
report to the Engineer on forms approved by the Agency. Included are applicable delivery tickets,
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 145 of 195
listing all labor, materials, and equipment involved for that day, and other services and
expenditures when authorized. Payment for Extra Work will not be made until such time that the
Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer.
Failure to submit the daily report by the close of the next Working Day may waive any rights for
that day. An attempt shall be made to reconcile the report daily, and it shall be signed by the
Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, pertinent notes shall be entered by
each party to explain points which cannot be resolved immediately. Each party shall retain a
signed copy of the report. Reports by Subcontractors or others shall be submitted through the
Contractor.
The report shall:
1. Show names of workers, classifications, and hours worked.
2. Describe and list quantities of materials used.
3. Show type of equipment, size, identification number, and hours of operation, including
loading and transportation, if applicable.
4. Describe other services and expenditures in such detail as the Agency may require.
SECTION 8 – FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL
8-1 GENERAL
Filed office not required.
END OF SECTION
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 146 of 195
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
INTRODUCTION
The Specifications contained in this 00 7400 Agency Supplemental Technical Provisions take
precedence over the specification language contained in the Standard Specifications for Public
Works Construction, "The Greenbook" latest edition and all errata. This specification addresses
the unique conditions in Carlsbad that are not addressed in The Greenbook. Therefore, if there
is a conflict, these Specifications shall control.
The Greenbook may be purchased at Bidder/Contractors local technical bookstore or directly
from the publisher. These Agency Supplemental General Provisions are available only for
download from the online bidding portal with Contract Documents. The Agency does not provide
hard copies.
When used in the Contract Documents, statements or command phrases (active voice and
imperative mood) refer to and are directed at the “Bidder” or “Contractor” as applicable. The
Specifications are written to the “Bidder” before award and the “Contractor” after award. Before
award, interpret sentences written in the imperative mood as starting with “The Bidder shall.”
Interpret the term “you” as “the Bidder” and interpret the term “your” as “the Bidder’s.” After
award, interpret sentences written in the imperative mood starting with “The Contractor shall.”
Interpret the term “you” as “the Contractor” and interpret the term “your” as “the Contractor’s.
PART 2 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
SECTION 201 – CONCRETE, MORTAR AND RELATED MATERIALS
201-7 NON-MASONTRY GROUT
201-7.1 General.
A DELETE the second and third sentence and REPLACE with the following:
Grout shall be non-shrink grout.
SECTION 203 – BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
203-1 PAVING ASPHALT
203-1.3 Test Reports and Certification.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Paving asphalt shall be supplied by Caltrans or other State Department of Transportation
approved vendors unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. At delivery time, the
supplying vendor shall deliver to the purchaser a certified copy of the test report. This report
shall indicate the vendor's name, grade of paving asphalt delivered, date/ time and point of
delivery, quantity delivered, ticket number, purchase order number, and results of specified
tests. The certified test report and the testing required in connection with the report shall be
submitted in accordance with 3-8.4, “Supporting information,” of the Greenbook Standard
Specifications.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 147 of 195
2. Final acceptance of the material will be dependent upon the determination by the Engineer
that the material involved conforms to the Specifications.
203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE
203-6.1 General.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Asphalt concrete shall be the product of mixing mineral aggregate and up to 20 percent RAP
with asphalt binder at a central mixing plant.
2. Asphalt concrete mixtures shall conform to 203-6.4, “Asphalt Concrete Mixtures,” of the
Greenbook Standard Specifications.
203-6.3 Job Mix Formula (JMF) and Mix Designs.
203-6.3.1 General.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. The Contractor shall submit in accordance with 3-8.4 a JMF that summarizes each asphalt
concrete mix design for each class and grade of asphalt concrete required to construct the
Work. Supporting information for the WMA technology and/or recycling agent, if included in
a mixture, shall also be submitted.
2. The JMF shall identify the source and the individual grading of each material used to produce
the mix design (including the percentage and individual gradation of any manufactured or
natural sands), the combined gradation, the OBC, void content, RAP percentage, RAP
gradation, RAP binder content, stability value, plant identification, mix number, WMA
technology, and the source and performance grade of the paving asphalt. The mix design test
data represented by the JMF shall be submitted to the Engineer with the JMF.
3. When greater than 20 percent RAP is to be included in a mixture, a mix design shall be
submitted. The submittal shall include supporting information showing the viscosity of the
individual binders (both the virgin paving asphalt grade and that of the binder recovered from
the RAP); and the amount of recycling agent, if any, and the blended final viscosity in
accordance with AASHTO M323.
4. For all mixtures, the asphalt binder content shall be defined as the total bituminous material
present in the mix consisting of the blend of virgin paving asphalt, residual paving asphalt
from RAP, and recycling agent.
5. When a mix design is more than 30 Calendar Days old, the JMF must indicate that the
combined gradation is ± 3 percent from the referenced mix design based on a 30-day moving
average or a minimum of the 10 most current results. If the combined aggregate gradation is
not within ± 3 percentage points of the gradation shown on the referenced mix design on any
sieve, if the source of any aggregate is changed, the performance grade or source of paving
asphalt is changed, the grade or source of any other component of asphalt concrete is
changed, or the mix design is over 1 year old, a new mix design shall be prepared and a new
JMF shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
6. Asphalt concrete shall be class C2-PG 64-10.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 148 of 195
203-6.4.1 Class and Grade.
DELETE letters b) and d) and REPLACE with the following:
b) "R0" if the mixture does not contain RAP, e.g., "C2-PG 64-10-R0."
203-6.4.4 Composition and Grading.
ADD the following:
1. Table 203-6.4.4, design criteria, shall be modified per the following table, the
gradation shall stay the same:
Table 203-6.4.4 – Modified (Design Criteria)
Sieve Size
Percentage Passing Sieves
A B C1 C2 D1 D2 E F
Dense
Coarse
Dense
Medium
Coarse
Coarse
Medium
Dense
Medium
Coarse
Fine
Dense
Fine
Extra
Fine
Channel
Liner
1-1/2” (37.5 mm) 100
1” (25 mm) 90-100 100
¾” (19.0 mm) 78-90 87-100 100 100
½” (12.5 mm) 64-78 70-87 90-100 95-100 100 100
3/8” (9.5 mm) 54-68 55-76 72-88 72-88 90-100 95-100 100 100
No. 4 (4.75 mm) 34-48 35-52 40-54 46-60 40-54 58-72 65-85 95-100
No. 8 (2.36 mm) 25-35 22-40 18-34 28-42 20-32 34-48 45-65 70-84
No. 30 (600 µm) 12-22 8-24 8-20 15-27 6-18 18-32 22-38 36-50
No.50 (300 µm) 8-16 5-18 4-14 10-20 2-12 13-23 16-28 23-35
No. 200 (75 µm) 3-6 0-7 1-6 2-7 0-5 2-9 6-12 6-12
Asphalt Binder % 4.5-6.0 4.7-6.5 5.0-6.5 5.0-6.5 5.3-7.0 5.3-7.0 6.0-8.0 8.0-10.0
Hveem Stability
“S Value” (min.)
37 37 35 35 32 32
Air Voids1 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4%
203-6.5.1 Class and Grade.
DELETE the list and REPLACE with the following:
a) No suffix if the mixture contains RAP in an amount up to 20 percent.
b) "R0" if the mixture does not contain RAP, e.g., "III-C2-PG 64-10-R0."
c) "R" and the percentage of RAP if the mixture contains greater than 20 percent, e.g. "III-
C2-PG 64-I0-R25."
203-6.8 Storage.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Storage of asphalt concrete shall not be allowed. Asphalt concrete shall be transferred from
the mixer by a method that does not cause segregation.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 149 of 195
203-6.10 Sampling.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Aggregate samples for batch plants shall be taken from the hot bins. Aggregate samples for
dryer-drum plants shall be taken in advance of the dryer-drum using devices conforming to
203-6.7.4.2.
2. Evaluation and acceptance of asphalt concrete shall be determined from samples of final
asphalt concrete material. In addition to evaluation of the final asphalt material, samples of
aggregate, RAP, and asphalt binder shall be taken for testing. In case of dispute between the
Contractor and the Agency, the Engineer has the authority to request core samples for
analysis from the placed asphalt concrete for any of the acceptance criteria, at the locations
determined by the Engineer. All samples shall be taken in accordance with California Test
125, and the following table:
TABLE 203-6.10
Sampling Location
Asphalt Concrete • Trucks, or
• Mat behind the paver
Aggregate • Cold feed belts, or
• Hot bins prior to addition of asphalt binder
RAP • RAP system, or
• RAP feed belts
Asphalt Binder • Asphalt binder supplier, or
• Storage tanks at the plant during
production
3. When behind the paver or core samples of asphalt concrete are to be used for evaluation,
sufficient size samples shall be taken to ensure representative and adequate quantity of
material for the required testing.
4. When using core samples, the samples must be properly prepared to safeguard against influx
of outside contaminates and so that the cut surfaces do not influence the test results.
5. Material samples of the asphalt concrete shall be on a lot basis. A standard lot shall be equal
to 1 day’s production or 750 tons, whichever is smaller. The samples and testing results shall
be representative of their entire sample lot.
203-6.11 Acceptance.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Acceptance of asphalt concrete mixtures will be based upon conformance to the gradation,
asphalt binder content, air voids, and minimum stability values shown in Table 203-6.4.4. Air
void values shall be between 2% and 6%. The asphalt binder content shall be within +/- 0.4
percent of the OBC shown on the respective job mix formula.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 150 of 195
2. Acceptance of Type III asphalt concrete mixtures will be based upon conformance to the
gradation, asphalt binder content, air voids, and minimum stability values shown in Tables
203-6.5.4 (A) and 203-6.5.4 (B). Air void values shall be between 2% and 6%. The asphalt
binder content shall be within +/- 0.4 percent of the OBC shown on the respective job mix
formula.
3. Should plant gradation test results be unavailable and allowed by the Engineer, gradation
may be determined in accordance with ASTM D2172 or by AASHTO T 308 with adherence to
the aggregate correction factor therein. In the case of a continued dispute, final acceptance
of plant produced mixtures may be based upon binder content, stability and air void values.
4. When dissimilar surface course mix characteristics are the result of production and delivery
from multiple plants, the Engineer may require production and delivery from only 1 plant
during any 1 day of production, unless approved by the Engineer.
SECTION 206 – MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS
ADD the following: 206-7 TRAFFIC SIGNS.
206-7.1 Roadside Signs.
1. This Work shall consist of furnishing and installing roadside signs in accordance with details
shown on the Plans, the California Sign Specifications and these special provisions.
Permanent and temporary signs shall be free from blemishes that may affect the
serviceability and detract from the general sign color and appearance when viewing during
daytime and nighttime from a distance of 25 feet. The face of each finished sign shall be
uniform, flat, smooth, and free of defects, scratches, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks,
extrusion marks, and air bubbles. The front, back and edges of the sign panels shall be free of
router chatter marks, burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive
overspray, and aluminum marks.
206-7.1.2 Sign Identification.
1. The following notation shall be placed on the lower right side of the back of each sign where
the notation shall not be blocked by the sign post or frame:
A. PROPERTY OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD,
B. Name of the sign manufacturer,
C. Month and year of fabrication,
D. Type of retroreflective sheeting, and
E. Manufacturer’s identification and lot number of retroreflective sheeting.
2. The above notation shall be applied directly to the aluminum sign panels in 1/4-inch upper
case letters and numerals by die-stamp and applied by similar method to the fiberglass
reinforced plastic signs. Painting, screening, or engraving of the notation will not be allowed.
The notation shall be applied without damaging the finish of the sign.
206-7.1.3 Drawings.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 151 of 195
1. Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved California Sign Specifications. The
date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manufacture of the
sign(s) or the date of the “Notice to Proceed” of this Contract, whichever is most recent.
206-7.1.4 Reflective Sheeting.
1. All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type IV
prismatic sheeting (High Intensity Prismatic or equivalent) or Type IX prismatic cube lens
sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) in accordance to ASTM Designation D4956 and
conforming to the requirements of these special provisions.
206-7.1.5 Sign Panel.
1. Sign panels shall be fabricated from sheet aluminum in accordance with ASTM Designation
B209. Sheet aluminum shall be pretreated in accordance to ASTM Designation B449. The
surface of sheet aluminum shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with a light and tightly
adherent chromate conversion coating free of powdery residue. The conversion coating shall
be Class 2 with a mass between 10 milligrams per square foot. Following the cleaning and
coating process, the sheet aluminum shall be protected from exposure to grease, oils, dust,
and contaminants. Sheet aluminum shall be free of buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and
defects resulting from fabrication.
206-7.1.6 Mounting Traffic Signs.
1. Traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts
as shown on San Diego Regional Standard Drawing M-45 or, when the sign area exceeds the
maximum area allowed for on that drawing, on multiple 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel
perforated tubing posts. The number of posts shall be determined by the parameters in SDRS
Drawing M-45 or as approved by the Engineer. Traffic signs will be provided with back braces
and mounting blocks as approved by the Engineer consisting of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled
steel perforated tubing when multiple posts are used.
206-7.1.6 Traffic Sign Posts.
1. Posts shall be constructed of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts as
shown on San Diego Regional Standard Drawing M-45.
206-7.2 Temporary Traffic Signs.
1. Temporary traffic signs shall consist of all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation
of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic during the Contractor’s performance of
the Work. Temporary traffic signs include both stationary and portable signs.
206-7.2.1 General.
1. This Work shall consist of furnishing and installing temporary signs in accordance with details
shown on the Plans, the California Sign Specifications and these special provisions.
Permanent and temporary signs shall be free from blemishes that may affect the
serviceability and detract from the general sign color and appearance when viewing during
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 152 of 195
daytime and nighttime from a distance of 25 feet. The face of each finished sign shall be
uniform, flat, smooth, and free of defects, scratches, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks,
extrusion marks, and air bubbles. The front, back and edges of the sign panels shall be free of
router chatter marks, burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive
overspray, and aluminum marks.
206-7.2.2 Drawings.
1. Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved California Sign Specifications. The
date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manufacture of the
sign(s) or the date of the “Notice to Proceed” of this contract, whichever is most recent.
206-7.2.3 Reflective Sheeting.
1. All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type IV
prismatic sheeting (High Intensity Prismatic or equivalent) or Type IX prismatic cube lens
sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) in accordance to ASTM Designation D4956 and
conforming to the requirements of these special provisions.
206-7.2.4 Sign Panel.
1. Sign panels shall be fabricated from sheet aluminum in accordance with ASTM Designation
B209. Sheet aluminum shall be pretreated in accordance to ASTM Designation B449. The
surface of sheet aluminum shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with a light and tightly
adherent chromate conversion coating free of powdery residue. The conversion coating shall
be Class 2 with a mass between 10 milligrams per square foot. Following the cleaning and
coating process, the sheet aluminum shall be protected from exposure to grease, oils, dust,
and contaminants. Sheet aluminum shall be free of buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and
defects resulting from fabrication.
206-7.2.5 Stationary Mounted Temporary Traffic Signs.
1. Stationary mounted temporary traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage and 12-gage cold-
rolled steel perforated tubing posts in the same manner shown on the State of California,
Department of Transportation Standard Plans RS1, RS2, RS3 and RS4 for installation of
roadside signs, except as follows:
a) Wood posts shall not be used.
b) Back braces and blocks for sign panels will not be required.
c) The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at
least 2.1 m (7’).
d) Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, traffic signposts shall conform in materials and
installation to SDRS Drawing M-45 and shall have 1 post provided for each 0.48 m2
(5 ft2) of sign area, or the signs may be installed on existing lighting standards when
approved by the Engineer.
e) Sign panels mounted on temporary traffic signposts shall conform to the requirements
of these special provisions.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 153 of 195
206-7.2.6 Temporary Traffic Sign Posts.
1. Posts shall be 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing used for the support and
stabilization of stationary mounted temporary signs. Post size and number of posts shall be
as shown on the Plans, except that when stationary mounted signs are installed and the type
of sign installation is not shown on the Plans, post size and the number of posts will be
determined by the Engineer. Sign panels for stationary mounted signs shall consist of
reflective sheeting applied to a sign substrate.
206-7.2.7 Portable Temporary Traffic Signs.
1. Each portable temporary traffic sign shall consist of a base, standard or framework and a sign
panel. The units shall be capable of being delivered to the site of use and placed in immediate
operation. Sign panels for portable signs shall conform to the requirements of these special
provisions, or shall be cotton drill fabric, flexible industrial nylon fabric, or other approved
fabric. Fabric signs shall not be used during the hours of darkness. Size, color, and legend
requirements for portable signs shall be as described for stationary mounted sign panels in
section 206-7.2 of these special provisions. The height to the bottom of the sign panel above
the edge of traveled way shall be at least 0.3-m (12”). All parts of the sign standard or
framework shall be finished with 2 applications of orange enamel which will match the color
of the sign panel background. Testing of paint will not be required.
ADD the following: 206-8 LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING AND CONNECTORS.
206-8.1 General.
1. This Section pertains to 10-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing used for the
support and stabilization of signs. All shapes shall have a galvanized finish and shall be cold-
roll-formed steel conforming to ASTM Designation A-446, Grade A. Galvanizing shall conform
to ASTM A-525, Designation G-90. Galvanizing shall be performed after all forming and
punching operations have been completed. Cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be
perforated on all 4 faces with 11mm (7/16”) holes on 25 mm (1”) centers.
206-8.2 Tolerances.
1. Wall thickness tolerance shall not exceed +0.28 mm, -0.13 mm (+0.011”, -0.005”). Convexity
and concavity measured in the center of the flat side shall not exceed a tolerance of +0.25
mm (+0.010”) applied to the specific size determined at the corner. Straightness tolerance
variation shall not exceed 1.6 mm in 1 m (1/16 “ in 3’). Tolerance for corner radius is 4.0mm
(5/32”), plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64“). Weld flash on corner-welded square tubing shall
permit 3.60 mm (9/64”) radius gage to be placed in the corner. Using 10-gage or 12-gage
square tube, consecutive size tubes shall telescope freely for 3.1m (10’). Tolerance on hole
size is plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64“) on a size. Tolerance on hole spacing is plus or minus 3.2
mm in 6.1 m (1/8” in 20’). In addition, for the following specific sizes of light gage steel tubing,
dimensional tolerances shall not exceed those listed in tables 206-8.2 (A) and 206-8.2(B).
TABLE 206-8.2(A)
LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SIZE TOLERANCE
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 154 of 195
Nominal Outside
mm
Dimensions
(inches)
Outside Tolerance for
mm
All Sides at Corners
(inches)
25 x 25 (1 x 1) 0.13 0.005
32 x 32 (11/4 x 11/4) 0.15 0.006
38 x 38 (11/2 x 11/2) 0.15 0.006
44 x 44 (13/4 x 13/4) 0.20 0.008
51 x 51 (2 x 2) 0.20 0.008
56 x 56 (23/16 x 23/16) 0.25 0.010
57 x 57 (21/4 x 21/4) 0.25 0.010
64 x 64 (21/2 x 21/2) 0.25 0.010
51 x 76 (2 x 3) 0.25 0.010
TABLE 206-8.2(B)
LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SQUARENESS OF SIDES AND TWIST
Nominal Outside
mm
Dimension
(Inches)
Squareness(1)
mm
(Inches)
Twist
Permissible
mm(2)
in 900 mm
(3”)
(Inches)(2)
25 x 25 (1 x 1) 0.15 0.006 1.3 0.050
32 x 32 (1-1/4 x 1-1/4) 0.18 0.007 1.3 0.050
38 x 38 (1-1/2 x 1-1/2) 0.20 0.009 1.3 0.050
44 x 44 (1-3/4 x 1-3/4) 0.25 0.010 1.6 0.062
51 x 51 (2 x 2) 0.30 0.012 1.6 0.062
56 x 56 (2-3/16 x 2-3/16) 0.36 0.014 1.6 0.062
57 x 57 (2-1/4 x 2-1/4) 0.36 1.014 1.6 0.062
64 x 64 (2-1/2 x 2-1/2) 0.38 0.015 1.9 0.075
51 x 76 (2 x 3) 0.46 0.018 1.9 0.075
(1) Tubing may have its sides failing to be 90 degrees to each other by the tolerance listed.
(2) Twist is measured by holding down the edge of one end of a square tube on a surface plate with the bottom
side of the tube parallel to the surface plate, and noting the height that either corner on the opposite end of
the bottom side is above the surface plate.
206-8.3 Fasteners.
1. Fasteners used to assemble cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be steel “pull-through”
electrogalvanized rivets with 9.5 mm (3/8”) diameter shank, 22 mm (7/8”) diameter head,
and a grip range of from 5 mm (0.200”) to 0.90 mm (0.356”). The fasteners shall conform to
ASTM B-633, Type III.
ADD the following: 206-9 PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN.
206-9.1 General.
1. Each portable changeable message sign (PCMS) unit shall consist of a controller unit, a power
supply, and a structural support system all mounted on a trailer. The PCMS unit shall be
assembled to form a complete self-contained portable changeable message sign, which can
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 155 of 195
be delivered to the site of the Work and placed in immediate operation. The complete PCMS
unit shall be capable of operating in an ambient air temperature range of -20ºC (-4ºF) to
+70ºC (158ºF) and shall not be affected by unauthorized mobile radio transmissions.
2. The trailer shall be equipped so that it can be leveled and plumbed. Full operation height shall
be with the bottom of the sign at least 2.1 m (7') above the ground and the top no more than
4.4 m (14.5') above the ground. After initial placement, PCMS shall be moved from location
to location as directed by the Engineer.
206-9.2 Message Board.
1. The message displayed on the PCMS shall be visible from a distance of 460 m (1500') and shall
be legible from a distance of 230 m (750'), at noon on a cloudless day, by persons with vision
corrected to 20/20. The sign panel shall be 3-line matrix and shall display not less than 7
characters per line. Sign messages to be displayed shall be as approved by the Engineer. The
sign face shall be flat black and shall be protected from glare of the sun by a method which
does not interfere with the clarity of the sign message. The sign shall be raised and lowered
by means of a power driven lifting mechanism. The matrix sign shall be capable of complete
alphanumeric selection.
2. Lamp matrix type signs shall be equipped with an automatic dimming operational mode that
automatically compensates for the influence of a temporary light source or other abnormal
lighting conditions. The sign shall have manual dimming operation modes of 3 or more
different lamp intensities.
3. Matrix signs not utilizing lamps shall be either internally or externally illuminated at night.
4. The controller shall be an all solid-state unit containing all the necessary circuitry for the
storage of at least 5 pre-programmed messages. The controller shall be installed in a location
allowing the operator to perform all functions from 1 position. A keyboard entry system shall
be provided to allow an operator to generate an infinite number of additional messages over
the pre-programmed stored messages. The keyboard shall be equipped with a security
lockout feature to prevent unauthorized use of the controller. The controller shall contain a
nonvolatile memory to hold the keyboard created messages in memory during periods when
the power is not activated. The controller shall provide for a variable message display rate
which allows the operator to match the information display to the speed of the approaching
traffic. The flashing off time shall be operator adjustable within the control cabinet.
206-9.3 Operation and Maintenance.
1. PCMS shall be furnished, placed, operated, and maintained at locations shown on the Plans,
specified in this section, or designated by the Engineer. The PCMS will be diligently
maintained and repaired by the Contractor throughout the Project in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. When ownership is transferred to the Agency (at the end
of the job), it must be demonstrated to be in good working condition, and meet the provisions
of these Specifications, including current registration.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 156 of 195
206-9.4 Measurement and Payment.
1. The Contract unit price PCMS shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor,
materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the Work involved in furnishing,
placing, operating, maintaining, repairing, replacing, transporting from location to location,
and delivery of the signs to the Agency at the completion of the construction, in good working
order, and as directed by the Engineer, and no other compensation will be made.
PART 3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS
SECTION 300 – EARTHWORK
300-1 CLEANING AND GRUBBING
DELETE 300-1.2 Root Pruning and Tree Trimming.
300-1.3 Measurement.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Clearing and grubbing, if measured for payment, will be measured by the acre or lump sum.
300-1.4 Payment.
DELETE the second sentence.
SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING
ADD the following: 302-1 GENERAL
302-1.1 Vegetation Treatment.
1. The Contractor shall treat all vegetation within the limits of the paved area to be surfaced
with an herbicide that complies with the City’s Integrated Pest Management program.
Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 Working Days prior to surfacing the street. Allowance for
the 2-day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1. Payment for
pavement surfacing shall include tree trimming and herbicide treatment of the areas to be
surfaced and no extra payment will be made for tree trimming and herbicide treatment.
302-1.2 Coordination.
1. The Contractor shall schedule the Work so as to prevent damage by all traffic. The Contractor
shall not schedule Work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be
obtained by calling Republic Services at (760) 332-6464. At least 2 weeks prior to Work,
Contractor shall send, by first class mail, notification letters to all property addresses within
500-feet of the Work. Obtaining the appropriate addresses shall be the Contractor’s
responsibility. A sample letter may be provided by the Agency to be used as an example. The
letter should provide the name of the Contractor and a 24-hour phone number for residents
to call if they have any issues or questions.
2. During operations, the Contractor’s schedule for resurfacing shall be designed to provide
residents and business owners sufficient paved parking within an 800-foot distance from their
homes or businesses.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 157 of 195
3. Seventy-two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects
vehicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written
notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or
businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb,
sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the
Work shall be notified.
4. The Contractor shall deliver the notification which shall state the date and time the Work will
begin and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list 2 telephone numbers that may
be called to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor’s permanent
office or field office and the other number shall be a 24-hour number answered by a
representative of the Contractor who is knowledgeable about the Project. At least 1 of the
phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine shall not be connected
to either number. The notification shall also give a brief description of the Work and simple
instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the
construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for
approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer.
5. For door hangers, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to
a doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and
shall be brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength
and durability to 65 lb. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point.
The precut notices shall be as shown on the example provided in Appendix “A,” with the day
of the week circled and appropriate information specific to the Work inserted at the locations
indicated in the italicized font.
6. The preparation, materials, printing, delivery and distribution of the letters, door hangers and
notifications shall be included in the contract price Bid for Traffic Control and the Contractor
will not be entitled to any additional compensation for printing and distributing these notices.
302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
302-5.1 General
ADD the following sentence at the end of the first paragraph:
1. This work shall include the construction of AC speed cushions as shown on the plans, per
these Technical Provisions, the Standard Specifications, and as directed by the Engineer.
2. The work shall include controlling nuisance water, sweeping, watering, and removing loose
and broken foreign material as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Technical
Provisions and as required by the Engineer.
3. The Contractor shall provide proper delineation, signing and flagger to keep traffic off of the
freshly laid AC speed cushions until it has been properly compacted and is set up sufficiently
so that it will not be damaged by traffic. Surfaces damaged by traffic shall be replaced to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
4. Tarpaulins shall be used to cover all loads from plant to project site.
302-5.2 [Not Used]
REMOVE and REPLACE with the following section:
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 158 of 195
302-5.3 Testing
302-5.2.1 General
All quality assurance testing shall be done by the Contractor. Prior to delivery of each
shipment of asphalt concrete to the job site, the Contractor shall test and provide results
and certification to the City, to insure the conforming of the material and its integral
components with the prescribed requirements.
The test reports, signed by the Contractor’s materials testing representative, shall certify
that the product delivered conforms to the specifications for the type and grade indicated.
The certified test reports and the testing required in connection with the reports shall be at
no cost to the City.
The vendor supplying the material will deliver to the purchaser with certified copies of the
test reports, indicating the name of the vendor. Type and grade of asphalt delivered, date
and point of delivery, quantity delivered, delivery ticket number, purchase order number
and result of specified test conducted by the Contractor.
302-5.4 TACK COAT.
ADD the following subsection:
1. Tack coat shall be applied to all vertical and horizontal surfaces to be joined by new asphalt.
2. The tack coat shall not be applied until the preparation of the existing surface has been
completed, and then only so far in advance of placing the asphalt concrete surface course
as permitted by the Engineer. Prior to applying tack coat, existing surface shall be swept
and cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. No tack coat shall be left exposed overnight.
Immediately in advance of placing the asphalt concrete surface course additional tack coat
shall be applied, as directed by the Engineer to areas where the tack coat has been
destroyed or otherwise rendered ineffective, and no additional compensation shall be
allowed for such work. Between lifts of asphalt concrete pavement, and any other cold
pavement joints, curbs, gutters, manholes, tack coat shall be applied if paving over cooled
surface where satisfactory bond cannot be obtained.
3. Existing concrete gutter and curb faces shall be protected against disfigurement from the
asphalt. Residue of the material shall be removed from gutter and curb faces by
sandblasting to the extent required by the Engineer.
4. Tack coat shall not be applied when the temperature of the surface to be tacked isbelow
40o F in the shade.
SECTION 314 – TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS
314-2 REMOVAL OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS
314-2.1 General.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. The Contractor shall remove by wet grinding all existing or temporary traffic markings and
lines that may confuse the public. When temporary detour striping or markings are no longer
required, they shall be removed prior to painting the new traffic stripes or markings.
2. The Contractor shall remove all existing markings and striping, either permanent or
temporary, which are to be abandoned, obliterated or that conflict with the Plans by wet
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 159 of 195
grinding methods. Removal of striping by high velocity water jet may be permitted when
there is neither potential of the water and detritus from the high velocity water jetting to
damage vehicles or private property nor to flow from the street into any storm drain or water
course and when approved by the Engineer.
3. The Contractor shall vacuum all water and detritus resulting from high velocity water jet
striping removal from the pavement immediately after the water jetting and shall not allow
such materials to flow in the gutter, enter the storm drain system or to leave the pavement
surface. Surface variation limitations for high velocity water jet striping removal shall be the
same as for grinding.
4. The Contractor shall not use dry or wet sandblasting in any areas. Alternate methods of paint
removal require prior approval of the Engineer. Obliteration of traffic striping with black
paint, light emulsion oil or any other masking method other than a minimum 30mm (0.10’)
thick asphalt concrete overlay is not permitted.
314-2.2 and 314-2.3
Replace as follows: 314-2.2 Measurement and Payment
1. Removal of traffic striping and curb and pavement markings as shown on the Plans and
required by the Specifications shall be included in the lump-sum price Bid for Signing and
Striping, and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefor. Reapplication of
temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no
additional compensation will be allowed for the repainting. The lump sum Bid shall include
all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all Work in installing the final
and temporary traffic striping.
314-3 REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT MARKERS
314-3.2 and 314-3.3
Replace as follows: 314-3.2 Measurement and Payment
1. Removal of pavement markers as shown on the Plans and required by the Specifications shall
be included in the lump-sum price Bid for Signing and Striping, and no additional
compensation will be allowed, therefore. Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings
shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no additional compensation will be
allowed for the repainting. The lump sum Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment,
materials, and incidentals for doing all Work in installing the final and temporary traffic
striping.
314-4 APPLICATION OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS
314-4.3.6 and 314-4.3.7
Replace as follows: 314-4.3.6 Measurement and Payment
1. Final and temporary traffic striping, curb markings and pavement markings as shown on the
Plans and required by the Specifications shall be included in the lump-sum price Bid for
Signing and Striping, and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.
Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the Contractor's
expense, and no additional compensation will be allowed for the repainting. The lump sum
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 160 of 195
Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all Work in
installing the final and temporary traffic striping.
314-4.4.5 and 314-4.4.6
Replace as follows: 314-4.4.5 Measurement and Payment
1. Thermoplastic traffic striping and pavement markings as shown on the Plans and required by
the Specifications shall be included in the lump-sum price Bid for Signing and Striping, and no
additional compensation will be allowed, therefor. Reapplication of temporary stripes and
markings shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no additional compensation will
be allowed for the repainting. The lump sum Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment,
materials, and incidentals for doing all Work in installing the final and temporary traffic
striping.
314-5 PAVEMENT MARKERS
314-5.6 and 314-5.7
Replace as follows: 314-5.6 Measurement and Payment
1. Pavement markers as shown on the Plans and required by the Specifications shall be included
in the lump-sum price Bid for Signing and Striping, and no additional compensation will be
allowed, therefore. Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the
Contractor's expense, and no additional compensation will be allowed for the repainting. The
lump sum Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all
Work in installing the final and temporary traffic striping.
PART 4 EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS
SECTION 400 – PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
400-2 PERMANENT SURVEY MARKERS
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks
without the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the
Contractor that protecting an existing monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall
employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land
surveying within the State of California (“Surveyor”) to establish the location of the
monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced by the
Surveyor no later than 30 Calendar Days after construction at the site of the replacement is
completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by Business and Professions
Code Sections 8772 and 8773 et seq.
2. When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a
permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame
and cover to the new grade within 7 Calendar Days of paving unless the Engineer shall
approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or
painting projects or be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 161 of 195
SECTION 401 – REMOVAL
401-2 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Asphalt concrete pavement shall be removed to clean, straight lines. Removal performed by
cold milling shall conform to 404. Adjacent AC/AB sawcut and removal associated with
concrete construction shall be full depth and a minimum width of 12 inches from face of
concrete edge and continue along the concrete scheduled for removal. Removal and disposal
of adjoining AC/AB section shall be incidental to the removal of concrete structure Bid item
per this Section. Replacement of adjoining AC/AB section shall be incidental to replacement
of the concrete.
SECTION 404 – COLD MILLING
404-12 PAYMENT
ADD the following:
1. Cold milling, also referred to as AC Grind, of existing asphalt concrete pavement,
to the depth and limits as designated on the Plans or as directed by the
Engineer. Removed millings shall be disposed of per 401, “Removal,” of the
Standard Specifications.
2. The entire surface area of pavement in areas designated for cold milling shall be
ground to the depths shown on the plans. Care shall be exercised not to damage
adjacent concrete gutters and curbs to remain in place. Gutters or curbs damaged
shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense.
3. Contractor shall be responsible for locating and protecting manhole, water valve,
utility access frames and covers or other metal appurtenances buried below the
existing pavement surface, whether shown on the plans or not. The Contractor
shall field delineate existing utility facilities with spray paint and also submit a
drawn inventory to the City prior to scheduling grinding operations.
4. Residue from grinding shall not be permitted to flow or travel into gutters, onto
adjacent street surfaces or parkways. All residue shall be completely removed by
sweeping and properly disposed. Sweeping is to take place immediately after the
grinding has been completed and as directed by the Engineer. A vacuum sweeper
is to be used for the residue sweeping. No washing of any residue into gutters
and/or drainage structure shall be allowed.
5. The Contractor shall be responsible for recycling and for obtaining a suitable
disposal site for the material not suited for recycling, and pursuant to 401,
“Removal,” of the Standard Specifications, shall, upon request, file with the
Engineer the written consent of the owner of the property upon which he intends
to dispose of such material.
6. During temporary conditions, cold mix AC shall be placed and maintained at the
interface between milled and non-milled areas to eliminate the hazard caused by
sudden elevation differences, especially in pedestrian path of travel areas
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 162 of 195
adjacent to wheelchair curb ramps. Prior to AC paving, cold mix used for
temporary conditions, shall be removed.
7. Pavement transitions after cold milling, both transverse and longitudinal, shall be
per Section 302-5.7, “Joints,” of the Standard Specifications. The temporary
pavement shall be absorbed into the unit costs for cold milling and no additional
compensation shall be allowed. All pavement transitions and temporary
striping/markings shall be in place prior to the opening of a lane for traffic. Any
pavement grade differential between adjacent lanes that, with City’s approval,
will remain overnight shall be indicated with the appropriate warning signage.
8. The Contractor is to notify the City at least two (2) working days prior to and
immediately after the cold milling operations so that observations and
measurements may be made of areas before the placement of permanent
asphalt.
404-12 PAYMENT
ADD the following:
1. No extra payment will be made for milling or disposing of geotextile, geogrid,
or pavement fabric.
2. Areas adjacent to proposed curb and gutter, where there is a full depth AC
patch, will not be measured nor included for payment with AC Grind.
3. Measurement for payment shall be as delineated in the plans. Disagreement
regarding pay item location shall be resolved with the Engineer prior to
grinding work. Any re-measuring or resurveying required as a result of
disagreement will be at Contractor's expense.
4. Areas of grind shall not be double counted under multiple pay items, but will
only be paid for once, under their respective pay item, for a given location and
no additional compensation shall be allowed.
5. Grinding, for the removal of temporary pavement and transitions, shall not be
paid for separately, but shall be included various items of work.
6. The contract unit price paid for Colding Milling, also known as AC Grind, shall
be considered as full compensation for performing cold milling and AC
grinding, including removal and legal disposal of grindings, and no additional
compensation shall be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 163 of 195
SECTION 2
01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 Work Covered by Contract Documents.
a. The Contractor shall perform Work and furnish materials, labor, tools, equipment or
services that may be reasonably inferred as being required to produce the intended
result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents, at no additional cost to
the Agency.
b. Visible, existing improvements for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but
which interfere with the Work, shall be removed, and disposed of by the Contractor with
the prior approval of the Engineer.
c. The completed Work will provide the Agency with speed cushions and associated signage
and striping on Victoria Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way, Circulo Sequoia and
Celinda Drive, as more fully described in the Drawings and the technical specifications.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
01 11 20 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 164 of 195
01 11 20 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 Scope.
a. The Contract Price shall cover all Work required by the Contract Documents. All
costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the Work,
including furnishing all materials, equipment, supplies, and appurtenances;
providing all construction plant, equipment, and tools; and performing all necessary
labor and supervision to fully complete the Work, shall be included in the unit and
lump sum Bid prices. All Work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form
shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs in connection
the Work shall be included in the Bid prices.
b. All estimated quantities stipulated in the Bid Form or other Contract Documents are
approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for estimating the probable cost
of the Work and (b) for the purpose of comparing the Bids submitted for the Work.
The actual amounts of Work done and materials furnished under unit price items
may differ from the estimated quantities. The basis of payment for Work and
materials will be the actual amount of Work done and materials furnished.
Contractor agrees that it will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or
otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of Work actually
performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts therefor.
c. Payment for each Bid Item shall be made in accordance with Sections 7-2 and 7-3
of the Agency Supplemental General Provisions and the Bid. All Work shown or
described in the Contract Documents and necessary for the functioning of installed
equipment or constructed facilities and the repair or replacement of damaged
existing improvements in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be
considered as included in the Bid Items.
1.02 Bid Items.
1. Mobilization & Demobilization - Payment for mobilization & demobilization and
preparatory Work will be made at the contract Lump Sum price paid for
Mobilization & Demobilization, and includes full compensation for furnishing all
insurance, bonds, licenses, permits, labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment and
incidentals, and for doing all the Work involved in mobilization and preparatory
Work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the
movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidental to preparing to
conduct Work on and off the Project Site and other offsite facilities necessary for
Work on the Project; for all other facilities, sureties, Work and operations which
must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning Work on various Contract
items on or off the Project Site, applying for and obtaining all required permits,
cleanup to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and for all other work and operations
which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on the various
contract items, including all related administration throughout its duration, and
demobilization, excepting those specifically paid for under separate sections of
01 11 20 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 165 of 195
these Specifications. The Contractor agrees that the stipulated lump sum amount is
sufficient for Mobilization and Preparatory Work, as described in this section, and
that the Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation for Mobilization
& Demobilization and Preparatory Work. The total price bid for Mobilization &
Demobilization shall include the cost of all mobilization and administration for the
entire CONTRACT period. No separate payments shall be made for re-mobilization
due to project phasing.
2. Traffic Control Plan and Traffic Control Implementation - Payment for Traffic
Control Plan and Traffic Control Implementation will be made at the contract Lump
Sum price paid for full compensation for all work involved in the developing and
implementing the traffic control plans, construction staging and furnishing project
traffic control, including furnishing, installation, maintaining and removal of
temporary barricades, temporary striping, temporary pavement markers,
construction signs, warning signs, portable changeable message signs, or any device
for the temporary control of traffic or safety of the workers, including flagmen (i.e.
all traffic control as required by City’s Traffic Engineer), tools, equipment,
incidentals, providing notices, temporary conflicting traffic stripe application and
grinded removal, trench steel plate cover installation and removal, and any other
safety measures used for the control of traffic, any temporary rerouting of traffic or
maintenance of access to properties, during the Project construction period will
considered included in the contract Lump Sum price for Traffic Control, in
accordance with the plans, contract documents, and as described in conformance
with Section 206, 214, 314, 315, & 404, and no additional compensation will be
allowed.
3. Asphalt Concrete (AC) Speed Cushion - Payment for AC Speed Cushion shall be per
contract unit price per Ton, in accordance with the plans, contract documents, and
as described in conformance with Section 203-6 & 302-5 and paving variable depth
of the asphalt concrete speed cushions. The above contract price and payment shall
include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment,
sweeping, hauling, disposal costs, cleaning, transportation, compaction, and
incidentals, and for doing all the work involved, complete as detailed.
4. Cold Milling - Payment for cold milling shall be per contract unit price per Square
Foot, in accordance with the plans, contract documents, and as described in
conformance with Section 404. No separate measurement and payment shall be
made for disposal of grindings, asphalt tack coat, tapers, or pavement joints. The
above contract price and payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all
labor, materials, tools, equipment, sweeping, hauling, disposal costs, cleaning,
transportation, compaction, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved,
complete as detailed.
01 11 20 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 166 of 195
5. Signing and Striping - Payment for Signing and Striping shall be made at the contract
price per Lump Sum, in accordance with the plans, contract documents, and as
described in conformance with Section 206, 214, 314, & 315, and shall include full
compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, equipment, including traffic
striping, curb and pavement markings, pavement markers, roadside signs including
reflective signs, posts, and removals will be included in Signing and Striping at the
contract Lump Sum price and shall be considered full compensation for installation
of pavement striping and symbols, including removals of existing pavement
markings, markers, and signage; installing pavement markings, red curb parking
restriction markings, reflective beading, reflective pavement markers; signage,
hardware, mounting fasteners, foundations, posts; excavation, backfill,
compaction, sidewalk repair; and for furnishing all labor, materials, tools,
equipment, cleaning, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved, complete
as detailed, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
1.03 Submittals.
a. Informational Submittals:
1. Schedule of Values: Submit on Agency’s form.
2. Schedule of Estimated Progress Payments:
i. Submit with initially acceptable Schedule of Values.
ii. Submit adjustments thereto with Application for Payment.
3. Application for Payment.
4. Final Application for Payment.
1.04 Cash Allowances.
a. Consult with Construction Manager in selection of products or services. Obtain proposals
from Suppliers and installers and offer recommendations.
b. Cash allowances will be administered in accordance with General Conditions.
c. Submit, with application for payment, invoice showing date of purchase, from whom the
purchase was made, the date of delivery of the product or service, and the price, including
delivery to the Site and applicable taxes.
1.05 Schedule of Values (SOV).
a. The Contractor shall prepare a separate SOV for each schedule of the Work under the
Contract.
b. Upon request of the Construction Manager, the Contractor shall provide documentation
to support the accuracy of the SOV.
c. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for review a SOV within the time
specified in the Contract Documents.
d. When requested by the Engineer, the SOV shall divide each lump sum Bid item into its
respective activities as listed in the Construction Schedule, and the sum of the costs
apportioned to the activities comprising the Bid item shall equal the Bid item price. The
Contractor shall add additional detail to the SOV when, in the opinion of the Engineer,
such detail is necessary to represent the basis for payment. The Contractor shall submit
01 11 20 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 167 of 195
to the Engineer a corrected Schedule of Values within 10 Calendar Days of the Engineer’s
request.
e. The Contractor shall make adjustments to the approved SOV to account for Change
Orders or Extra Work. The SOV entries for adjustments so made shall be approved by the
Engineer.
f. The Contractor shall submit a revised SOV with each payment request.
g. Payment for the preparation of or revisions to the SOV shall be included in the Contract
Price and no additional payment will be made therefor.
h. Unit Price Work: Must reflect unit price quantity and price breakdown from conformed
Bid Form.
i. Lump Sum Work:
1. Must reflect specified cash and contingency allowances and alternates, as applicable.
2. List bonds and insurance premiums, mobilization, demobilization, preliminary and
detailed progress schedule preparation, equipment testing, facility startup, and
Contract closeout separately.
i. Mobilization includes, at minimum, items identified in Section 01 50 00,
Temporary Facilities and Controls.
ii. Include item(s) for monthly progress schedule update and maintenance of
Construction Manager’s trailer.
3. Break down by Division 02 through 49 with appropriate subdivision of each
specification for each Project facility.
j. An unbalanced or front-end loaded schedule will not be acceptable.
k. Summation of the complete SOV representing all the Work shall equal the Contract Price.
l. The Contractor shall submit SOV electronically in a spreadsheet format compatible with
latest version of MS Excel.
1.06 Schedule of Estimated Progress Payments.
a. Show estimated payment requests throughout Contract Times aggregating initial
Contract Price.
b. Base estimated progress payments on initially acceptable progress schedule. Adjust to
reflect subsequent adjustments in progress schedule and Contract Price as reflected by
modifications to the Contract Documents.
1.07 Application for Payment.
a. Transmittal Summary Form: Attach 1 Summary Form with each detailed Application for
Payment for each schedule and include Request for Payment of Materials and Equipment
on Hand as applicable. Execute certification by authorized officer of Contractor.
b. Use detailed Application for Payment Form provided by Construction Manager.
c. Provide separate form for each schedule as applicable.
d. Include accepted Schedule of Values for each schedule or portion of lump sum Work and
the unit price breakdown for the Work to be paid on a unit priced basis.
e. Include separate line item for each Change Order and Work Change Directive executed
prior to date of submission. Provide further breakdown of such as requested by
Construction Manager.
01 11 20 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 168 of 195
f. Preparation:
1. Round values to nearest dollar.
2. Submit Application for Payment, including a Transmittal Summary Form and detailed
Application for Payment Form(s) for each schedule as applicable, a listing of materials
on hand for each schedule as applicable, and such supporting data as may be
requested by Construction Manager.
1.08 Payment.
a. Transmittal Summary Form: Attach 1 Summary Form with each detailed Application for
Payment for each schedule and include Request for Payment of Materials and Equipment
on Hand as applicable. Execute certification by authorized officer of Contractor.
b. Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the Work
performed to the closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The
estimated value will be based on Contract Unit Prices, completed Change Order Work.
Progress payments shall be made no later than 30 Calendar Days after the closure date.
Five Working Days following the closure date, the Engineer shall complete the detailed
progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor’s information.
Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall within
10 Calendar Days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment
request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of
supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the
Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental
payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engineer determines that the
supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the
Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than 7 Calendar Days after receipt. The
returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons
why the supplemental payment request was not proper. Consistent with Public Contract
Code Section 20104.50, the Agency shall make payments within 30 Calendar Days after
receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from
the Contractor. If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made
within 30 Calendar Days after receipt by the Engineer, then the Agency shall pay interest
to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Code of Civil
Procedure Code Section 685.010.
c. After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a
corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount
owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the Contract
Bid item and Change Order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all
deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under
provisions of the Contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to
correction in the Final Payment Estimate.
d. The Contractor shall have 30 Calendar Days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate
to make a written statement disputing any Bid item or Change Order item quantity or
payment amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of
submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the
01 11 20 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 169 of 195
statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor
acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all Contract Bid items and
Change Order items.
e. If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned
time, the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 Calendar Days and make any
appropriate adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or
amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in Section
2-10, Disputed Work.
f. The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the
Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of the disputed items. The Engineer will
consider the merits of the Contractor’s claims. It will be the responsibility of the
Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as
may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its
claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying
payment for the disputed items.
1.09 Mobilization.
a. When a Bid item has been provided for “Mobilization,” payment shall be distributed
equally over the first 2 progress payments up to the amount of the Bid item price but shall
not exceed 3% of the Contract Price. If the Bid item for “Mobilization” exceeds 3% of the
Contract Price, the portion above 3% of the Contract Price shall be paid as a part of the
Final Payment.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 170 of 195
01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE
1.01 Procore Project Management and Collaboration System.
a. This project may utilize the Owner’s Procore (www.procore.com) online project management
and document control platform. The intent of utilizing Procore is to reduce cost and schedule
risk, improve quality and safety, and maintain a healthy team dynamic by improving
information flow, reducing non-productive activities, reducing rework and decreasing
turnaround times. The Contractor is required to create a free web-based Procore user
account(s) and utilize web-based training / tutorials (as needed) to become familiar with the
system. Unless the Engineer approves otherwise, the Contractor shall process all project
documents through Procore because this platform will be used to submit, track, distribute and
collaborate on project. If unfamiliar or not otherwise trained with Procore, Contractor and
applicable team members shall complete a free training certification course located at
http://learn.procore.com/procore-certification-subcontractor. The Contractor is responsible
for attaining their own Procore support, as needed, either through the online training or
reaching out to the Procore support team. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to
regularly check Procore and review updated documents as they are added. There will be no
cost to the Contractor for use of Procore.
It is recommended that the Contractor provide mobile access for Windows, iOS located at
https://apps.apple.com/us/app/procore-construction-management/id374930542 or Android
devices located at https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.procore.activities with
the Procore App installed to at least one on-site individual to provide real-time access to
current posted drawings, specifications, RFIs, submittals, schedules, change orders, project
documents, as well as any deficient observations or punch list items. Providing mobile access
will improve communication, efficiency, and productivity for all parties. The use of Procore for
project management does not relieve the contractor of any other requirements as may be
specified in the contract documents.
END OF SECTION
01 32 00 SUBMITTALS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 171 of 195
01 32 00 SUBMITTALS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 General.
a. Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the
original submittal number followed by an ascending alphabetical designation (e.g., ‘4-A’
would indicate the first resubmittal of the fourth submittal). Each submittal shall be
accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor’s letterhead which shall contain
the following:
1. Agency Project title and Contract number.
2. Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review.
3. Submittal number.
4. Description of the contents of the submittal.
5. Identification of any deviation from the Contract Documents on the transmittal and
by redline on the shop or working Drawings.
6. Contractor’s certification statement.
7. Printed name and signature of submitter, title and date.
b. The Contractor shall place the following certification statements on all submittals and
shall subscribe to one of the following:
"I certify that the materials, equipment or construction procedure(s) contained in
this submittal meet all requirements shown or specified in the Contract
Documents with no exceptions.”
or
"I certify that the materials, equipment or construction procedure(s) contained in
this submittal meet all requirements shown or specified in the Contract
Documents, except for the following deviation(s):”
c. Shop Drawings and engineering data (submittals) covering all equipment and all
fabricated components and building materials which will become a permanent part of the
Goods and Special Services under this Contract shall be submitted to Engineer for review,
as required. Submittals shall verify compliance with the Contract Documents and shall
include Drawings and descriptive information in sufficient detail to show the kind, size,
arrangement, and the operation of component materials and devices; the external
connections, anchorages, and supports required; the performance characteristics; and
dimensions needed for installation and correlation with other materials and equipment.
d. Each submittal shall cover items from only one section of the specification unless the item
consists of components from several sources. Contractor shall submit a complete initial
submittal including all components. When an item consists of components from several
sources, Contractor's initial submittal shall be complete including all components.
e. All submittals, regardless of origin, shall be approved by Contractor and clearly identified
with the name and number of this Contract, Contractor's name, and references to
applicable specification paragraphs and Contract Drawings. Each copy of all submittals,
regardless of origin, shall be stamped or affixed with an approval statement of Contractor.
Each submittal shall indicate the intended use of the item in the Goods and Special
01 32 00 SUBMITTALS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 172 of 195
Services. When catalog pages are submitted, applicable items shall be clearly identified
and inapplicable data crossed out. The current revision, issue number, and date shall be
indicated on all Drawings and other descriptive data.
f. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the completeness of each submittal.
Contractor's stamp or affixed approval statement of a submittal is a representation to
Engineer that Contractor accepts sole responsibility for determining and verifying all
quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar
data, and that Contractor has reviewed and coordinated each submittal with the
requirements of the Goods and Special Services and the Contract Documents.
g. All deviations from the Contract Documents shall be identified as deviations on each
submittal and shall be tabulated in Contractor's letter of transmittal using Figure P-01300-
2. Such submittals shall, as pertinent to the deviation, indicate essential details of all
changes proposed by Contractor (including modifications to other facilities that may be a
result of the deviation) and all required piping and wiring diagrams.
h. The Contractor shall submit shop Drawings electronically.
i. For electronic submittals, drawings and the necessary data shall be submitted
electronically to Engineer as specified below. Submittal documents shall be in black and
white unless color is required for the review of the submittal. All electronic files shall be
in PDF as generated by Adobe Acrobat Professional latest version. The PDF file(s) shall be
fully indexed using the Table of Contents, searchable with thumbnails generated. PDF
images must be at a readable resolution. For most documents, they should be scanned or
generated at 300 dots per inch (dpi). Optical Character Recognition (OCR) capture must
be performed on these images so that text can be searched, selected and copied from the
generated PDF file. The PDF documents shall have a bookmark created in the navigation
frame for each major entry (“Section” or “Chapter”) in the Table of Contents. Thumbnails
shall be generated for each page or graphic in the PDF file. The opening view for each PDF
document shall be as follows:
1. Initial View: Bookmarks and Page
2. Magnification: Fit In Window
3. The file shall open to the Contractor’s transmittal letter, with bookmarks to the left.
The first bookmark shall be linked to the Table of Contents.
PDF document properties shall include the submittal number for the document title and
the Contractor’s name for the author.
j. Electronic submittal file sizes shall be limited to 10 MB. When multiple files are required
for a submittal the least number of files possible shall be created.
k. The Contractor shall post submittals and retrieve the Engineer’s submittal review
comments through the Engineer’s (Consulting Engineer’s) Project website accessible
through the Internet. Instruction on procedures for posting and retrieving submittals will
be provided after award of the Contract.
l. Facsimiles (fax) will not be acceptable. Engineer will not accept submittals from anyone
but Contractor. Submittals shall be consecutively numbered in direct sequence of
submittal and without division by subcontracts or trades.
01 32 00 SUBMITTALS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 173 of 195
1.02 Engineer’s Review of Submittals.
a. Engineer's review of submittals covers only general conformity to the Drawings and
Specifications, external connections, and dimensions that affect the layout; it does not
indicate thorough review of all dimensions, quantities, and details of the material,
equipment, device, or item covered. Engineer's review shall not relieve Contractor of sole
responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations in the Drawings and data, nor of
Contractor's sole responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents.
b. Engineer's submittal review period shall be 21 consecutive Calendar Days and shall
commence on the first Calendar Day following receipt of the submittal or resubmittal in
Engineer's office. The time required to mail the submittal or resubmittal back to
Contractor shall not be considered a part of the submittal review period.
c. When the Drawings and data are returned with review status "NOT ACCEPTABLE" or
"RETURNED FOR CORRECTION," the corrections shall be made as instructed by Engineer.
If submittals are made in hard copy, 5 corrected copies shall be resubmitted. If submittals
are made electronically, the corrected Drawings and data shall be resubmitted through
the Project website. Resubmittals by facsimile or e-mail will not be accepted. When the
Drawings and data are returned with review status "EXCEPTIONS NOTED," "NO
EXCEPTIONS NOTED," or "RECORD COPY," no additional copies need be furnished unless
specifically requested by Engineer.
1.03 Resubmittal of Drawings and Data.
a. Contractor shall accept full responsibility for the completeness of each resubmittal.
Contractor shall verify that all corrected data and additional information previously
requested by Engineer are provided on the resubmittal.
b. When corrected copies are resubmitted, Contractor shall direct specific attention to all
revisions in writing and shall list separately any revisions made other than those called for
by Engineer on previous submittals. Requirements specified for initial submittals shall also
apply to resubmittals. Resubmittals shall bear the number of the first submittal followed
by a letter (A, B, etc.) or a unique identification that indicates the initial submittal and
correct sequence of each resubmittal.
c. If more than 1 resubmittal is required because of failure of Contractor to provide all
previously requested corrected data or additional information, Contractor shall
reimburse Agency for the charges of Engineer for review of the additional resubmittals.
This does not include initial submittal data such as shop tests and field tests that are
submitted after initial submittal.
d. Resubmittals shall be made within 30 Calendar Days of the date of the letter returning
the material to be modified or corrected, unless within 14 Calendar Days Contractor
submits an acceptable request for an extension of the stipulated time period, listing the
reasons the resubmittal cannot be completed within that time.
e. The need for more than 1 resubmittal, or any other delay in obtaining Engineer's review
of submittals, will not entitle Contractor to extension of the Contract Times unless delay
of the Work is the direct result of a change in the Work authorized by a Change Order or
failure of Engineer to review and return any submittal to Contractor within the specified
review period.
01 32 00 SUBMITTALS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 174 of 195
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 175 of 195
01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 Progress Schedule.
a. A Progress Schedule shall be used to control the Work and to provide a definitive basis
for determining Project progress. The Progress Schedule shall be prepared, maintained
and updated by the Contractor and historical dates agreed monthly with the Engineer.
The Contractor shall submit a preliminary Progress Schedule and a Progress Schedule for
acceptance by the Engineer. These schedules shall be the Contractor’s working schedules
and shall be used to plan, organize and execute the Work, record and report actual
performance and progress, and show how the Contractor plans to complete all remaining
Work as of the end of each progress report period.
b. The Progress Schedule shall comprise all the detailed construction-related activities using
the CPM. The Progress Schedule shall provide sufficient detail and clarity to reflect the
intricacies and interdependencies of activities so the Contractor can plan, schedule,
monitor, control and report on the progress of its work. In addition, it shall provide the
Engineer and Agency a tool to monitor and follow the progress for all phases of the Work.
c. The Contractor shall perform Work and furnish materials, labor, tools, equipment or
services that may be reasonably inferred as being required to produce the intended
result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents, at no additional cost to
the Agency.
d. Visible, existing improvements for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but
which interfere with the Work, shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor with
the prior approval of the Engineer.
e. Scheduling software shall be Primavera Project Manager (P6) without exception.
1.02 Pre-Construction Scheduling Conference.
a. The Engineer will conduct a pre-construction scheduling conference with the Contractor
to review requirements for the schedules and schedule configuration. The conference
shall be conducted sufficiently early to allow the Contractor to submit the preliminary
Progress Schedule within 10 Calendar Days of the Effective Date of the Contract.
b. At this meeting, the Contractor shall explain in detail the procedure to be used to develop
the schedule activity cost-loading or SOV and cash flow. This procedure is subject to the
review and acceptance of the Engineer.
1.03 Preliminary Progress Schedule.
a. Following the pre-construction scheduling conference but within 10 Calendar Days of the
Effective Date of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit a preliminary Progress
Schedule for review by the Engineer. The preliminary Progress Schedule shall show
detailed construction-related activities for the first 30 Calendar Days of the Project. The
remainder of the Contract activities shall be shown as summary bars within the
milestones of the Work. If the Engineer has comments on the preliminary Progress
Schedule, Contractor shall make the necessary changes and resubmit it within 10
Calendar Days. No progress payments will be made during the period specified above for
01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 176 of 195
the preliminary Progress Schedule until the preliminary Progress Schedule has been
accepted by the Engineer.
b. The preliminary Progress Schedule shall:
1. Illustrate a feasible schedule for completion of the Work within the time and
milestones specified.
2. Provide an elementary example of the schedule in the format to be used for the
Progress Schedule.
3. Include the activity code structure as described in paragraph 1.18 ACTIVITY CODES.
c. Preliminary Progress Schedule Submittal Format: Contractor shall the preliminary
Progress Schedule electronically. A brief narrative shall accompany the submittal,
describing Contractor’s scheduling approach to the Project. The narrative shall include a
description of the Contract milestones, approach for construction activities during the
period of the preliminary Progress Schedule, description of the general approach of the
activities for the Work beyond the preliminary Progress Schedule period, a description of
the Project’s Critical Path, identification of critical long-lead submittals, and planned
outages. The narrative shall also incorporate activity codes, calendars, weather days,
milestone constraints, and work breakdown structure in accordance with the
requirements specified in this part.
1.04 Progress Schedule.
a. The Progress Schedule comprises all the construction-related activities for the Work and
shall show the order in which the Contractor proposes to carry out the Work. Contractor
shall include milestones, coordination necessitated by limited access and available work
areas, and the availability and use of the labor force, material and equipment. Contractor
shall use the Progress Schedule to plan, schedule and coordinate the Work including
activities of Subcontractors, equipment vendors, and suppliers.
b. The Progress Schedule shall be to the level of detail acceptable to the Engineer, and shall
include the following:
1. Organization and structural breakdown of the Project;
2. Milestones and completion dates;
3. Type of Work to be performed and the labor trades involved;
4. Purchase, manufacture and delivery activities for major materials and equipment;
5. Preparation, submittal, and acceptance of shop drawings and material samples;
6. Deliveries of Agency-furnished equipment and/or materials;
7. Acceptances required by regulatory agencies and/or other third parties;
8. Assignment of responsibility for each activity;
9. Access requirements to Work areas;
10. Identification of interfaces and dependencies with preceding, concurrent and follow
on Contractors;
11. Tests, submittal of test reports and acceptance of test results;
12. Planning for phased or total acceptance by Agency; including start up and
commissioning;
13. Identification of any labor force, material and equipment restrictions.
14. Sequence of construction to maintain plant operations;
01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 177 of 195
15. Planned outages.
c. The activities included in the Progress Schedule shall be defined in Working Days.
Durations shall be based on the labor (crafts), equipment, and materials required to
perform each activity on a normal workday basis. Activity durations shall be 20 Working
Days or less except in the case of non-construction activities such as procurement of
materials, delivery of equipment, and concrete curing. All durations shall be the result of
definitive labor force and resource planning by Contractor to perform the Work, in
consideration of contractually defined on Site Work conditions and Contractor’s planned
means and methods.
d. When the Progress Schedule is accepted by the Engineer, the Engineer will save a copy of
the Progress Schedule as the baseline schedule and will use it for analysis of Contractor’s
progress.
e. The Contractor shall update the Progress Schedule monthly.
1.05 Electronic Progress Schedule Format and Reporting.
a. The Progress Schedule shall be created using Primavera P6 scheduling software.
Contractor shall use Engineer’s file-naming format throughout the Project.
1. Electronic schedule files shall be saved with .XML or .XER file extensions.
2. Primavera Project Manager settings for “Baseline Type” shall be used in the following
manner:
i. Select <None> as the baseline type for the Preliminary Schedule Submittal.
ii. Once the Preliminary and Project Schedule are accepted, the baseline type shall
be named <Initial Plan>.
iii. Each subsequent Project Schedule update shall set the baseline type to <Last
Performance Update>.
3. The data date for schedule calculation in the preliminary Progress Schedule and
Progress Schedule shall be set as the date of the Notice to Proceed unless otherwise
specified by the Engineer.
1.06 Cost Loading.
a. Except for manufacturer lead-time, each Progress Schedule activity that has an actual cost
shall have a cost value assigned to it. Equipment or material delivery activities bearing
cost shall be separate activities. Each activity’s assigned cost shall consist of all costs
associated with that activity including all Project management, superintendence,
overhead and profit costs. The sum of all activity costs shall be equal to the current
Contract value at all times, including approved Change Orders. The Contractor shall certify
that the costs are not unbalanced and that the value assigned to each activity represents
the Contractor’s total cost to perform that activity.
b. If the Engineer or Agency determines cost data does not meet the requirements for a
balanced bid breakdown, the Contractor shall submit documentation substantiating any
cost allocation questioned. Cost allocations will be considered unbalanced if activity on
the Progress Schedule has been assigned a disproportionate allocation of direct costs,
overhead and profit. If documentation of the cost data does not, in the opinion of the
01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 178 of 195
Engineer substantiate cost allocations, the Progress Schedule will be returned to the
Contractor for action.
c. Unit Price items required to be paid on a unit cost basis as identified in the Bid Form and
the Measurement and Payment section shall be incorporated into the Progress Schedule
and measured and updated as specified in this part and as specified in the Measurement
and Payment section.
d. The Contractor shall produce Cash Flow Projection reports and graphics from the
Primavera application.
e. Cost-loaded data shall be the basis for monthly payment applications and shall be
included with monthly updates of the Progress Schedule.
1.07 Resource Loading.
a. The Contractor shall build a resource (labor force) library within Primavera and assign
resources to each applicable Progress Schedule activity. Resource-loading shall determine
the activity duration based on the assigned resource. The Contractor shall submit a
resource analysis report produced from Primavera in the form of a series of graphics
showing the principal trades. The report shall show the number of worker-days of effort
for each month over the life of the Contract. The labor force requirements forecast shall
be updated monthly and shall include the actual labor force used by trade as of the
current report period and the labor force required to complete the Work.
1.08 Coordinating Progress Schedule with Other Contract Schedules.
a. Where Work is to be performed under this Contract concurrently with or contingent upon
work performed on the same facilities or area under other contracts, the Progress
Schedule shall be coordinated with the schedules of the other contracts. Agency will
provide the schedules of other contracts for preparation and updating of the Progress
Schedule. Contractor shall revise the Progress Schedule as required by changes in
schedules of other contracts.
b. In case of interference between the operations of different Contractors, the Agency will
determine the work priority of each Contractor and the sequence of work necessary to
expedite the completion of the entire Project. In all such cases, the decision of Agency
shall be accepted as final.
1.09 Submittals.
a. The Progress Schedule and associated reports shall be submitted to the Engineer for
acceptance within the period of the preliminary Progress Schedule specified in 1.05(3). If
the Progress Schedule is not submitted, no progress payments will be made after the due
date until the Progress Schedule has been submitted.
b. Electronic layouts required as part of the Progress Schedule submittal and monthly
updates are as follows:
1. Summary Schedule: 1-page milestone and summary schedule, sorted by total float,
early-start, early-finish;
2. Detailed Project Schedule: organized by WBS or area of Work; sorted by total float,
early-start, early-finish;
01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 179 of 195
3. Critical Path Schedule: sorted based on the total float, early-start, early-finish;
4. 60-Calendar-Day Look Ahead Schedule: sorted by total float, early-start, early-finish;
5. Activities in Progress: organized by WBS or area of Work; sorted by total float, early-
start, early-finish;
6. Cash Flow Trending Report: presented in an S-Curve format based on original planned
early start and late start forecasted expenditures. In addition, the historical actual
data point(s) are to be graphed within the S-Curve graphic report;
7. Monthly payment projections;
8. Out-of-sequence Report: tabular report showing Work performed out-of-sequence.
c. Contractor shall submit additional layouts if directed by Engineer.
d. The submittal shall include the following:
1. Narrative report summarizing the Contract milestones, Critical Path, Project approach
including phasing or use of crews, significant submittal and fabrication items,
coordination or interface requirements, Agency-provided items, and list of
Subcontractors and vendors.
2. Graphic reports including Critical Path report (longest path), summary schedule
report, total float report by early-start early-finish, look-ahead report grouped by
work breakdown structure or Project phasing, and cash flow projection. Cash flow
projections include estimated cumulative cost curves based on early and late start
dates and projection of monthly payments over the life of the Project.
e. The schedule, Critical Path, and look-ahead schedules shall be submitted on E (34”x44”)
size paper or 36” wide plots;
f. The Progress Schedule file shall be submitted in an executable format, using Primavera
Project Manager format on a read-write compact disk.
g. The narrative and graphic reports shall be provided on 8”x11” paper and E-size plots
respectively.
h. Contractor shall submit each deliverable electronically.
1.10 Monthly Schedule Updates.
a. Monthly Progress Schedule updates shall be submitted for the duration of the Contract
on a date agreed to by the Agency, Engineer, and Contractor. If monthly Progress
Schedule updates are not submitted by the due date, progress payments will be withheld
until the required information is submitted.
b. The updated schedule shall be reviewed each month in a meeting with Engineer to verify:
1. Actual start dates,
2. Actual completion dates,
3. Activity percent completion,
4. Revised logic (as-built and projected) and changes in activity durations, cost assigned,
5. Cost influence of Change Orders, if any,
6. Revisions due to extension of time.
c. Prior to each meeting, Contractor shall prepare a complete and accurate report of current
procurement and construction progress through the end of the update period, and a
depiction of how Contractor plans to continue the Work to meet all Contract completion
dates. All network changes and status data agreed to during each update meeting shall
01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 180 of 195
be considered as accepted by both parties unless written notice of any exceptions is given
within 5 Calendar Days after the meeting.
d. For major network changes that cannot be agreed to during an updating meeting,
Contractor shall submit the proposed changes for Engineer’s acceptance prior to inserting
such changes into the network. Submittals may be in the form of marked up networks,
fragnets, or schedule abstracts, provided they are submitted with a letter of transmittal.
A fragnet is defined as a sequence of new activities and/or activity revisions that are
proposed to be added to the existing schedule to demonstrate how Project events have
an impact on the schedule.
1.11 Data Date.
a. The data date is the re-settable date in P6 that serves as the end of a reporting period.
The reporting period will be recorded on a monthly basis, e.g., January 1st through
January 31st with the 31st as the data date. If required for coordination purposes by the
Agency, the Engineer will provide specific data dates to be used by the Contractor.
1.12 Review Process.
a. Engineer will review Contractor’s preliminary Progress Schedule and full Progress
Schedule submittals within 15 Calendar Days after receipt of all required information.
b. At the request of Agency or Engineer, Contractor shall participate in any meetings
necessary to reach a mutual agreement and acceptance of the preliminary Progress
Schedule, Progress Schedules, or Cash Flow Projections.
c. If any of the required submittals are returned to Contractor for corrections or revisions,
they shall be resubmitted within 10 Calendar Days after the return mailing date.
Resubmittals shall include all information and media included in the first submittal.
Review and response by Engineer will be given within 10 Calendar Days after receipt of
each resubmittal.
d. Schedules shall show Contract completion of the Work on the Contract completion date
and with zero or positive total float even if the Contractor plans to finish early. In no event
shall acceptance of the schedule be a basis for a claim for delay against Agency or Engineer
by Contractor for an early finish. A Progress Schedule containing activities with negative
float or that extend beyond the Contract completion date will not be acceptable.
e. Acceptance of the Progress Schedule by Engineer does not relieve Contractor of
responsibility for accomplishing the Work by the Contract completion date. Omissions
and errors in the accepted Progress Schedule shall not relieve the Contractor of
obligations under the Contract. Acceptance by Engineer in no way makes Engineer or
Agency an ensurer of the Schedule's success or liable for time or cost overruns. Engineer
and Agency disclaim any obligation or liability by reason of acceptance of the Progress
Schedule by the Engineer.
1.13 Responsibility of Schedule Compliance.
a. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current Progress Schedule that the Critical Path
is delayed and the Contract completion date will not be met, Contractor shall mitigate the
delay by taking some or all of the following actions at no additional cost to Agency.
01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 181 of 195
1. Increase construction labor force in such quantities and crafts as will bring the Project
back on schedule within the completion dates and milestones.
2. Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per day, Working Days per
week, and the amount of construction equipment, or any combination of the
foregoing, to substantially eliminate the backlog of Work.
3. Re-schedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrence of activities and to
comply with the schedule date(s).
b. Within 10 Calendar Days of the Engineer’s request, Contractor shall submit a recovery
schedule and written statement of the steps intended to remove or arrest the delay to
the Critical Path in the schedule. If the Contractor fails to submit the required information
or should fail to take measures acceptable to the Engineer, the Engineer with Agency
concurrence may direct Contractor to increase labor force, equipment and scheduled
Work hours to remove or arrest the delay to the Critical Path and the Contractor shall
promptly provide such level of effort at no additional cost to Agency.
c. In the event Contractor fails to follow the updated or revised recovery schedule, Agency
may elect to withhold progress payments until Contractor complies with the revised
schedule.
d. Should Contractor’s efforts not remove or arrest the delay to the Critical Path of the
accepted schedule, then Agency shall be entitled to supplement Contractor’s workforce
and equipment to remove and arrest any delay and shall be entitled to deduct all costs
and expenses associated with the supplemental workforce and equipment from
payments due to the Contractor. If insufficient Contract funds remain, Agency may
recover such funds from Contractor and its Surety.
1.14 Change Orders, Delays and Extensions of Time.
a. When Change Orders or delays are experienced by Contractor and Contractor requests
an extension of time, Contractor shall submit a written time impact analysis to the
Engineer illustrating the influence of each change or delay to the current Contract
Schedule completion date. Each time impact analysis shall include a fragment
incorporating the Change Order or delay into the Progress Schedule to demonstrate how
Contractor was delayed.
b. Each time impact analysis shall demonstrate the estimated time impact based on the
events of the change or the delay; the date the change was given to Contractor or the
delay incurred, the status of construction at that point in time, and the event time
computation of all activities affected by the change or delay. The event times used in the
analysis shall be those included in the latest update of the Progress Schedule or as
adjusted for the events of delay.
c. Three copies of the time impact analysis and an electronic copy on compact disk shall be
submitted within 7 Calendar Days of delay occurrence or direction to proceed with a
change is given to Contractor. No time extensions will be considered if the time impact
analysis is not submitted within the specified time.
d. The Engineer will review Contractor’s time impact analysis. Contractor shall furnish such
justification and supporting evidence as the Engineer deems necessary to determine
whether Contractor is entitled to an extension of time. Engineer’s review of each time
01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 182 of 195
impact analysis will be made within 5 Working Days of receipt of the time impact analysis
and additional information as required by the Engineer, unless subsequent meetings and
negotiations are necessary.
e. The Contract completion time will be adjusted only for causes specified in paragraph 15.
Time extensions will be granted only to the extent that equitable time adjustments for
the activity or activities affected exceed the total or remaining float along the Critical Path
at the time of actual delay. Delays in activities which are not on the Critical Path and do
not affect Contract completion dates, will not be considered for an extension of time.
1.15 Causes for Extensions of Time.
a. Additional positive total float in the Progress Schedule generated by efficiencies of Agency
or Contractor is a shared commodity to be reasonably used by either party, and belongs
exclusively to the Project. The Contractor is not entitled to any additional compensation
for completion of the Project prior to expiration of the Contract Times.
b. Agency-Initiated Changes. Agency initiated changes to the Contract Work that absorb
float time will not be considered for an extension of time. Agency-initiated changes that
affect the Critical Path of the Progress Schedule shall be grounds for extending or
shortening completion dates. Use of float time for Contractor initiated changes will
require Agency’s concurrence. Contractor’s changes, however, shall give way to Agency-
initiated changes competing for the same float time.
c. Outside Contractor’s Control. Events outside of the Contractor’s control that affect the
Critical Path of the Progress Schedule will be considered for an extension or reduction of
the Contract Times.
d. Weather Delays. Engineer will obtain weather data during construction from a reputable
source and will maintain weather records.
1. Engineer will determine Contractor’s entitlement to an extension of the Contract Time
as a result of weather delays. Extensions of time will be granted at the discretion of
the Engineer for circumstances not covered by the flow chart.
2. Any weather-related extension of Contract Time shall be non-compensable.
Efficiencies gained as a result of favorable weather within a calendar month, where
the number of days of normally anticipated weather days is less than expected, shall
contribute to the Project float and shall not affect the Contract Times.
3. Application for a weather-related extension of time shall be submitted to the Engineer
and shall state the extension requested and be supported by the relevant weather
data.
1.16 As-Built Schedule.
a. As a condition precedent to release of final payment, the last update to the Progress
Schedule submitted shall be identified by the Contractor as the “As-Built Schedule.” The
“As-Built Schedule” shall reflect the exact manner in which the Project was actually
constructed (including actual start and completion dates, activities, sequences, and logic)
and shall be signed and certified by the Contractor’s Project manager.
01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 183 of 195
1.17 Schedule Software Settings and Restrictions.
a. Contractor shall consult with Engineer for acceptable Primavera Project Manager
software settings and restrictions. The following shall apply unless otherwise directed by
the Engineer.
1. Schedule Options:
i. Shall be defined only to “Use expected finish dates”;
ii. Scheduling progressed activities to be set to “Use only retained logic,” not
progress override option;
iii. Critical Path activities defined as Total Float less than or equal to zero;
iv. Calculating start-to-start lag from “early start” dates; and computing total float as
“finish float = late finish – early finish”;
v. Calendar to be set for scheduling relationship lag as “Predecessor Activity
Calendar.”
2. Activity progress shall be shown using Remaining Duration. Date format shall be
DDMMYY.
3. Default activity type shall be set to “Independent Task.”
4. Date/time activity constraint(s), other than those required by the Contract, will not
be allowed unless accepted by Engineer. Contractor shall identify proposed
constraints and explain the constraint purpose in the Narrative Report.
5. Lags shall not be used in the creation of an activity that will perform the same
function, e.g., concrete cure time. Lag durations contained in the Project Schedule
shall not have a negative value. Contractor shall identify any lag proposed and explain
the purpose of the lag in the Narrative Report.
6. Actual Start and Finish dates shall not be automatically updated by default mechanism
that may be included in the CPM scheduling software system. Actual Start and Actual
Finish dates on the CPM schedule shall be updated by actual Work progression.
1.18 Activity Codes.
a. The Primavera (P6) activity codes and WBS to be confirmed or revised by the Engineer are
listed below. Confirmation or revision of the activity codes and WBS will be provided to
the Contractor within 3 Working Days of the Effective Date of the Contract. Use of the
Engineer prescribed activity codes and WBS is mandatory.
b. “Project Codes” as defined by Primavera P6 is reserved for the Agency. Only “Activity
Codes” at Project Level will be permitted for Contractor use.
01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 184 of 195
Activity Code
Code
Value Description
Phase 0005 Construction Phase
Construction Phase A
BC
D
E
Milestones
Administrative
Submittals
Construction Activities
Closeout Phase
Submittals SUB
R&A
F&D
Submittals
Review & Approve
Fabricate & Deliver
Other Codes to be prescribed by
Engineer or requested by
Contractor for Project specific
criteria.
1.19 Activity Relationships.
a. Relationships between activities shall be identified with the following information:
1. Predecessor and successor activity ID.
2. Relationship types:
i. FS - Finish to start
ii. SS - Start to start
iii. FF - Finish to finish
iv. SF - Start to finish – This relationship is not allowed, unless authorized by Engineer.
1.20 Project Calendars.
a. Project Calendars shall use Working Days and Calendar Days as the planning unit for the
schedule. Use of Global Calendars is reserved for Agency. Each calendar shall be set to
start on Mondays with holidays in accordance with Agency policy. The following calendars
shall be used for each activity except as otherwise accepted by Engineer:
1. 5-Day x 8 Hour Workweek (with holidays) shall be used for 5-day 40-hour workweek
activities: Monday through Friday. All holidays and non-workdays shall be assigned to
this calendar. This calendar shall be used for all normal work activities, submittals, and
fabricate and delivery activities. This calendar shall be the default calendar for the
Project unless otherwise specified.
2. 5-Day x 10-Hour Workweek (with holidays) shall be used for 5-day 50-hour workweek
activities: Monday through Friday. All holidays and non-workdays shall be assigned to
this calendar.
3. 6-Day x 10-Hour Workweek (with holidays) shall be used for 6-day 60-hour workweek
activities. Monday through Saturday. All holiday and non-workdays shall be assigned
to this calendar.
4. 7-Day Calendar (no holidays) shall be used for 7-day workweek activities. No non-
workdays shall be entered into this calendar.
01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 185 of 195
5. Additional Calendars may be assigned depending on need. However, Contractor shall
consult with the Engineer before other calendars are entered and/or used in the
Project schedule.
b. The workday to calendar day correlation shall be based on a single shift and 5-day
workweek with adequate allowance for holidays, adverse weather, and all other special
requirements of the Work. Contractor may, at his option, propose alternate baseline
calendars to allow a second shift and/or a single shift on Saturdays subject to the
concurrence and acceptance of Agency. Under no circumstances will a schedule be
accepted which allows regularly scheduled Work on Sundays.
1.21 Float.
a. Contractor shall not use float suppression techniques, including preferential sequencing
(arranging Critical Path through activities more susceptible to Agency caused delay); lag
logic restraints; zero total or free float constraints; extended activity times; or imposing
constraint dates other than as required by the Contract. Float suppression will be cause
for rejection of the preliminary Progress Schedule or full Progress Schedule and its
updates.
1.22 Mandatory Milestones.
a. The Contract duration shall be equal to the time period between the Notice to Proceed
and the completion milestone. The following milestones are mandatory.
1. Project Award Milestone
2. Notice to Proceed Milestone
3. Substantial Completion is [Insert number and type (i.e., Working or Calendar)] days
from Notice to Proceed
4. Completion is [Insert number and type i.e., Working or Calendar] days from Notice to
Proceed
b. The following additional milestones are to be considered and incorporated into the
Progress Schedule in accordance with the Contract terms, if applicable.
1. Permit constraints
2. Facility shut down or outage milestone requirements
3. Applicable phasing milestones
4. Other milestones deemed appropriate by the Engineer.
PART 2 EXECUTION
2-1.1 Preconstruction Meeting.
After, or upon, notification of Contract award, the Engineer will set the time and location for the
Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor’s management personnel responsible for
the management, administration, and execution of the Project is mandatory for the meeting to
be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor’s responsible Project personnel
attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per Supplemental
General Provisions Section 6-7. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor’s
01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 186 of 195
attendance at the meeting. The Notice to Proceed will only be issued on or after the completion
of the Preconstruction Meeting.
2-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule.
The Contractor shall prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a CPM Schedule in the
precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall
depict a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities
required to represent the complete performance of all Project Work as well as periods where
Work is precluded. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of
issuance of the Notice to Proceed and conclude with the date of final completion per the Contract
duration. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include detail of all Project phasing, staging,
and sequencing, including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase
or stage.
2-1.2.1 Time-Scaled Network Diagram.
As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the
Engineer a complete time-scaled network diagram showing all of the activities, logic
relationships, and milestones comprising the schedule.
2-1.2.2 Tabular Listing.
As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the
Engineer a tabular listing of all of the activities, showing for each activity the identification
number, the description, the duration, the early start, the early finish, the late start, the late
finish, the total float, and all predecessor and successor activities for the activity described.
2-1.2.3 Bar Chart.
As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the
Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the
vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns
or distinctive line types to show the Critical Path.
2-1.2.4 Schedule Activities.
Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be shorter than 1 Working Day nor
longer than 15 Working Days, unless specifically and individually allowed by the Engineer. The
Baseline Construction Schedule shall include between 100 and 500 activities, including
submittals, interfaces between utility companies and other agencies, Project milestones and
equipment and material deliveries. The number of activities will be sufficient, in the judgment of
the Engineer, to communicate the Contractor’s plan for Project execution, to accurately describe
the Project Work, and to allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and of time impacts. Each
activity’s description shall accurately define the work planned for the activity and each activity
shall have recognizable beginning and end points.
01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 187 of 195
2-1.2.5 Float.
Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or compensation to whatever
party or contingency first exhausts it.
2-1.2.6 Restraints to Activities.
Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency supplied materials, equipment, or
services, which may impact any activity’s construction shall be shown as a restraint to those
activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction of submittals shall be
included in the schedule.
2-1.2.7 Late Completion.
A Baseline Construction Schedule showing a Project duration longer than the specified Contract
duration will not be acceptable and will be grounds for determination of default by Contractor,
per Agency Supplemental General Provisions Section 6-4.
2-1.2.8 Early Completion.
The Baseline Construction Schedule will show the Contractor’s plan to support and maintain the
Project for the entire contractual time span of the Project. Should the Contractor propose a
Project duration shorter than Contract duration, a complete Baseline Construction Schedule
must be submitted, reflecting the shorter duration, in complete accordance with all schedule
requirements of Agency Supplemental General Provisions Section 6-1. The Engineer may choose
to accept the Contractor’s proposal of a Project duration shorter than the duration specified;
provided the Agency is satisfied the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule is reasonable and
the Agency and all other entities, public and private, which interface with the Project are able to
support the provisions of the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule. The Agency’s
acceptance of a shortened duration Project will be confirmed through the execution of a Contract
Change Order revising the Project duration and implementing all contractual requirements
including liquidated damages in accordance with the revised duration.
2-1.2.9 Engineer’s Review.
The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the Engineer. The Engineer’s determination
that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the
requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be a condition precedent to issuance of the
Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the Construction Schedule
does not meet the requirements of these specifications the Contractor shall correct the
Construction Schedule to meet these specifications and resubmit it to the Engineer. Failure of
the Contractor to obtain the Engineer’s determination that the initial Construction Schedule
proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions
within 30 Working Days after the date of the Preconstruction Meeting shall be grounds for
termination of the Contract per Agency Supplemental General Provisions Section 6-4. Days used
by the Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the 30 Working
Days.
01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 188 of 195
The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline
Construction Schedule within 15 Working Days of submittal. The Baseline Construction Schedule
will be returned marked as per Sections 2-1.2.10.1 through 2-1.2.10.3.
2-1.2.9.1 “Accepted”.
The Contractor may proceed with the Project Work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and
will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 2-1.8.1.
2-1.2.9.2 “Accepted with Comments”.
The Contractor may proceed with the Project Work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The
Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments prior to receipt of payment
per Section 2-1.8.1.
2-1.2.9.3 “Not Accepted”.
The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the corrections and changes of the
comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 2-1.8.1. The Notice to Proceed will not be
issued by the Engineer if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required and marked
“Accepted” or “Accepted with Comments” by the Engineer. The Contractor, at the sole option of
the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the Contract under the provisions of
Supplemental General Provisions Section 2-7 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR DEFAULT if
the changes of the comments are not submitted as required and marked “Accepted” by the
Engineer.
2-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions.
The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer during the last week of each month to agree upon
each activity’s schedule status and shall submit monthly updates of the Baseline Construction
Schedule confirming the agreements no later than the fifth Working Day of the following month.
The monthly update will be submitted on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to
Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media per the submittal requirements of Section 1.05 (Electronic
Progress Schedule Format and Reporting) and will include each item and element of Sections 2-
1.2 through 2-1.2.9 and 2-1.3.1 through 2-1.3.7.
2-1.3.1 Actual Activity Dates.
The actual dates each activity was started and/or completed during the month. After first
reporting an actual date, the Contractor shall not change that actual date in later updates without
specific notification to the Engineer with the update.
2-1.3.2 Activity Percent Complete.
For each activity underway at the end of the month, the Contractor shall report the percentage
determined by the Engineer as complete for the activity.
2-1.3.3 Electronic Media.
The schedule data disk shall be a digital file, labeled with the Project name and number, the
Contractor’s name and the date of preparation of the schedule data disk. The schedule data disk
01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 189 of 195
shall be readable by the software specified in Section 6-1.2.4 “Schedule Software” and shall be
free of file locking, encryption or any other protocol that would impede full access of all data
stored on it.
2-1.3.4 List of Changes.
A list of all changes made to the activities or to the interconnecting logic, with an explanation for
each change.
2-1.3.5 Change Orders.
Each monthly update will include the addition of the network revisions reflecting the Change
Orders approved in the previous month. The network revisions will be as agreed upon during the
review and acceptance of the Contractor’s Change Orders.
2-1.3.6 Bar Chart.
Each monthly update will include a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged
with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use
differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the Critical Path.
2-1.4 Engineer’s Review of Updated Construction Schedule.
The Engineer will review and return the Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with
any comments, within 5 Working Days of submittal. The Updated Construction Schedule will be
returned marked as per Sections 6-1.4.1 through 6-1.4.3. Any Updated Construction Schedule
marked “Accepted with Comments” or “Not Accepted” by the Engineer will be returned to the
Contractor for correction. Upon resubmittal the Engineer will review and return the resubmitted
Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 Working Days.
Failure of the Contractor to submit a monthly Updated Construction Schedule will invoke the
same consequences as the Engineer returning a monthly Updated Construction Schedule marked
“Not Accepted.”
2-1.4.1 “Accepted”.
The Contractor may proceed with the Project Work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and
will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 2-1.8.1.
2-1.4.2 “Accepted with Comments”.
The Contractor may proceed with the Project Work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The
Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments prior to receipt of payment
per Section 2-1.8.1.
2-1.4.3 “Not Accepted”.
The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating
the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer’s comments prior to receipt of payment per
Section 6-1.8.2. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having
defaulted the Contract under the provisions of Agency Supplemental General Provisions Section
6-7 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR DEFAULT if the changes of the comments are not
01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 190 of 195
submitted and marked “Accepted” by the Engineer before the last day of the month in which the
Updated Construction Schedule is due. If the Contractor fails to submit the corrected Updated
Construction Schedule as required, the Contractor may elect to proceed with the Project at its
own risk. Should the Contractor elect not to proceed with the Project, any resulting delay, impact,
or disruption to the Project will be the Contractor’s responsibility.
2-1.5 Late Completion or Milestone Dates.
Should the Schedule Update indicate a completion or contractually required milestone date later
than the properly adjusted Contract or milestone duration, the Agency may withhold liquidated
damages for the number of Calendar Days late. Should a subsequent “Accepted” Schedule
Update remove all or a portion of the delay, all or the allocated portion of the previously held
liquidated damages shall be released in the monthly payment to the Contractor immediately
following the “Accepted” schedule.
2-1.6 Interim Revisions.
Should the actual or projected progress of the Work become substantially different from that
depicted in the Project Schedule, independently of and prior to the next monthly update, the
Contractor will submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule, with a list and explanation of
each change made to the schedule. The Revised Construction Schedule will be submitted per the
submittal requirements of Section 1.05 (Electronic Progress Schedule Format and Reporting) and
per the schedule review and acceptance requirements of Agency Supplemental General
Provisions Section 6-1, including but not limited to the acceptance and payment provisions. As
used in this section “substantially different” means a time variance greater than 5 percent of the
number of Calendar Days of duration for the Project.
2-1.7 Final Schedule Update.
The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Final Schedule Update when 100% of the Construction
Work is completed. The Contractor’s Final Schedule Update must accurately represent the actual
dates for all activities. The Final Schedule Update shall be prepared and reviewed per Sections 6-
1.3. Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions and 6-1.4 Engineer’s Review of Updated
Construction Schedule. Acceptance of the Final Schedule Update is required for completion of
the Project and release of any and all funds retained per Section 9-3.2.
2-1.8 Measurement and Payment of Construction Schedule.
The Contractor’s preparation, revision and maintenance of the Construction Schedule are
incidental to the Work and no separate payment will be made for them.
END OF SECTION
01 41 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 191 of 195
01 41 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 Work Covered by Contract Documents.
a. The Contractor is responsible to obtain all local, state and federal permits and licenses
required to perform the Work. Payment for obtaining and complying with permits and
licenses including, but not limited to, general construction permits, building permits,
grading permits, encroachment permits, haul route permits, excavation permits, drilling
permits, water discharge permits, temporary easements, licenses, inspection fees, and
Federal, State and local taxes shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be included in
prices Bid for Work for which such costs are appurtenant.
b. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its
operations such as, but not limited to, permits required for sewage bypass pumping or
discharge; Night Work; overload; blasting or demolition or for any permit related to the
operation of equipment used in such Work.
c. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all waste or surplus
materials removed from the Project. The cost of the permit(s) shall be included in the
price for the Bid items requiring the permits and no additional compensation will be
allowed for them.
d. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the permit or license to the Agency prior to
performing the Work requiring the permit or license.
e. Contractor shall pay for all fees applicable to Contractor’s operations.
f. Contractor shall not begin Work until all permits applicable to the Work are obtained.
Permits shall be maintained in valid status until acceptance of the Work by the Agency.
g. The Contractor shall pay all business taxes or license fees that are required for the Work.
1. To the extent that there is a change in the type or cost of any permits, fees, licenses,
or inspections after Contract award, there shall be an equitable adjustment in the
Contract Price on account of such change under the Extra Work provisions.
2. The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by Applicable Laws. The
Contractor is not entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to
the acquisition of permits.
3. The Contractor shall pay the Agency for regulatory fees, fines, or penalties imposed
on the Agency arising from the Contractor’s failure to complete the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
h. The Contractor shall obtain, pay for, and comply with required permits, licenses, work
permits, and authorizations from appropriate agencies, including the following:
1. Licenses
i. Before submitting Bids, Contractors shall be licensed in accordance with
provisions of Chapter 9, Division 3, of the Business and Professions Code.
ii. City of Carlsbad Business License.
2. State and Federal permits
i. Excavation and Dirt Moving Permit from Cal/OSHA
ii. Safety permit from California Division of Industrial Safety
01 41 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 192 of 195
iii. NPDES General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction
and Land Disturbance Activities (LUP Type 2)
iv. NPDES Permit for discharge of hydrostatic test water and potable water
3. Resource Agency Permits:
i. California Coastal Commission
ii. California Department of Fish and Game
iii. California Water Quality Control Board
iv. United States Army Corps of Engineers
v. United States Fish and Wildlife Service
4. Other permits
i. City Haul Route Permit
ii. Traffic Control Plan Permit
iii. Grading Permit
iv. Right of Way Permit
v. Oversize Load Permit
vi. Blasting Permit
vii. Written authorization from private property owners for property utilized for
staging
i. The Agency will obtain for the Contractor if needed, the following:
1. CEQA Notice of Exemption
2. NEPA documents
1.02 HAUL ROUTE PERMIT
a. The Contractor shall prepare a Project specific haul route plan detailing the streets
intended for use in delivery of materials and import and export of soil. Contractor will be
limited to the routes approved by the City of Carlsbad according to the approved haul
route plan contained in the permit.
1.03 Traffic Control Plans.
a. The Contractor shall prepare Project specific traffic control plans, and haul route plan and
use such plans to obtain a traffic control permit from the City of Carlsbad Development
Services Department.
1.05 Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)/General Permit.
PROJECTS LESS THAN ONE ACRE (TIER 1 and TIER 2 or Maintenance ONLY Projects that
may be over an acre)
A. Water Pollution Prevention. The Contractor shall plan for and implement temporary
construction BMPs to mitigate the water quality impacts of land disturbance and non-
storm water discharges related to construction activities in accordance the Agency’s
current Municipal Stormwater Permit and Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 15.12. BMPs
are the schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures and
other management practices employed during construction activities to prevent or
reduce pollution of bodies of water protected by the federal Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. §
1251 et seq.) and the state Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act (Water Code, §
13000 et seq.), which include oceans, lagoons, lakes, streams and other sensitive water
01 41 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 193 of 195
bodies and water courses. Construction BMPs also include physical devices and structural
construction control measures designed to prevent soil erosion from occurring on the
Work Site, or that are designed to prevent sediment from leaving the Work Site, both of
which are referred to hereafter as “Water Pollution.” BMPs are also intended to protect
the health, safety and welfare of the public and to prevent damage to adjoining public
and private property resulting from construction activities.
B. Pollution prevention practices and the minimum BMPs are required during all 12 months
of the year. BMPs and other erosion control practices must be implemented as the most
important “first line of defense.” The Agency has adopted the CASQA ‘Stormwater Best
Management Practices Handbook: Construction,’ latest edition, as its preferred source
for adopting construction BMPs. All BMPs must correspond to the BMP Fact Sheets
included in the CASQA Construction Handbook. With the approval of the Engineer, or
designee, the Agency may accept comparable BMPs from reputable alternative sources.
As used in this section, “Engineer” shall have the same meaning as “Construction
Manager.”
C. The Contractor shall utilize the Agency’s Tier 1 or Tier 2 SWPPP templates and include all
applicable elements provided in the template. The SWPPP templates are available on the
Agency’s website at [PROJECT ENGINEER insert website address here]. Tier 1 and Tier 2
SWPPP templates include standard storm water prevention construction notes, a Project
information block, a Storm Water Compliance Statement, Agency approval block and a
BMP Checklist Table. The BMP Checklist Table is intended to help the Contractor select
appropriate BMPs best suited to the Project and the Work. Additionally, the SWPPP shall
include a Site plan showing the proposed Project Site and depicting the areas of proposed
construction and proposed locations of construction BMPs. The Tier 1 and Tier 2 SWPPP
plans shall be submitted as additional sheets to the construction plan set.
D. The Engineer may require Contractor to adopt additional BMPs if the Engineer determines
the selected BMP(s) are ineffective or incapable of preventing Water Pollution from
escaping the Work site. Tier 1 and Tier 2 SWPPPs must be combined with proper and
timely installation of the BMPs, thorough and frequent inspections, maintenance, and
documentation. The Contractor shall ensure that the selected BMPs are appropriately
incorporated into the Site design and, if required by the Engineer, must employ a qualified
professional to ensure proper installation and maintenance of the BMPs.
E. The Engineer may suspend the Work, consistent with Supplemental General Provisions
Section 6-6, at the Contractor’s cost, that create Water Pollution or otherwise violate
water quality standards required by the federal Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.)
and the state Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act (Water Code, § 13000 et seq.) if
the Engineer determines that the Contractor has failed to satisfy all requirements of this
section. If the Contractor violates any provisions of this subsection, or if Water Pollution
occurs in the Work Site for any reason, the Contractor shall immediately notify the
Engineer.
F. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Agency if there is a non-stormwater discharge
to the storm drain conveyance system resulting from the Work or Project-related
activities. In addition, the Contractor shall, within 24 hours, submit a written report to the
Engineer describing the incident and corrective actions taken. If for any reason the
01 41 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 194 of 195
Engineer detects Water Pollution, before notification by the Contractor, this written
report shall also include an explanation of why the Contractor had not timely notified the
Engineer.
G. Implementation Costs. Preparation, implementation and management of Water Pollution
prevention activities are incidental to the items of Work and Agency shall not make
additional payment to Contractor for these costs.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Date Printed: September 26, 2023
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 195 of 195
01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 Field Office.
Field office not required.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Approve Traffic Calming Plans for Victoria
Ave, Highland Dr, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Dr
John Kim, City Traffic Engineer
Oct. 17, 2023
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
•Adopt resolution approving the plans,
specifications and contract documents and
authorizing the City Clerk to advertise for bids for
Implementing the traffic calming plans for Victoria
Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive.
ITEM 3: TRAFFIC CALMING PLANS
TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
•Adopted in 2001, revised in 2011
•Establishes process to implement traffic
calming on residential streets
ITEM 3: TRAFFIC CALMING PLANS
PROJECT LOCATIONS
•Victoria Avenue
•Highland Drive
•Nueva Castilla Way
•Circulo Sequoia
•Celinda Drive
Victoria Ave
Nueva
Castilla Way
Circulo Sequoia
Celinda Dr
Highland Dr ITEM 3: TRAFFIC CALMING PLANS
QUALIFICATION FOR TRAFFIC CALMING
STREET STREET LIMITS CRITICAL SPEED
Victoria Avenue Pontiac Drive to Carlsbad Village Drive 32 MPH
Highland Drive Carlsbad Village Drive to Buena Vista Way 32 MPH
Nueva Castilla Way La Costa Avenue to Levante Street 38 MPH
Circulo Sequoia Avenida Diestro to Avenida Amapola
(northern segment)33 MPH (max)
Celinda Drive Carlsbad Village Drive to Chestnut Avenue 33 MPH
ITEM 3: TRAFFIC CALMING PLANS
NEIGHBORHOOD MEETINGS
•Overview of the traffic calming program
•Discuss traffic calming strategies
•Receive feedback from residents on
concept plans
•Select preferred plan
ITEM 3: TRAFFIC CALMING PLANS
MEETING RESULTS
STREET STREET
LIMITS Meeting Date Preferred Traffic Calming
Improvements
Victoria Ave Pontiac Dr to Carlsbad Village Dr Nov. 1, 2022 4 speed cushions
Highland Dr Carlsbad Village Dr to Buena Vista Way Nov. 10, 2022 3 speed cushions
Nueva Castilla Way La Costa Ave to Levante St Dec. 1, 2022 3 speed cushions
Circulo Sequoia Camino Junipero to Chestnut Ave
(northern segment)Dec. 8, 2022 11 speed cushions
Celinda Dr Carlsbad Village Dr to Chestnut Ave
Dec. 14, 2022 10 speed cushions
Feb. 28, 2023
(Virtual Meeting)5 speed cushions
ITEM 3: TRAFFIC CALMING PLANS
COMMUNITY SUPPORT
•Mail survey to gauge support
•CRTMP requires a return rate of 50%
•A support rate of 67% among all returned
surveys
ITEM 3: TRAFFIC CALMING PLANS
MAIL SURVEY RESULTS
STREET
Total No. of
Surveys
Mailed Out
Total No. of
Surveys
Returned
Response
Rate
Total No. of
Support
Support
Rate
Met
Support
Criteria?
Victoria Ave 31 23 74%18 78%YES
Highland Dr 38 22 59%21 95%YES
Nueva Castilla Way 29 19 66%18 95%YES
Circulo Sequoia 91 61 67%46 75%YES
Celinda Dr 165 96 58%64 67%YES
ITEM 3: TRAFFIC CALMING PLANS
Next steps
Advertise for bids to construct project
City Council to award contract
Construction
ITEM 3: TRAFFIC CALMING PLANS
RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
•Adopt resolution approving the plans,
specifications and contract documents and
authorizing the City Clerk to advertise for bids for
Implementing the traffic calming plans for Victoria
Avenue, Highland Drive, Nueva Castilla Way,
Circulo Sequoia and Celinda Drive.
ITEM 3: TRAFFIC CALMING PLANS
Questions
VICTORIA AVE
LEGEND
EXISTING
ALL-WAY STOP
PROPOSED
SPEED CUSHION
(140’)
(195’)(260’)
ITEM 3: TRAFFIC CALMING PLANS
HIGHLAND DR
Ca
r
l
s
b
a
d
V
i
l
l
a
g
e
D
r
LEGEND
EXISTING
TRAFFIC SIGNAL
Ne
w
l
a
n
d
C
t
Highland Dr
PROPOSED
SPEED CUSHION
(230’)(300’)(300’)(270’)
ITEM 3: TRAFFIC CALMING PLANS
NUEVA CASTILLA WAY
LEGEND
EXISTING
ALL-WAY STOP
PROPOSED
SPEED CUSHION
ITEM 3: TRAFFIC CALMING PLANS
CIRCULO SEQUOIA
LEGEND
PROPOSED
SPEED CUSHION
Avenida
Diestro
ITEM 3: TRAFFIC CALMING PLANS
LEGEND
PROPOSED SPEED CUSHION
CELINDA DR – 5 SPEED CUSHIONS ITEM 3: TRAFFIC CALMING PLANS
CELINDA DR – 10 SPEED CUSHIONS
LEGEND
PROPOSED SPEED CUSHION
ITEM 3: TRAFFIC CALMING PLANS